basic korean: a grammar and workbook · 2007. 7. 18. · andrew sangpil byon is associate professor...

256

Upload: others

Post on 30-Mar-2021

12 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

BASIC KOREANA GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook comprises an accessible reference grammar and related exercises in a single volume

This workbook presents twenty-five individual grammar points in lively and realistic contexts covering the core material which students would expect to encounter in their first year of learning Korean Grammar points are followed by examples and exercises which allow students to reinforce and consolidate their learning

Basic Korean is suitable for both class use as well as independent study

Key features include

bull abundant exercises with full answer keybull all Korean entries presented in Hangul with English translationsbull subject index

Clearly presented and user-friendly Basic Korean provides readers with the essential tools to express themselves in a wide variety of situations making it an ideal grammar reference and practice resource for both beginners and students with some knowledge of the language

Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany where he teaches courses in Korean language and civilization

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

Other titles available in the Grammar Workbooks series are

Basic CantoneseIntermediate Cantonese

Basic ChineseIntermediate Chinese

Basic GermanIntermediate German

Basic Italian

Basic IrishIntermediate Irish

Basic PolishIntermediate Polish

Basic RussianIntermediate Russian

Basic SpanishIntermediate Spanish

Basic WelshIntermediate Welsh

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

BASIC KOREANA GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK

Andrew Sangpil Byon

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

First published 2009by Routledge2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN

Simultaneously published in the USA and Canadaby Routledge270 Madison Ave New York NY10016

Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor amp Francis Group an informa business

copy 2009 Andrew Sangpil Byon

All rights reserved No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic mechanical or other means now known or hereafter invented including photocopying and recording or in any information storage or retrieval system without permission in writing from the publishers

British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataByon Andrew Sangpil

Basic Korean a grammar amp workbook Andrew Sangpil Byon ndash 1st ed p cm ndash (Grammar workbook series) 1 Korean language ndash Grammar ndash Problems exercises etc 2 Korean language ndash Textbooks for foreign speakers ndash English I TitlePL913B96 20084957prime82421ndashdc222008006927

ISBN10 0-415-77487-X (pbk)ISBN10 0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

ISBN13 978-0-415-77487-1 (pbk)ISBN13 978-0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

This edition published in the Taylor amp Francis e-Library 2008

ldquoTo purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor amp Francis or Routledgersquoscollection of thousands of eBooks please go to wwweBookstoretandfcoukrdquo

ISBN 0-203-89227-5 Master e-book ISBN

CONTENTS

Preface vii

1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet) 1

2 Characteristics of the Korean language 9

3 Nouns 15

4 Predicates and endings 23

5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level 29

6 The subject case particle 㧊VṖG ika 39

7 The special particle 㦖 Un⓪ nUn 47

8 Pronouns 55

9 Numbers ordinals and plural marker tUl 65

10 Counters question word ⳝ myOt and some time expressions 73

11 The copula 㧊V㞚Gand the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜 81

12 Case particles 1 㦚 Ul lUl and O㦒P⪲ (U)ro 89

13 Case particles 2 㦮 Ui 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago 99

14 Case particles 3 㠦 esO 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ egesO and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoesO 109

15 Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man 117

16 Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquoO and ₢㰖 kkaji 125

9780415774871_ 01indd 9780415774871_01indd 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 2: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

Other titles available in the Grammar Workbooks series are

Basic CantoneseIntermediate Cantonese

Basic ChineseIntermediate Chinese

Basic GermanIntermediate German

Basic Italian

Basic IrishIntermediate Irish

Basic PolishIntermediate Polish

Basic RussianIntermediate Russian

Basic SpanishIntermediate Spanish

Basic WelshIntermediate Welsh

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

BASIC KOREANA GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK

Andrew Sangpil Byon

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

First published 2009by Routledge2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN

Simultaneously published in the USA and Canadaby Routledge270 Madison Ave New York NY10016

Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor amp Francis Group an informa business

copy 2009 Andrew Sangpil Byon

All rights reserved No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic mechanical or other means now known or hereafter invented including photocopying and recording or in any information storage or retrieval system without permission in writing from the publishers

British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataByon Andrew Sangpil

Basic Korean a grammar amp workbook Andrew Sangpil Byon ndash 1st ed p cm ndash (Grammar workbook series) 1 Korean language ndash Grammar ndash Problems exercises etc 2 Korean language ndash Textbooks for foreign speakers ndash English I TitlePL913B96 20084957prime82421ndashdc222008006927

ISBN10 0-415-77487-X (pbk)ISBN10 0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

ISBN13 978-0-415-77487-1 (pbk)ISBN13 978-0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

This edition published in the Taylor amp Francis e-Library 2008

ldquoTo purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor amp Francis or Routledgersquoscollection of thousands of eBooks please go to wwweBookstoretandfcoukrdquo

ISBN 0-203-89227-5 Master e-book ISBN

CONTENTS

Preface vii

1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet) 1

2 Characteristics of the Korean language 9

3 Nouns 15

4 Predicates and endings 23

5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level 29

6 The subject case particle 㧊VṖG ika 39

7 The special particle 㦖 Un⓪ nUn 47

8 Pronouns 55

9 Numbers ordinals and plural marker tUl 65

10 Counters question word ⳝ myOt and some time expressions 73

11 The copula 㧊V㞚Gand the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜 81

12 Case particles 1 㦚 Ul lUl and O㦒P⪲ (U)ro 89

13 Case particles 2 㦮 Ui 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago 99

14 Case particles 3 㠦 esO 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ egesO and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoesO 109

15 Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man 117

16 Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquoO and ₢㰖 kkaji 125

9780415774871_ 01indd 9780415774871_01indd 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 3: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

BASIC KOREANA GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK

Andrew Sangpil Byon

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

First published 2009by Routledge2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN

Simultaneously published in the USA and Canadaby Routledge270 Madison Ave New York NY10016

Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor amp Francis Group an informa business

copy 2009 Andrew Sangpil Byon

All rights reserved No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic mechanical or other means now known or hereafter invented including photocopying and recording or in any information storage or retrieval system without permission in writing from the publishers

British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataByon Andrew Sangpil

Basic Korean a grammar amp workbook Andrew Sangpil Byon ndash 1st ed p cm ndash (Grammar workbook series) 1 Korean language ndash Grammar ndash Problems exercises etc 2 Korean language ndash Textbooks for foreign speakers ndash English I TitlePL913B96 20084957prime82421ndashdc222008006927

ISBN10 0-415-77487-X (pbk)ISBN10 0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

ISBN13 978-0-415-77487-1 (pbk)ISBN13 978-0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

This edition published in the Taylor amp Francis e-Library 2008

ldquoTo purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor amp Francis or Routledgersquoscollection of thousands of eBooks please go to wwweBookstoretandfcoukrdquo

ISBN 0-203-89227-5 Master e-book ISBN

CONTENTS

Preface vii

1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet) 1

2 Characteristics of the Korean language 9

3 Nouns 15

4 Predicates and endings 23

5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level 29

6 The subject case particle 㧊VṖG ika 39

7 The special particle 㦖 Un⓪ nUn 47

8 Pronouns 55

9 Numbers ordinals and plural marker tUl 65

10 Counters question word ⳝ myOt and some time expressions 73

11 The copula 㧊V㞚Gand the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜 81

12 Case particles 1 㦚 Ul lUl and O㦒P⪲ (U)ro 89

13 Case particles 2 㦮 Ui 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago 99

14 Case particles 3 㠦 esO 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ egesO and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoesO 109

15 Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man 117

16 Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquoO and ₢㰖 kkaji 125

9780415774871_ 01indd 9780415774871_01indd 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 4: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

First published 2009by Routledge2 Park Square Milton Park Abingdon Oxon OX14 4RN

Simultaneously published in the USA and Canadaby Routledge270 Madison Ave New York NY10016

Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor amp Francis Group an informa business

copy 2009 Andrew Sangpil Byon

All rights reserved No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic mechanical or other means now known or hereafter invented including photocopying and recording or in any information storage or retrieval system without permission in writing from the publishers

British Library Cataloguing in Publication DataA catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication DataByon Andrew Sangpil

Basic Korean a grammar amp workbook Andrew Sangpil Byon ndash 1st ed p cm ndash (Grammar workbook series) 1 Korean language ndash Grammar ndash Problems exercises etc 2 Korean language ndash Textbooks for foreign speakers ndash English I TitlePL913B96 20084957prime82421ndashdc222008006927

ISBN10 0-415-77487-X (pbk)ISBN10 0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

ISBN13 978-0-415-77487-1 (pbk)ISBN13 978-0-203-89227-5 (ebk)

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

This edition published in the Taylor amp Francis e-Library 2008

ldquoTo purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor amp Francis or Routledgersquoscollection of thousands of eBooks please go to wwweBookstoretandfcoukrdquo

ISBN 0-203-89227-5 Master e-book ISBN

CONTENTS

Preface vii

1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet) 1

2 Characteristics of the Korean language 9

3 Nouns 15

4 Predicates and endings 23

5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level 29

6 The subject case particle 㧊VṖG ika 39

7 The special particle 㦖 Un⓪ nUn 47

8 Pronouns 55

9 Numbers ordinals and plural marker tUl 65

10 Counters question word ⳝ myOt and some time expressions 73

11 The copula 㧊V㞚Gand the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜 81

12 Case particles 1 㦚 Ul lUl and O㦒P⪲ (U)ro 89

13 Case particles 2 㦮 Ui 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago 99

14 Case particles 3 㠦 esO 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ egesO and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoesO 109

15 Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man 117

16 Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquoO and ₢㰖 kkaji 125

9780415774871_ 01indd 9780415774871_01indd 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 5: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

CONTENTS

Preface vii

1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet) 1

2 Characteristics of the Korean language 9

3 Nouns 15

4 Predicates and endings 23

5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level 29

6 The subject case particle 㧊VṖG ika 39

7 The special particle 㦖 Un⓪ nUn 47

8 Pronouns 55

9 Numbers ordinals and plural marker tUl 65

10 Counters question word ⳝ myOt and some time expressions 73

11 The copula 㧊V㞚Gand the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜 81

12 Case particles 1 㦚 Ul lUl and O㦒P⪲ (U)ro 89

13 Case particles 2 㦮 Ui 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago 99

14 Case particles 3 㠦 esO 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ egesO and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoesO 109

15 Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man 117

16 Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquoO and ₢㰖 kkaji 125

9780415774871_ 01indd 9780415774871_01indd 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 6: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean

17 Past tense and double past tense marker 133

18 Negation 141

19 Irregular verbs 151

20 Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta 161

21 The endings -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 -(U)l kOyeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(U)l kkayo 169

22 Prenouns 177

23 Adverbs and adverbials 183

24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(U)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 -(U)lgeyo 191

25 The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(U)si 199

Key to exercises 207

Index 245

vi Contents

9780415774871_ 01indd i9780415774871_01indd i 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

PREFACE

Korean-as-a-foreign-language (KFL) teaching and learning in the English-speaking world has hardly been popular among non-Koreans until quite recently However the number of KFL learners has started to grow rapidly since the latter half of the 1970s for various reasons such as the increas-ing visibility of South Korea on the international stage because of its fast economic development and its democratization over the last four decades the continuing support from the Korean government regarding the expan-sion of the Korean Studies program abroad the growing importance of the North Korean issues in contemporary global-political affairs and the recent growth of the Korean-American population in the USA

In the USA alone the number of colleges that offer KFL courses was merely ten in 1975 However that number has grown to over 130 in the early 2000s A few universities including the University of Hawaii at Manoa and the University of California at Los Angeles have offered Korean language BA MA and PhD programs The number of Korean commu-nity schools (for K-12 Korean and culture education) grew from seven in 1975 to 832 in 1996 and to over 900 in the early 2000s In addition over 20 public high schools have recently started to teach Korean The Korean language boom is not confined within the US private sector or university settings but is found in the government sector as well For example US government institutes such as the Defense Language Institute the Foreign Service Institute and the Central Intelligence Agency provide intensive Korean language training

In recent decades the number of KFL textbooks for English-speaking KFL classroom use has steadily increased However the number of KFL study materials intended for a self-study purpose is still relatively scarce Furthermore to date there has been no published KFL grammar workbook that specifically aims at providing supplemental grammar explanations and exercises in a single volume

Basic Korean A Grammar and Workbook and its sister volume Intermediate Korean are intended to meet that need The book focuses on providing an accessible reference grammar explanation and related exercises

9780415774871_ 01indd ii9780415774871_01indd ii 742008 14304 PM742008 14304 PM

in a single volume It is designed for independent English-speaking adult KFL learners who intend to maintain and strengthen their knowledge of essential Korean grammar and for classroom-based learners who are look-ing for supplemental grammar explanations and practices Consequently this book differs from existing KFL materials whose primary purpose is to help KFL learners acquire four language skills such as listening speaking reading and writing as well as cultural knowledge

The layout of this book also differs from those of existing KFL mater-ials For instance a typical KFL textbook chapter may include model dialogues followed by vocabulary lists grammar explanations cultural notes and exercises In contrast following the pattern of other Grammar Workbooks of the Routledge series every unit of Basic Korean focuses on presenting jargon-free and concise grammar explanations followed by relevant grammar exercises

This book has 25 units and it does not take a functional-situational approach in grouping andor sequencing target grammatical points Rather it sequences and covers grammatical points according to their grammatical categories (eg nouns pronouns particles numbers verbs adjectives and so on) so that learners can use the book for reference material as well as for practice material The exercises at the end of each unit are designed primarily to reinforce the target grammatical points

All Korean entries are presented in Hangul (the Korean alphabet) with English translations to facilitate understanding Accordingly it requires that learners familiarize themselves with Hangul in Unit 1 before going on to the rest of the book In addition when translating Korean entries into English efforts were made to reflect the Korean meaning as closely as possible Consequently some learners may feel certain English transla-tions do not reflect typical English usages However the direct translation approach was employed for pedagogical purposes

In writing this book I have been fortunate to have the assistance and support of many people I would like to thank my colleagues in the Department of East Asian Studies at the University at Albany State University of New York who were supportive of this project I am grateful to anonymous reviewers for their constructive and valuable comments I would like to express sincere gratitude to Sophie Oliver for initially encouraging this project and to the editorial and production teams at Routledge Andrea Hartill Ursula Mallows Samantha Vale Noya and Andrew Watts for their advice and support throughout the process My thanks also go to Lisa Blackwell for her careful and thoughtful copy-editing Finally as always my special thanks go to my wife Isabel who with her optimism and encouragement makes it possible for me to do what I really love to do Of course I bear all responsibility for any shortcomings and errors remaining

viii Preface

9780415774871_ 01indd iii9780415774871_01indd iii 742008 14305 PM742008 14305 PM

UNIT 1Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)

The Korean writing system ldquoHangulrdquo is one of the most scientific and sys-tematic writing systems in the world Hangul is made of an alphabet of 21 vowel and 19 consonant symbols The system was invented in 1443 by the King Sejong the Great and his group of royal scholars during the Chosun dynasty of Korea (1392ndash1910) This unit introduces how to read Hangul The unit introduces individual vowel and consonant symbols and discusses how each symbol is assembled into syllables to spell Korean words

Vowels

Hangul has a total of 21 vowel symbols Among them are 11 basic vowel and ten double-vowel symbols The basic vowel symbols include

ර a (as in father) uh (as in uh-oh)ස o (as in home) oo (as in boo) u (as in pull)ා ee (as in feet)

a (as in care)ව e (as in met)ෆ we (as in wet) wi (as in we are the world) ui (u as in pull followed by ee as in feet but said quickly as one

sound)

Ten double-vowel symbols are made of either adding one more stroke to some of the above basic vowel symbols or combining some basic vowel symbols together For instance the following six double-vowel symbols are results of adding one more stroke (adding the y sound) to the first six vowel symbols above (eg adding a stroke to ර ldquoardquo you get ල ldquoyardquo)

9780415774871_ 01indd 19780415774871_01indd 1 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

2 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

ල ya (as in yard)ශ yo (as in yonder) yo (as in yoga) yu (as in you) ya (as in yankie)ෂG ye (as in yes)

Another four double-vowel symbols are made up of combining some of the basic vowel symbols together (eg combining ස ldquoordquo and ර ldquoardquo produces හ ldquowardquo)

හG wa (as in wine) wo (as in wonder)ළ wae (as in wait) whe (as in when)

Notice that the above four double-vowel symbols have the w soundYou may wonder whether other vowel symbols can be combined

However there are vowel symbols that cannot be combined together For instance ස does not combine with or ව whereas does not combine with ර or The reason is attributed to the Korean vowel harmony principle

In Korean two vowel symbols ර and ස are called ldquobright vowelsrdquo since they sound sonorous to Korean native speakers Since the vowel symbols such asGළ හ and were derived from ර and ස (eg either add-ing a stroke or combining them together) these vowel symbols are also considered ldquobright vowelsrdquo On the other hand and are considered ldquodark vowelsrdquo along with and ෂ Meanwhile ා and are called ldquoneutral vowelsrdquo The vowel harmony principle prohibits the combination of bright and dark vowel symbols

Consonants

Hangul has 19 consonant symbols as shown below

ථ p (as in park but relaxed)ඹ p (as in pill aspirated or with puffs of air)ද p (as in speak tense)

ඣ t (as in tall but relaxed)ම t (as in talk aspirated)ඤ t (as in steam tense)

9780415774871_ 01indd 29780415774871_01indd 2 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 3

ඝ k (as in kiss but relaxed)භ k (as in king aspirated)ඞ k (as in skill tense)

ප ch (as in chill but relaxed)බ ch (as in change aspirated)ඵ tch (as in midget tense)

ත m (as in mother)ඳ ng (as in king)

ච n (as in nose)ඥ l (l as in lung or r as in Spanish r)ය h (as in hope)

න s (as in soul) s (as in sea)

How to combine consonant with vowel symbols

The basic unit of a Korean letter is a syllable In other words a complete Korean written letter must have at least one consonant and a vowel symbol The combinations of the vowel and consonant symbols are fivefold

First a syllable consists of only one vowel sound (eg like English ldquoardquo) Although the letter pronunciation is consisted of only vowel pronunciation like ldquoardquo (without any spoken consonant) you still need to start the syllable with a consonant symbol to make the letter complete For this purpose you use a Korean consonant ඳ The use of the ඳ symbol is special in that it is used as zero-value consonant when it appears before a vowel It func-tions as a place holder in a word-initial position so that the letter ldquoardquo should be written in Korean as 㞚 (not ර) Let us take another example Writing a letter for the sound ldquoyordquo should look like 㣪 not Again although the letter begins with the vowel pronunciation ldquoyordquo (without any spoken consonant) you still have to start with a zero-value consonant ඳ to make it a complete letter as in 㣪

Second it can have a vowel but followed by a consonant (eg like English ldquoonrdquo or 㡾 in Korean) Third it can have a consonant followed by a vowel (eg like English ldquogordquo or ἶ in Korean) Fourth a syllable letter can have a consonant followed by a vowel and then a consonant (eg like English ldquodamrdquo or in Korean) or two consonants (eg like English ldquohostrdquo or 䦯 in Korean)

The position of the vowel symbols is either to the right of or below the initial consonant symbol as in and If the syllable has a consonant after a vowel symbol it is always below the vowel as in and

There are a few things to remember First a Korean syllable does not start with two consonants (eg unlike the English word ldquocliprdquo) In addition

9780415774871_ 01indd 39780415774871_01indd 3 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

4 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

the syllable with three symbols (consonant-vowel-consonant(s)) seems to be more crowded and compacted than the one of two symbols (consonant-vowel) formation However each syllable should look about the same size no matter how many symbols it may contains For instance notice that the sizes of the following two letters are about the same ⋮ and 䦯 Another thing to remember is that Hangul follows the spelling convention and consequently Korean spellings do not change just because it reads a little differently from its symbol combinations In other words one should not write just as each word sounds (this is the same for English where you cannot write just as you hear or speak)

Exercises

Exercise 11

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Exercise 12

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is pronounced differently from the others

Ὦ ᾊ ῞

Exercise 13

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquobright vowelsrdquo

ර ළ ස

Exercise 14

Among the following vowel symbols circle the one that is not one of the ldquodark vowelsrdquo

හ ෂ

9780415774871_ 01indd 49780415774871_01indd 4 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 5

Exercise 15

The following Korean words are the English borrowed words used in Korean Match each Korean word with one of the following English words (camera jazz taxi romance hot dog Starbucks quiz coat bus sandwich hamburger and coffee)

1 㓺 2 䄺䞒 3 䆪䔎 4 㨂㯞 5 䊊㯞 6 ⪲ⰾ㓺 7 䌳㔲 8 㓺䌖㓺 9 䟁10 㥚䂮11 䟚Ệ12 䃊Ⲫ⧒

Exercise 16

The following are names of countries in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each country

1 ぢ⧒㰞 2 㓺䗮㧎 3 㤾㧊 4 䞖⧖ 5 䞚Ⰲ䞖 6 㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 7 䝚⧧㓺 8 㧟⧲ 9 䃦⋮10 ⲫ㔲䆪

Exercise 17

The following are names of cities in Hangul Make a guess and write the English name for each city

9780415774871_ 01indd 59780415774871_01indd 5 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

6 Unit 1 Reading Hangul

1 㣫 2 㔲 3 䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪 4 ⩆ 5 䕢Ⰲ 6 㤎 7 ⰞⰂ 8 ⧒㓺Ṗ㓺 9 Ⰲ10 Ⰲ㓺

Exercise 18

Match each English name of the country with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

䙂䒂Ṟ 㤆❪ 㞚⧒㞚 㰞⧲ 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 㧊㰧䔎 㧎❪㞚 ⩂㔲㞚 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚 㧊㓺⧒㠮 䠳ṖⰂ

1 Russia 2 Egypt 3 Portugal 4 Hungary 5 Saudi Arabia 6 New Zealand 7 Argentina 8 India 9 Australia10 Israel

Exercise 19

Match each English name of the city with the corresponding Korean name from the following list

㡺㔂⪲ 䡂㕇䋺 㓺䋂 ⪲Ⱎ 䏶䈚 䞮㧊 䆫 䃊㧊⪲ ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

1 Shanghai 2 Cairo 3 Rio de Janeiro 4 Tokyo

9780415774871_ 01indd 69780415774871_01indd 6 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

Unit 1 Reading Hangul 7

5 Moscow 6 Helsinki 7 Rome 8 Oslo 9 Bangkok10 Mexico City

Exercise 110

The following are the names of some world famous people Make a guess and write their names in English

1 㰖G䃊䎆 2 㫆㰖G㓂 3 㞶ぢ⧮䟚GⰗ䄾 4 㫆㰖G㢖㕇䎊 5 㥞㓺䎊G㻮䂶 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺G㞶❪㓾 7 アG䋊Ⰶ䎊 8 Ⰲ㡺⋮Gゞ䂮 9 㠮㓺G䝚⩞㔂Ⰲ10 㫊G⩞

Exercise 111

The following English words are used as loanwords in Korean Match the corresponding Korean words from the following list

㓺䋺 䈶䋺 ⋮㧊䝚 䗲 䎆 䎪⩞㩚 䃊 䕳 ⋮⋮ 䞒㧦 㡺⩢㰖 䛎

1 monitor 2 shampoo 3 pizza 4 ski 5 television 6 pen 7 card 8 cookie 9 pop song10 knife11 banana12 orange

9780415774871_ 01indd 79780415774871_01indd 7 742008 13606 PM742008 13606 PM

9780415774871_ 01indd 89780415774871_01indd 8 742008 13607 PM742008 13607 PM

UNIT 2Characteristics of the Korean language

Word order

English is a subject-verb-object (SVO) language (eg Andrew-studies-Korean) However Korean is a subject-object-verb (SOV) language (eg 㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew-Korean-studiesrdquo) In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence All other elements such as nouns (eg subject andor object) adverbs and numbers appear before verbs andor adjectives In addition modifiers (eg adverbs demonstrat-ives and relative clauses) appear before the modified words

For instance let us consider the following English sentence ldquoPeter studies history at the library in the afternoonrdquo We know that ldquoPeterrdquo is the subject since it comes before the verb ldquostudiesrdquo and ldquohistoryrdquo is the object as it appears after the verb Notice that extra elements such as ldquoat the libraryrdquo and ldquoin the afternoonrdquo are placed after the object In addition English prepositions always appear before nouns as in ldquoat the libraryrdquo

However the word order of Korean would be 䞒䎆Ṗ ὖ㠦G㡃 Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoPeter library-at history studiesrdquo Instead of English preposi-tions Korean has particles that always come after the noun For instance we know 䞒䎆 is the subject since it is marked by the subject particle ṖUGὖ is the location since it is marked by the locative particle 㠦 In addition 㡃 is the object since it is marked by the object particle

Consider another example

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

The subject particle Ṗ marks 㞺 as the subject of the sentence The location particle 㠦 marks 㰧 as the location In addition the object particle 㦚 marks 㩦㕂 as the object of the sentence

Because of particles Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern Korean nouns (as subjects or objects) can be freely arranged in a sentence For instance the following six sentences mean ldquoAndrew eats lunch at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 02indd 99780415774871_02indd 9 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

10 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew home-at lunch eatsrdquo㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAndrew lunch home-at eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ 㩦㕂㦚 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at Andrew lunch eatsrdquo㰧㠦 㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoHome-at lunch Andrew eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㞺Ṗ 㰧㠦 ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch Andrew home-at eatsrdquo㩦㕂㦚 㰧㠦 㞺Ṗ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoLunch home-at Andrew eatsrdquo

The fact that Korean nouns can be freely arranged differs from English since the English word order typically determines grammatical relation-ships The word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are missing in given sentences (often during the colloquial usages)

Meanwhile for delimiting the meaning of the nouns the tone is often used in English In Korean however the changing word orders (eg mov-ing the important elements near the verb and less essential elements to the front of the sentence) or using the special particles (eg topic particle 㦖⓪) delimit the meanings of nouns

Context-oriented language

In Korean the most important elements tend to cluster to the end of the sentence The further the word is from the end of the sentence the less important the element is and more likely it is to be dropped In other words what appears at the very end of the sentence (eg verbs) is most important Consequently Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb or an adjective such as in ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoeatrdquo are grammatically correct and natural in conversation Here are more examples

㞞⎫䞮㕃₢f ldquoHow are yourdquoare peaceful

ⶦGὋ䞮㣪f ldquoWhat do you studyrdquowhat study

Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquothanks do

Notice that none of the above expressions contains the first or second person pronoun What determines the omission is the context The Korean language is a context-oriented language in that any contextually understood elements may be omitted unless they are indispensable

9780415774871_ 02indd 109780415774871_02indd 10 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 11

General-to-specific language

Korean is a ldquogeneral-to-specificrdquo or ldquobig-to-smallrdquo language In other words Koreans write or say general or bigger units before the specific or smaller units For instance Koreans say or write the last name before the given name (eg ₖ㩫 ldquoKim Jungminrdquo)

When writing an address they write the name of the country followed by the province city street house number and the name of the receiver

䞲ῃSGἓ₆SG㤎㔲SG㻲ῂSGGXXZSGₖ㩫(Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kumchon-District Toksan 113 Kim Jungmin)

When writing a date the year comes first followed by month and the day

YWW^ G_G㤪GG㧒 (2007-year 8-month 5-day)

Honorific language

Korean is an honorific language in that it has grammatical elements that are used to indicate social meanings involved in contexts such as speakersrsquo attitudes (eg respect humility formality) toward who they are talking to or talking about

For instance Koreans use hierarchical address-reference terms of titles as well as various speech levels to indicate politeness intimacy and the formality level of discourse during interaction In addition they use humble person pronoun forms such as 㩖 ldquofirst person singularrdquo and 㩖䧂 ldquofirst person pluralrdquo to indicate humility Moreover Koreans use honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 and euphemistic words to indicate respect toward a sub-ject of higher social status The following examples illustrate how Korean honorifics work

(a) 㠊㩲G㤆ⰂG㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㠊GἶⰞ㤢 ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo(b) 㠊㩲G㩖䧂G㧚㠦G㢖G㭒㔲㠊Gἶ㔋U ldquo(I) appreciated that you came to our meeting yesterdayrdquo

As seen above the referential meanings of the two sentences are the same However their social meanings are different For example in (a) the use of the plain first person pronoun 㤆Ⰲ the absence of the honorific suffix -㔲 and the use of an intimate speech level -㠊 indicate that the speaker

9780415774871_ 02indd 119780415774871_02indd 11 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

12 Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language

is likely addressing a person either of equal (=power) or lower status (-power) and whom heshe knows well (-distance) Because it lacks proper honorific elements the example in (a) would be rude in a formal situation if it was used by a lower-status person (eg a college student) addressing a higher-status person (eg a professor)

To make (a) socially appropriate in a +power situation (eg talking to someone of higher status) one should change 㤆Ⰲ first person plural genitive pronoun to 㩖䧂 humble first person plural genitive pronoun as shown in (b) In addition one should add the honorific suffix -㔲 to the gerundive verb 㭒㠊 ldquogiving (me)rdquo making 㭒 thereby transforming it into an honorific verb and use the deferential speech level sentence-ending 㔋 to change ἶⰞ㤢 ldquothanked (you)rdquo to ἶ㔋 in the deferen-tial speech level The above examples illustrate how the use of honorifics in Korean functions as a social indicator In addition they demonstrate that how an utterance is said is more important than what is said

Exercises

Exercise 21

Circle whether the following statements are True or False

Example in English prepositions always appear before nouns as in at home (T F)

1 In Korean verbs and adjectives appear at the end of the sentence (T F)

2 In Korean nouns adverbs and numbers appear after verbs andor adjectives (T F)

3 In Korean what appears at the very beginning of the sentence is most important (T F)

4 In Korean word order typically determines grammatical relationships (T F)

5 Instead of English prepositions Korean has particles that always come before nouns (T F)

6 Korean sentences do not always follow the SOV pattern (T F)7 Word order affects the Korean language only when certain particles are

missing in sentences (T F)8 Korean sentences that have no subject or object but just a verb are

grammatically correct and natural in conversation (T F)9 In Korean different forms of expressions are used depending on who

you are talking to or talking about (T F)

9780415774871_ 02indd 129780415774871_02indd 12 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

Unit 2 Characteristics of the Korean language 13

Exercise 22

Write each component of the sentence in the SOV word order

Example 䞲ῃ㠊 (the Korean language) Ὃ䟊㣪 (studies) 㑮㧪㧊 (Susan) = 㑮㧪㧊 䞲ῃ㠊 Ὃ䟊㣪

1 㫆ₛG䟊㣪 ( jogs) Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊 (Michael) 㤊㧻㠦 (at track) 2 㫆㞺㧊 (Joan) ⲏ㠊㣪 (eats) 㩦㕂㦚 (the lunch) 3 ῂ (basketball) 䕆䕆Ṗ (Timothy) 䟊㣪 (plays) 4 䎪⩞㩚㦚 (television) 㣪 (watches) ぢ⬾㓺Ṗ (Bruce) 5 Ⱎ䋂Ṗ (Mark) Ⱒ㠊㣪 (makes) 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 (spaghetti) 6 㧦㣪 (sleeps) 㰧㠦 (at home) 㧊㞺㧊 (Diane) 7 㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 (talks) 䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢 (to Philip) 䃦⪺㧊 (Carol) 8 䄺䞒 (coffee) 䎢❪Ṗ (Teddy) Ⱎ㣪 (drinks) 9 䞯ᾦ㠦 (to school) Ṗ㣪 (goes) 㺆㓺Ṗ (Charles)10 䏶Ṗ (Tony) 㼦㣪 (plays) 䞒㞚 (piano)

Exercise 23

Arrange the following elements according to the Korean convention

Example July 18 2007 = 2007 July 18

1 December 24 20052 Sumi Kim3 712-19 Hankuk Street Jung District Seoul Kyonggi Province Republic

of Korea4 Daesung Lee5 18 May 19776 Kyonggi Province Republic of Korea Kangnam District 81-3 Taehan

Street Seoul

9780415774871_ 02indd 139780415774871_02indd 13 742008 13522 PM742008 13522 PM

9780415774871_ 02indd 149780415774871_02indd 14 742008 13523 PM742008 13523 PM

UNIT 3Nouns

Words and word classes

Words are basic units that constitute a sentence Each word in a sentence has different functions Based on its grammatical function each word is categorized into different classes such as nouns verbs adjectives and so on Korean has the following word classes

1 Nouns2 Pronouns3 Particles (that attach to a noun and indicate grammatical relationships

or add special meanings)4 Numbers and counters5 Verbs (that indicate action or progress)6 Adjectives (that indicate state or quality)7 Copula (that indicate an equational expression 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚

ldquobe notrdquo)8 Adverbs9 Prenouns (that appear before a noun like English demonstratives such

as this that these and those)

These Korean words in general fall into two categories inflected words and uninflected words Inflection refers to the process of adding some kinds of affixes to the original word in order to indicate grammatical features such as tense number aspect and person The addition of the affixes changes the shape of the original word in the process however it does not change its form class

For instance in English the word ldquogordquo becomes ldquogoesrdquo with the affix ldquo-esrdquo when it is used for a third person singular Another example is when the verb ldquostudyrdquo changes its form to ldquostudiedrdquo with the affix ldquo-edrdquo The process of adding such affixes refers to inflection Notice that these inflected verbs end up having additional grammatical features (eg the third person verb usage and past tense) but their class does not change (eg they are still verbs)

9780415774871_ 03indd 159780415774871_03indd 15 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

16 Unit 3 Nouns

In Korean the category of words that undergoes inflection includes verbs and adjectives On the other hand the category of words that does not undergo inflection includes nouns pronouns numbers adverbs and prenouns All of these different classes of words will be discussed in detail throughout this book However this unit focuses on nouns Nouns in general refer to the part of speech that indicates a name of thing quality place person or action Nouns often serve as the subject andor object of verbs andor adjectives

Formation of nouns

There are three components that constitute Korean nouns native Korean words (about 35 percent) Sino-Korean words (about 60 percent) and loan words (about 5 percent) Generally speaking Korean nouns can be comprised of either a single morpheme (or a meaningful unit) such as ⋮ⶊ ldquotreerdquo ldquomountainrdquo ldquobirdrdquo ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo or multiple morphemes (eg a combination of several single morphemes) such as 䢪 ldquovolcanordquo (䢪 ldquofirerdquo + ldquomountainrdquo) and ἶ₆ ldquobeefrdquo ( ldquocowrdquo + ἶ₆ ldquomeatrdquo)

Nouns consisting of more than two morphemes are normally formed through either a derivational or a compounding process The derivational formation takes an affix (eg either a prefix or a suffix) which normally appears in a noun andor a predicate (eg a verb andor an adjective) Prefixes refer to the affixes that appear before the word whereas suffixes refer to the affixes that appear after the word

Derivational prefixesbull Native Korean prefix (eg Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo) bull Ⱕ㞚 ldquothe first sonrdquo =GⰥ ldquofirstrdquo + 㞚 ldquosonrdquo bull Ⱕ➎ ldquothe first daughterrdquo = Ⱕ ldquofirstrdquo + ➎ ldquodaughterrdquobull Sino-Korean prefix (eg 㔶 ldquonewrdquo) bull 㔶䞯₆ ldquoa new semesterrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo bull 㔶㧎 ldquoa new comerrdquo = 㔶 ldquonewrdquo + 㧎 ldquopersonrdquo

Derivational suffixesbull Native Korean suffix (eg minus ldquodoerrdquo) bull 㧻minus ldquobusiness manrdquo = 㧻 ldquobusinessrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquo bull 㧒minus ldquoworkerrdquo = 㧒 ldquoworkrdquo + minus ldquodoerrdquobull Sino-Korean suffix (eg 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo) bull 䞲ῃ䞯 ldquoKorean studiesrdquo = 䞲ῃ ldquoKoreardquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquo bull 㑮䞯 ldquomathematicsrdquo = 㑮 ldquonumberrdquo + 䞯 ldquostudyrdquobull Nouns derived from verbs (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoactrdquo) bull 㧊 ldquoincomerdquo = ldquoearnrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ⲏ₆ ldquoeatingrdquo = ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquo

9780415774871_ 03indd 169780415774871_03indd 16 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 17

bull Nouns derived from adjectives (eg 㧊V₆ ldquoqualityrdquo) bull 䋂₆ ldquosizerdquo = 䋂 ldquobigrdquo + ₆ ldquoqualityrdquo bull ₎㧊 ldquolengthrdquo = ₎ ldquolongrdquo + 㧊 ldquoqualityrdquo

As seen above derivation is a useful way to understand how a word can be developed into another word with an affix which carries an additional meaning

On the other hand compound nouns consist of two or more independ-ent morphemes They are divided into native and Sino-Korean compound nouns

Native compound wordsbull noun + noun bull ⶒGldquotearsrdquo = ldquoeyerdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⶒṲ ldquosealrdquo = ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo + Ṳ ldquodogrdquobull adverb + noun bull 㔂ⲎⰂ ldquocurly hairsrdquo = 㔂 ldquocurvedrdquo + ⲎⰂ ldquohairrdquo bull ⧢ ldquogentle breezerdquo = ldquogentlerdquo + ⧢ windrdquobull noun + predicate + nominalizer bull Ỏ㧊 ldquonecklacerdquo = ldquoneckrdquo + Ỏ ldquohangrdquo + 㧊 ldquoactrdquo bull ₆ ldquomodelrdquo = ldquoexamplerdquo + ldquolookrdquo + ₆ ldquoactrdquobull predicate + noun bull ⓼㧶 ldquo oversleepingrdquo = ⓼ ldquolaterdquo + 㧶 ldquosleepingrdquo bull ἶ ldquoiciclerdquo = Ἵ ldquostraightrdquo + 㠒㦢 ldquoicerdquobull clause + noun bull 㺂ⶒ ldquocold waterrdquo = 㺂 ldquocoldrdquo + ⶒ ldquowaterrdquo bull ⴑ⋲㧊 ldquostupid personrdquo = ⴑ⋲ ldquouglyrdquo + 㧊 ldquopersonrdquo

Sino-Korean compound wordsbull Sino-Korean word + Sino-Korean word bull ldquoparentsrdquo = ldquofatherrdquo + ldquomotherrdquo bull 㻲㰖 ldquouniverserdquo = 㻲 ldquoheavenrdquo + 㰖 ldquoearthrdquo

Meanwhile Korean has a group of special nouns that always appear before other nouns to modify or describe the following nouns such as ⶊ㓾 㦢㔳 ldquowhat kind of foodrdquo 㧊 㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo ⧢ ldquothat manrdquo and 㠊G 㔳 ldquowhich restaurantrdquo These nouns are called ldquoprenounsrdquo (like English words such as ldquothatrdquo ldquothisrdquo and ldquowhichrdquo)

Some nouns are used only after the aforementioned prenouns These special nouns (also sometimes called ldquobound nounsrdquo) cannot be used by themselves but used always with the prenouns Examples of these nouns are 㧊 Ὁ ldquothis placerdquo G ldquothat personrdquo 㩖Gộ ldquothat thingrdquo and so on Prenouns as well as bound nouns are discussed in detail in Unit 22

9780415774871_ 03indd 179780415774871_03indd 17 742008 13552 PM742008 13552 PM

18 Unit 3 Nouns

Some characteristics of Korean nouns

Marking plurality

English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number in that it does not have the grammatical category of number For instance a Korean noun 㡆䞚 ldquopencilrdquo can be translated into at least the following pencil a pencil the pencil some pencils the pencils and pencils Korean has the suffix (that can be attached after a countable noun) for indicating the plurality of the noun However its usage is not mandatory for marking plurality thus its purpose is rather for highlighting the plurality of the noun

Position of nouns

Korean nouns appear in a sentence in one of the following ways (1) by itself (2) before particles (3) before another noun and (4) before copula For instance consider the following sentence

SG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTeacher Susan is an American college studentrdquo

Notice that ldquoteacherrdquo appears by itself 㑮㧪 ldquoSusanrdquo appears with the subjective particle 㧊 ῃ ldquoAmericardquo appears before another noun 䞯 ldquocollege studentrdquo 䞯 appears before 㧊㠦㣪 ldquocopulardquo

The Korean copula (or be-verbs such as ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) is 㧊 (or 㧊㠦㣪 with the polite speech level) Korean nouns can serve as the sentence predicate with the copula For instance consider the following sentence 䐆㧊G 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoTom is a studentrdquo What is noteworthy is that the copula attaches to the noun so tightly as if it were a particle For example notice that there is no space between 䞯 and 㧊㠦㣪 as in 䞯㧊㠦㣪

Noun usage with verbs

People tend to use nouns with certain verbs For instance in English the word ldquocrimerdquo is collocated with the verb ldquocommitrdquo and ldquooperationrdquo is collocated with the verb ldquoperformrdquo The use of a noun with a verb that is not conventionally collocated (although the use of the verb may be gram-matically correct) results in an awkward expression (eg ldquoHitler committed a crimerdquo vs ldquoHitler performed a crimerdquo) In the same principle Korean nouns tend to collocate with certain verbs

9780415774871_ 03indd 189780415774871_03indd 18 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 19

Consider the following examples

⩞䃊ṖGῂG㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays basketballrdquo (X)⩞䃊ṖGῂG䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) basketballrdquo (O)

The verb 㞚㣪 literally means ldquoplayrdquo and 䟊㣪 means ldquodordquo However in Korean the noun ῂ ldquobasketballrdquo does not collocate with 㞚㣪 but with 䟊㣪 For playing musical instruments such as piano and guitar a different verb 㼦㣪 ldquoplayrdquo or ldquohitrdquo is used instead of 䟊㣪 orG㞚㣪

⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㞚㣪 ldquoRebecca plays pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G䟊㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit does) pianordquo (X)⩞䃊ṖG䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquoRebecca plays (lit hitsplays) pianordquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 3 exercises

Ṗ the edgeṲ dogἚ⧖ eggἶ₆ meatsἶⶊ rubberἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes⋮ⶒ greens stonepebbleⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒṲGseal

⓮ needle seaṖ the seaside roomニ breadニ㰧 bakery wall brick㺚 fan

㠛 business⋮ⶒ wild edible greens bird

9780415774871_ 03indd 199780415774871_03indd 19 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

20 Unit 3 Nouns

㔶 shoes㞴 front㞴ⶎ font door㦢㞛 music㻶 season㻶 migratory bird㺛 book㺛 book store䆪 nose䆪䞒 blood from the nose䞒 blood

Exercise 31

Translate the following Korean words into English

Example ⧢ people

1 _________________ 2 㠛 _________________ 3 㺚 _________________ 4 G _________________ 5 ἶ₆ _________________ 6 Ἒ⧖ _________________ 7 ⓮ _________________ 8 ἶⶊ _________________ 9 ⋮ⶒ _________________10 㦢㞛 _________________

Exercise 32

The following are compound words Write their English meanings

Example ἶ₆ Chicken (meat) = Chicken___ + ἶ₆ meat_____

1 ἶⶊ㔶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 2 ⋮ⶒ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 3 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 4 㞴ⶎ ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 5 䆪䞒 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 6 Ṗ ______________ = _____________ + ______________

9780415774871_ 03indd 209780415774871_03indd 20 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

Unit 3 Nouns 21

7 ニ㰧 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 8 㺛 ______________ = _____________ + ______________ 9 ⶒṲ ______________ = _____________ + ______________10 㻶 ______________ = _____________ + ______________

Exercise 33

The Korean nouns in each set have the same prefix Identify the prefix and give its meaning

Example ⋶ἶ₆ (raw meat) ⋶ (raw fish) ⋶Ἒ⧖ (uncooked egg) = Prefix ⋶ Meaning raw

1 㔶䞯₆ (new semester) 㔶 (new generation) 㔶䡫 (new model) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________2 ἶ  (high class) ἶṖ (high price) ἶ (high degree) ἶ (high

mountain) Prefix______________ Meaning _____________3 Ṗ⓻ (impossible) Ṗ䞒 (unavoidability) Ṧ㯳 (insensibility) Ὃ䘟 (unfairness) prime䂯 (unsteadiness)

Prefix______________ Meaning _____________

Exercise 34

The Korean nouns in each set have the same suffix Identify the suffix and give its meaning

Example ṖG(novelist) 㦢㞛ṖG(musician) 㠛Ṗ (businessman) Suffix Ṗ Meaning person

1 䞲ῃ㔳 (Korean style) ῃ㔳 (American style) 㭧ῃ㔳 (Chinese style)

Suffix______________ Meaning _____________2 㰞 (sewing) Ṗ㥚㰞 (scissoring) 㺚㰞 (fanning) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________3 ᾦ㰗 (teaching profession) ₆㑶㰗 (skill-related profession) 㰗 (the

ministry) Suffix______________ Meaning _____________

9780415774871_ 03indd 219780415774871_03indd 21 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

9780415774871_ 03indd 229780415774871_03indd 22 742008 13553 PM742008 13553 PM

UNIT 4Predicates and endings

Predicates

Predicate one of the main components of a sentence normally refers to the part that explains or says something about the subject Often it refers to a verb or an adjective phrase that modifies the subject For example ldquoclosed the doorrdquo is the predicate of a sentence ldquoPeter closed the doorrdquo In a similar manner those which constitute predicate expressions in Korean are verbs and adjectives

Stems

Korean verbs and adjectives are made of stems and endings The stems of verbs and adjectives do not stand alone and they are always conjugated by various or inflectional endings These endings carry various grammatical information and roles (eg tense aspect speech levels and so forth)

When you look for the meaning of certain verbs andor adjectives in your dictionary or textbook word lists you are most likely to encounter verbs and adjectives with as their endings (eg 㧦 ldquosleeprdquo ldquoplayrdquo and 㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo) Remember that stems do not stand by themselves For a dictionary-entry purpose Korean verbs and adjectives take a special dictionary form ending - Consequently finding the stem of a verb andor an adjective is simple in that anything being left out after you take out from the verbs and adjectives is the stem Here are some examples

Dictionary form Meaning StemṖ go Ṗⲏ eat ⲏ㤆 learn 㤆㣪Ⰲ䞮 cook 㣪Ⰲ䞮

⋮ bad ⋮㧧 small 㧧㫡 good 㫡㞚 beautiful 㞚

9780415774871_ 04indd 239780415774871_04indd 23 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

24 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Verbs and adjectives

In English one can distinguish a verb from an adjective by looking at their structure For example when using an adjective as a predicate one has to use one of ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo (eg ldquothe book is cheaprdquo) In Korean however verbs and adjectives resemble one another in how they inflect and how they function in the sentence In addition there is no obvi-ous structural difference between verbs and adjectives In fact adjectives behave like verbs so much that Korean grammarians categorize adjectives as ldquodescriptive verbsrdquo

For example in a dictionary you may find the following Korean verb and adjective Ṗ ldquogordquo and 㧧 ldquosmallrdquo They have different stems (Ṗ and 㧧) but the same ending ( the dictionary form ending) Their meanings distinguish a verb from an adjective Verbs normally signify actions and processes On the other hand adjectives typically indicate states or qual-ities (eg size weight quality quantity shape appearance perception and emotion)

Vowel- and consonant-based stems

Stems of Korean verbs and adjectives are grouped into two types consonant based and vowel based An example of the vowel-based stem is Ṗ of Ṗ whereas that of the consonant-based stem is ⲏ of ⲏ

Vowel-based verbsṖ ldquodividerdquoṖ㰖 ldquohaverdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquoⰢ㰖 ldquotouchrdquo ldquoseerdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo䌖 ldquoriderdquo

Consonant-based verbs ldquocloserdquo㔶 ldquowear (shoes)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo ldquoliverdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo䕪 ldquosellrdquo

9780415774871_ 04indd 249780415774871_04indd 24 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 25

Vowel-based adjectives㔲 ldquosourrdquo㕎 ldquocheaprdquo㝆 ldquobitterrdquo㰲 ldquosaltyrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo䦦Ⰲ ldquocloudyrdquo䧂 ldquowhiterdquo

Consonant-based adjectivesṖ ldquolight (weight)rdquoṖ₳ ldquonearrdquoὲ㺄 ldquofinerdquo ldquowiderdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo㧧 ldquosmallrdquo㫡 ldquogoodrdquo

Endings

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on

The endings can be categorized into two types pre-final endings and final endings depending on where they are placed in the verb or adjective

Pre-final endings

Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending They include the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 past tense marker 㠞㞮 and so on

Consider the following example

㠊㩲G㡗䢪G㔲㠞㠊㣪f ldquoDid (you) see the movie yesterdayrdquo

Notice that the pre-final endings (eg 㔲 and 㠞) appear between the stem ldquoseerdquo and 㠊㣪 ldquoa sentence final endingrdquo

Non-sentence-final endings

There are two types of final endings one that ends a verb or an adjec-tive but not the sentence (non-sentence-final endings) and one that ends

9780415774871_ 04indd 259780415774871_04indd 25 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

26 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

both the verb and the sentence (sentence-final endings) Non-sentence-final endings include various clausal conjunctives such as -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo -㠊㞚 ldquobecauserdquo -㦒Ⳋ ldquowhilerdquo -㰖Ⱒ ldquoalthoughrdquo -⪳ ldquoin order tordquo and so on

Consider the following sentence

䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee and then eat ice creamrdquo

Notice that the conjunctive -ἶ ldquoand thenrdquo does not end the sentence but does end the verb stem Ⱎ㔲 ldquodrinkrdquo On the other hand the ending 㠊㣪 ends the verb ldquoeatrdquo as well as the sentence

Sentence-final endings

The typical examples of sentence-final endings are various speech-level endings Korean has six speech levels as shown below These speech-level endings indicate the speakerrsquos interpersonal relationship with the address-ees or attitude toward them (eg social meanings such as intimacy and formality of the situation)

The deferential speech level is the highest among the six followed by the polite speech level and so on In addition each speech level has four endings that indicate the type of sentence declarative (statement) interrogative (question) imperative (commandrequest) and propositive (suggestion)

Speech level Declarative Interrogative Imperative Propositive1 Deferential -㔋V -㔋₢V -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺 -O㦒P㕃㔲G G ථG ථ₢2 Polite -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 -㠊㣪V-㞚㣪 T㠊㣪V-㞚㣪3 Blunt -O㦒P㡺 -O㦒P 㡺4 Familiar - -⋮V-⓪Ṗ -Ợ -5 Intimate -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚 -㠊V-㞚6 Plain -OPච -O㦒P- -㠊⧒V-㞚⧒ -㧦

Among the six speech levels the use of (3) blunt and (4) familiar speech levels have been declining especially among young generations KFL learners however must be familiar with the deferential polite intimate and plain levels which are still widely used for all Koreans regardless of age differences Consequently the debate around blunt and familiar speech levels will not be discussed in this book

Let us apply four of the endings above to the verb stem ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo When saying ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo one needs to use one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -)

9780415774871_ 04indd 269780415774871_04indd 26 742008 13537 PM742008 13537 PM

Unit 4 Predicates and endings 27

Level Conjugation Possible social settingsDeferential ⲏ㔋₢f ldquo(Someone) eatsrdquo (eg in a formal situation)Polite ⲏ㠊㣪f ndash (eg to an adult colleague)Intimate ⲏ㠊f ndash (eg to an adolescent friend)Plain ⲏf ndash (eg to a child)

Notice that the verb stem in each speech level as well as the referential meaning are the same In addition different endings render different social meanings such as speakerrsquos attitude toward the hearer and the formality of the situation Consequently choosing the right speech level is critical and it all depends on who you talk to

Exercises

Exercise 41

The following is a list of some Korean verbs and adjectives Underline whether it is a verb or an adjective and then write the stem of each verb and adjective

Example 㧓 VerbAdjective Stem 㧓

1 Ṗ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 2 Ṗ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 3 䕪 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 4 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 5 Ⱔ VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 6 Ⱒ㰖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 7 䌖 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 8 㞟 VerbAdjective Stem_____________ 9 㔲 VerbAdjective Stem_____________10 VerbAdjective Stem_____________

Exercise 42

Among six speech levels what are two speech levels whose uses are declin-ing among young generations

Exercise 43

Among six speech levels what is the level used for formal and public speech

9780415774871_ 04indd 279780415774871_04indd 27 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

28 Unit 4 Predicates and endings

Exercise 44

Apply one of the four declarative endings (-㔋 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -⓪) to the stem of ⶌ ldquotierdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 45

Apply one of the four interrogative endings (-㔋₢ -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -) to the stem of ldquoplace (something) inrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 46

Apply one of the four propositive endings (-ථ㔲 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㧦) to the stem of 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

Exercise 47

Apply one of the four imperative endings (-㦒㕃㔲㡺 -㠊㣪 -㠊 and -㠊⧒) to the stem of 㧓 ldquoreadrdquo

1 Deferential _____________________2 Polite _____________________3 Intimate _____________________4 Plain _____________________

9780415774871_ 04indd 289780415774871_04indd 28 742008 13538 PM742008 13538 PM

UNIT 5The deferential speech level and the polite speech level

In English there are times when you have to take alternative words or phrases depending on various social factors involved in conversation such as the formality of the situation politeness and familiarity with the addressee For instance in a certain situation you can greet someone by saying ldquoHey whatrsquos uprdquo but in another situation by saying ldquoGood morn-ing Sirrdquo

Korean has different speech level endings for serving these purposes As already emphasized in the previous unit the use of speech level endings is mandatory all the time since verb or adjective stems cannot stand alone However for Korean language learners choosing an appropriate speech level ending for every verb andor adjective is challenging because its selec-tion is determined by various contextual factors involved in interaction such as who you are talking to whether you know the addressee or not how formal the situation is and so on The focus of this unit is on two speech levels ldquothe deferential speech levelrdquo and ldquothe polite speech levelrdquo

The deferential speech level

The deferential speech level is used for public andor formal commun-ication settings such as broadcasting public speech business-related meetings conference presentations and so forth The deferential speech level has four different endings for each sentence type -㔋V-ථ (declarative) -㔋₢V-ථ₢G (interrogative) -O㦒P㕃㔲㡺G Oimperative) and -O㦒P㕃㔲G(propositive)

Declarative

For the declarative (statement) -㔋 is used when the stem ends in a consonant as in ⲏ + 㔋 = ⲏ㔋 ldquo(someone) eatsrdquo However when the stem ends in a vowel -ථ is used as in Ṗ + ථ = ṧ ldquo(someone) goesrdquo

9780415774871_ 05indd 299780415774871_05indd 29 742008 13445 PM742008 13445 PM

30 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

Because the deferential speech level indicates a sense of formality many formulaicfixed expressions are made of this speech level ending

㻮㦢GỶ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) meet you for the first timerdquo)Ⱒ⋮Gṧ㔋 ldquoNice to meet yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) am glad because I meet yourdquo)㧮GⲏỶ㔋 ldquoThanks for the mealrdquo (literally ldquo(I) will eat wellrdquo)Ṧ䞿 ldquoThank yourdquo (literally ldquo(I) do gratituderdquo)㔺⪖䞿 ldquoExcuse merdquo (literally ldquo(I) do discourtesyrdquo)㿫䞮䞿 ldquoCongratulationsrdquo (literally ldquo(I) congratulaterdquo)

Interrogative

For the interrogative (question) the ending is -㔋₢ for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㔋₢ ldquo(do you) eatrdquo However it is -ථ₢ for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ₢ ldquo(do you) gordquo Here are more examples

ΐ ldquoroastrdquo 㠎㩲Gἶ₆Gΐ㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) roast the meatrdquo ldquobelieverdquo G䂲ῂG㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) believe that friendrdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠊❪G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿₢f ldquoWhere (do you) teach Koreanrdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠎㩲G䌲ῢG㤗₢f ldquoWhen (do you) learn Taekwondordquo

Imperative

For the imperative (command) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoeatrdquo However the ending is -㕃㔲㡺 for the stem ending in a vowel as in Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquogordquo Here are more examples

ldquocloserdquo 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoClose the windowrdquo㧓 ldquoreadrdquo 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoRead the Korean bookrdquoⰢ⋮ ldquomeetrdquo 㦚GⰢ⋮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMeet the teacherrdquo ldquoseerdquo 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㕃㔲㡺 ldquoSee the comedy movierdquo

Propositive

For the propositive (suggestion) the ending is -㦒㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a consonant as in ⲏ㦒㕃㔲 ldquo(let us) eatrdquo However it is

9780415774871_ 05indd 309780415774871_05indd 30 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 31

-㕃㔲 for the stem ending in a vowel as in ṧ㔲 ldquo(let us) gordquo Here are more examples

⊠ ldquoquitrdquo G⊠㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) quit smokingrdquo㞟 ldquositrdquo 㞴㭚㠦G 㞟㦣㔲 ldquo(Let us) sit in the front rowrdquolfloor ldquosend outrdquo 䘎㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) send out the letterrdquoⰂ ldquothrow awayrdquo 㝆⩞₆G Ⱃ㔲 ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

The polite speech level

The polite speech level is the informal counterpart of the deferential speech level As the most commonly used speech level regardless of age or gender the polite speech level is broadly used in any situation where polite language is called for It is used when addressing someone of senior status in a casual non-formal and everyday types of conversations it is used with friends if their friendship began in adulthood it is the most common speech level used toward strangers

The polite speech level endings have two forms -㠊㣪 and -㞚㣪 When the verb andor adjective stem ends in either 㞚 or 㡺 -㞚㣪 is used On the other hand -㠊㣪 is used with the stem that ends in any other vowels For example the following is a list of some verbs and adjectives (with dictionary endings) in the left column with the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪 in the right column

Dictionary form The polite speech level endingsṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 (Ṗ + 㞚㣪 but contracted to Ṗ㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㣪 ( + 㞚㣪 but contracted)㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㢖㣪 (㡺 + 㞚㣪 but contracted) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪) ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ( + 㞚㣪)

₆Ⰲ ldquowaitrdquo ₆⩺㣪 (₆Ⰲ + 㠊㣪 but contracted to ₆⩺㣪)㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㤢㣪 (㤆 + 㠊㣪 but contracted) ldquoput (something) inrdquo 㠊㣪 ( + 㠊㣪)ⶌ ldquotierdquo ⶌ㠊㣪 (ⶌ + 㠊㣪)ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo ⲏ㠊㣪 (ⲏ + 㠊㣪)

You probably wonder why some verbs or adjectives such as Ṗ is not Ṗ㞚㣪 but Ṗ㣪 This is attributed to the vowel contraction in Korean when similar or the same two vowels appear together (eg Ṗ㞚 = Ṗ) the vowels tend to be contracted

9780415774871_ 05indd 319780415774871_05indd 31 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

32 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

The copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo and 㞚 ldquobe notrdquo as well as the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo do not follow the above rules The conjugation of 㧊 㞚 and 䞮 is irregular in that the polite speech level of 㧊 is 㧊㠦㣪 㞚 is 㞚㠦㣪 and 䞮 is 䟊㣪

㧊 㧊㠊㣪 (X) 㧊㠦㣪 (O)㞚 㞚㠊㣪 (X) 㞚㠦㣪 (O)䞮 䞮㞚㣪 (X) 䟊㣪 (O)

The endings -㠊V㞚㣪 are used for all sentence types declarative imperat-ive interrogative and propositive For instance consider the following

㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪H ldquoEat lunchrdquo㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(Let us) eat lunchrdquo

Koreans use contextual elements as well as intonation (eg rising intonation for a question) to figure out what sentence type the ending is used for

Mixed use of the deferential and polite speech levels

Koreans frequently use the deferential speech level as well as the polite speech level together even in formal conversational settings One pos-sible scenario is when you meet a person for the first time The speakers may introduce themselves using the deferential speech level (using the aforementioned fixed expressions) However once identified they may switch to the polite speech level The use of the polite speech level ending generates an effect of making a dialogue sound less formal even in formal conversational contexts

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 5 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ䂮 to teachỊ to cross overὋ ballῂ shoes

9780415774871_ 05indd 329780415774871_05indd 32 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 33

Ⰲ to drawⰒ painting₆Ⰲ to wait₆ feeling₆㹾 train₆䣢 chance₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be clean

⋶㝾 weatherlfloor⩺Ṗ to go downⰂ to be slow to close to be sweet cigarette䞯 college student㰖 to throwⰂ to knock➆ to follow⥾ỗ to be hot (water)

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⲖ to be farⶎ doorⶒ waterⶒἶ₆ fish to believe bottom

to be busy to receive room stomach㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㓺 buslfloor to send to see to watchアⰂ to borrow

teacher hand㑯㩲 homework

9780415774871_ 05indd 339780415774871_05indd 33 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

34 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

㓓 to be easy㝆⩞₆ garbage㔲䠮 test㔲⊚⩓ to be noisy㔶 to wear (shoes)㕇㕇䞮 to be fresh㞑 to wash

㞚 not be㞚䂾 morning㞚䝚 to be hurt㞟 to sit㟒㺚 vegetable㠊❪ where㠎㩲 when㡂₆ here㡊 to open㡗㠊 English㡗䢪 movie㧒 work㧒㠊⋮ to get up㧒㹣 early㧓 to read㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧷 to catch㨂㧞 to be interesting㩦㕂 lunch㫡 to be good㭒 to give㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺔 to find㺛 book㿻 to be cold䂲ῂ friend䄺䞒 coffee䆪Ⲫ❪ comedy䆪䔎 coat䋂Ợ aloud䌖 to ride䌳㔲 taxi

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 a letter

9780415774871_ 05indd 349780415774871_05indd 34 742008 13446 PM742008 13446 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 35

䞒㤆 to smoke䞮⓮ sky䞮 to do䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䠺㠊㰖 to be separatedbreak up䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 51

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (declarative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 2 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 3 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 4 䄺䞒 OⰞ㔲P 5 䘎㰖 OP 6 㡗㠊 O㤆P 7 㧊 O₾⊭䞮P 8 ₆㹾Ṗ OⰂP 9 ⶒ㧊 O⥾ỗP10 ⰺ㧒 OP

Exercise 52

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (interrogative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ₢f ldquoDo (you) go to schoolrdquo

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚GOP 2 㠊❪G㦚GO㞑P 3 㠎㩲GO㞟P 4 㠊❪GO㧦P 5 GO䞒㤆P 6 㰖ṧ㦚GO㺔P

9780415774871_ 05indd 359780415774871_05indd 35 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

36 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 ⋶㝾ṖGO㿻P 8 㔲䠮㧊GO㓓P 9 ₆㧊GO㫡P10 㰧㧊GO㔲⊚⩓P

Exercise 53

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (imperative) and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoPlease go to schoolrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 㦒⪲GOlfloor⩺ṖP 3 Ὃ㦚GO㰖P 4 ⶎ㦚GOⰂP 5 㦚GO➆P 6 䂲ῂGOP 7 ῂGO㔶P 8 䆪䔎GO㧛P 9 㦚GO㧷P10 䋂ỢGO㣎䂮P

Exercise 54

Conjugate each verb or adjective with the deferential speech level ending (propositiveP and translate each sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ㔲 ldquo(Let us) go to schoolrdquo

1 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 2 Ⱂ㦚GOⰂP 3 ⶒἶ₆GO㧷P 4 㺛㦚GO㧓P 5 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P 6 㓺GO䌖P 7 㡂₆GO䠺㠊㰖P 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪GOP 9 ₆䣢GO㭒P10 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP

9780415774871_ 05indd 369780415774871_05indd 36 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels 37

Exercise 55

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 㓺G䌧㔲 ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquoldquoTake a busrdquo

1 Page 5 G㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) read page 5rdquoldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 㦚G㞑㦣㔲 ldquoWash handsrdquoldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 㺓ⶎ㦚G㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquo(Let us) close the windowrdquoldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 㺛㦚GアⰓ㔲 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquoldquoBorrow the bookrdquo 5 ὖ㠦G⋮Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquoldquo(Let us) go out from the libraryrdquo 6 ⶒ㦚GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDrink waterrdquoldquo(Let us) drink waterrdquo 7 㦢㔳㦚G㭣㔲 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquoldquoGive (them) foodrdquo 8 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㦒㕃㔲 ldquoWear the uniformrdquoldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquoldquo(Let us) learn the Korean languagerdquo10 㤎⪲G⟶⋿㔲 ldquo(Let us) leave for SeoulrdquoldquoLeave for Seoulrdquo

Exercise 56

Conjugate each verb or adjective in parenthesis with the polite speech level ending and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example OP = G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TVrdquo

1 ₎㦚GOỊP 2 ⶎ㦚GO㡊P 3 㺛㦚GO䕪P 4 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 5 ⶎ㦚GOP 6 㧒㦚GOⰞ䂮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 379780415774871_05indd 37 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

38 Unit 5 Deferential and polite speech levels

7 㺛㦚GOアⰂP 8 㦚GO㞑PU 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣GO㧒㠊⋮P10 䌳㔲GO䌖P11 㰧㧊GO㫡P12 㡗䢪ṖGO㨂㧞P13 䞲ῃG⧢GO㧊P14 㑯㩲GO䞮P15 䞯㧊GO㞚P16 䞯ᾦṖGOⲖP17 䄺䞒ṖGOP18 ṖGO㞚䝚P19 䞮⓮㧊GO䦦ⰂP20 㟒㺚ṖGO㕇㕇䞮P

9780415774871_ 05indd 389780415774871_05indd 38 742008 13447 PM742008 13447 PM

UNIT 6The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ ika

Case and special particles

One unique characteristic of Korean is that nouns are typically marked by particles There is no corresponding equivalent in English Korean has two types of particles case particles and special particles Case particles indicate the syntactic role of the noun to which they are attached (eg whether the noun is a subject an object an indirect object and so on) Case particles include 㧊Ṗ ldquosubject case particlerdquo 㦚 ldquoobject case particlerdquo and so on Consider the following exemplary sentence

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

㺆㓺 is the subject as it is marked by the subject particle Ṗ In addition 䄺䞒 is the object as it is marked by the object particle

The other type is ldquospecial particlesrdquo whose function is not to indicate syntactic roles of the noun but rather to add special meanings such as indicating the noun as a topic of the sentence emphasizing the singular-ity of the noun and so on Special particles include 㦖⓪ ldquotopic particlerdquo and delimiters such as Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo ldquoalsordquo and so on Consider the follow-ing example

㹾⓪G䡚G⋮䌖ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for a car Hyundai Sonata is goodrdquo

Notice that 䡚G⋮䌖 is the subject of the sentence (since marked by the subject particle Ṗ) while 㹾 is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (since marked by the topic particle ⓪)

Characteristics of particles

There are few things to remember when using these particles First al-though particles are tightly bound to and are an integral part of the noun they can be often omitted in colloquial usages This omission in colloquial

9780415774871_ 06indd 399780415774871_06indd 39 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

40 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

conversation is possible because the contextual understanding of the con-versation is often sufficient to indicate the syntactic roles of the nouns being used (eg knowing who is a subject or an object and so on) However the omission of the particles is not allowed in formal written communication

Second because of the case particlersquos role of indicating the syntactic role of the nouns the word order can be scrambled For instance notice that the following two sentences have the same meaning even if the word order of both sentences (eg the subject 㺆㓺 and the object 䄺䞒) is different

㺆㓺ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo䄺䞒G㺆㓺ṖGⰞ㣪 ldquoCharles drinks coffeerdquo

The subject particle 㧊VṖ

The subject case particle 㧊VṖ is a two-form particle 㧊 is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg Ṗ㧊 ldquobag- particlerdquo) and Ṗ is used when the particle comes after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䞯ᾦṖ ldquoschool-particlerdquo) The principle of having two forms resembles the use in English of ldquoaanrdquo However the rule is the opposite in that ldquoanrdquo is used before a noun that begins with a vowel (eg an umbrella) and ldquoardquo is used before a noun that begins with a consonant (eg a cup)

The particle 㧊VṖ in negation

Although the primary function of 㧊VṖ is to indicate the subject case its usage extends beyond case marking For example in negation the noun it marks is not the subject of the sentence Consider the following example

⧒⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is not a Koreanrdquo

⧒ is not the subject but the topic of the sentence (as it is marked by the topic particle ⓪) Notice that the subject of the sentence is omitted and 䞲ῃ⧢ marked by the particle 㧊 is not the subject of the sentence

Double subject constructions

Some Korean sentences may have two nouns marked by the subject par-ticle Consider the following example

䂲ῂṖGGⳛ㧊G㢪 ldquoThree friends camerdquo

Notice that there are two subjects in the sentence 䂲ῂ and ⳛ as both are marked by the subject particle Korean grammarians call such a

9780415774871_ 06indd 409780415774871_06indd 40 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 41

sentence ldquodouble-subject constructionrdquo Double-subject sentences are very common in Korean However its interpretation is not that the sentence has two subjects In this sentence the focus is on the number three rather than friends

Consider another example

䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㧊G䋂 ldquoThomasrsquos hands are bigrdquo

In this sentence the relationship between two nouns 䏶Ⱎ㓺 and is that of the possessor-possessed

It is rather confusing which noun marked by the particle should be regarded as the emphasized subject Koreans use context as well as other linguistic cues (eg intonation) to figure out where the emphasis lies The importance of contextual understanding is also evident in the fact that Korean subjects as well as particles are often omitted in conversation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 6 exercises

Ṗ₳ to be nearṖỿ priceṖ㑮 singerṚ䢎 nurseṫ㞚㰖 puppy₾⊭䞮 to be cleanῃ soup㡓 to be cute₆㧦 journalist₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi⋶㝾 weather to be spacious to be sweet⩓ to be dirty to be hotὖ library⥾ỗ to be hot (water)⩞ⴂ lemon

Ⱔ to be manyⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⱋ to be spicy

9780415774871_ 06indd 419780415774871_06indd 41 742008 13430 PM742008 13430 PM

42 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

ⲎⰂ headⲖ to be far㑮 carpenterⶒ water㰖⁒䞮 to be lukewarm

room㕎 to be expensive㕎 to be cheap䌫 sugarỿ personality salt㓓 to be easy㓺䅖㭚 schedule㝆 to be bitter (taste)㔲 to be sour㔲䠮 test㕇ỗ to be bland

㞚 to be beautiful㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ anchorwoman㟓 medicine㟓 pharmacist㠊⪋ to be difficult㠊㰖⩓ to be dizzy㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡗䢪 movie㡗䢪G㤆 movie star㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㦢㔳 food㦮 medical doctor

㧦㹾Gcar㰲 to be salty㰽 to be short㨂㧞 to be interesting㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡 to be good㰧 house

㹾 tea㹾ṧ to be cold (water)㽞䆲Ⱅ chocolate䃶䗒㓺 campus䄺䞒 coffee䅊䜾䎆 computer

9780415774871_ 06indd 429780415774871_06indd 42 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 43

䋂 to be big䗲 pen䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃG⧢ Koreans䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 61

The subject particle is a two-form particle 㧊 and Ṗ Fill in the blank with an appropriate subject particle and translate the sentence

Example 㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺OṖPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a busrdquo

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㑮㧪GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 3 ⧒GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 5 䙊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 6 㫊GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 8 㞺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U 9 䃦ⰆGOGPG㧞㠊㣪U10 㺆㓺GOGPG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 62

Complete the sentence using the subject particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㰧SG䋂 = 㰧㧊G䋓 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo

1 㡗䢪SG㨂㧞2 䞲ῃG⧢SGⰤ3 㦢㔳SGⰱ㠜4 ὖSG㫆㣿䞮5 㧦㹾SG㕎6 䞯ᾦSGṖ₳7 ỿSG㫡8 㦢㔳SG㰲

9780415774871_ 06indd 439780415774871_06indd 43 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

44 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 63

Translate the following sentences into English

Example 䢪㧻㔺㧊G㧧㞚㣪 = ldquoThe toilet is smallrdquo

1 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U2 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪U3 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪U4 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U5 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪U

Exercise 64

Translate the following sentences into English

Example ⋶㝾ṖG⋮㊿ = ldquoThe weather is badrdquo

1 㰧㧊G䋓2 ṫ㞚㰖ṖG㡓㔋3 ⋶㝾ṖG㔋4 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㔋5 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㔋

Exercise 65

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the polite speech level

Example ldquoThe size is smallrdquo = 㧊㯞ṖG㧧㞚㣪

1 ldquoThe schedule is shortrdquo2 ldquoThe pen is expensiverdquo3 ldquoThe house is spaciousrdquo4 ldquoThe chocolate is sweetrdquo5 ldquoThe computer is expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 06indd 449780415774871_06indd 44 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 45

Exercise 66

Translate the following sentences into Korean using the deferential speech level

Example ldquoThe weather is coldrdquo = ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋

1 ldquoThe weather is cloudyrdquo2 ldquoThe road is dangerousrdquo3 ldquoThe test is easyrdquo4 ldquoThe room is dirtyrdquo5 ldquoThe campus is beautifulrdquo

Exercise 67

Change each sentence into a negative sentence as shown in the example

Example 㫊㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㦖G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦㡞㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓㡞㣪U 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮㡞㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 06indd 459780415774871_06indd 45 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

46 Unit 6 The subject case particle 㧊Ṗ

Exercise 68

Match one of the following with the appropriate predicates

㓺㔲SG䌫SGSGῃSG㟓SGₖ䂮SG㦢㔳SG䄺䞒SG⩞ⴂSGⶒSG㹾SG㽞䆲Ⱅ

Example (Sushi) 㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 = 㓺㔲ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪

1 (chocolate) _____________㧊VṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 2 (sugar) _____________㧊VṖG㞚㣪 3 (medicine) _____________㧊VṖG㖾㣪 4 (soup) _____________㧊VṖG㰲㣪 5 (food) _____________㧊VṖG㕇Ệ㤢㣪 6 (kimchi) _____________㧊VṖGⰺ㤢㣪 7 (coffee) _____________㧊VṖG⥾Ệ㤢㣪 8 (water) _____________㧊VṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 9 (lemon) _____________㧊VṖG㣪10 (tea) _____________㧊VṖG㰖⁒䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 06indd 469780415774871_06indd 46 742008 13431 PM742008 13431 PM

UNIT 7The special particle 㦖 0n⓪ n0n

The special particle 㦖V⓪ is a topic particle since it marks the noun as the sentence topic (eg what the sentence is about) The particle 㦖V⓪ is not a case particle hence it does not indicate the grammatical function of the noun it attaches to

Marking topics

In a similar way that the subject particle has two forms㧊 and Ṗ the topic particle also has two forms 㦖 (after consonants) and ⓪ (after vowels) Consider the following two sentences

㑮㧪㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a Koreanrdquo⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is an Americanrdquo

Notice that 㑮㧪 is marked by 㦖 (since it ends in a consonant) whereas is marked by ⓪ (since it ends in a vowel) In addition the above two sentences are ldquotopic-commentrdquo structures a sentence begins with a topic of the sentence (marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪) followed by the predicate (eg an equational expression) In the first sentence above 㑮㧪 is the topic and 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment In the second sentence is the topic while ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 is the comment Such a topic-comment structure is the most basic sentence type in Korean

To understand its usage in more detail let us consider the following examples

Ⰲ㞚⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Leah (she) is an Americanrdquoἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is a high-school teacherrdquoY_㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(She) is 28 years oldrdquo㩲㧚㓺⓪G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for James (he) is a Canadianrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 479780415774871_07indd 47 742008 13507 PM742008 13507 PM

48 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

Notice that the first three sentences are about Leah Because of the fact that Leah was noted as the topic in the first sentence it would be redundant to raise Leah as the topic again Consequently the second and the third sentence omit the topic Ⰲ㞚 However as the fourth sentence is about a different person 㩲㧚㓺 the sentence begins with the new topic 㩲㧚㓺

The noun marked by 㦖V⓪ appears to be the subject of the sentence However 㦖V⓪ is not a subject particle and it does not mark the noun as the subject For instance consider the following sentence

䟚Ệ⓪G 㓺㓺G 䟚ỆṖG ⰱ㧞㠊㣪G ldquoAs for hamburgers Smith Hamburger is tastyrdquo

Notice that the hamburger is the topic of the sentence (what the sentence is talking about) whereas ldquoSmith Hamburgerrdquo is the subject of the pre-dicate ldquotastyrdquo

Compare and contrast

When two sentences marked by the topic particles 㦖V⓪ are used in parallel the particle 㦖V⓪ serves to compare and contrast the two topics of the sentences Consider the following two examples

㩖㓺䕊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Justin (he) is a Canadianrdquo⩝㰖ⰢG䂮㠦ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHowever as for Chieko (she) is a Japaneserdquo

Notice that both Justin and Chieko are the topics of each sentence Since these sentences are used in parallel these two topics are compared and contrasted (eg one is a Canadian while the other person is Japanese)

Switching topics

Koreans use the topic particle 㦖V⓪Gwhen they switch the topic from one thing to another For instance consider the following conversation

A 㔺⪖䞿UG㧊G㰖G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoExcuse me how much is this pair of pantsrdquo

B UGYWSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 20000 wonrdquoA ⩒G㧊G䂮Ⱎ⓪G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoThen as for this skirt how much is

(it)rdquoB GZYSWWWG㤦㧛 ldquoYes (it) is 32000 wonrdquoA 㧊G㼃㰖⓪㣪f ldquoHow about this pair of jeansrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 489780415774871_07indd 48 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 49

Let us assume that speaker A is a customer and speaker B is a saleswoman in the above conversation Notice that speaker A uses the topic particle 㦖V⓪ when she changes the topic from one item to another (eg asking for the price of a skirt and then jeans)

Interplay between the subject and the topic particles

When asking a question in Korean the question word (eg ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo) is usually marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ However when answering the question the question word is often marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ Consider the following examples

Peter 㩚Ὃ㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) majorrdquoSusan 㩚Ὃ㦖G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo

In Peterrsquos question the particle 㧊VṖ is used since 㩚Ὃ ldquomajorrdquo is the subject of the question However when responding to this question Susan answers 㩚Ὃ㦖 䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoAs for (my) major (it) is Koreanrdquo instead of 㩚Ὃ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊㡞㣪 ldquoThe major is Koreanrdquo Notice that 㩚Ὃ is marked by the topic particle 㦖V⓪ not the subject particle 㧊VṖ

When Peter asks the question 㩚Ὃ is the subject of the sentence and it is not the topic of the conversation yet In other words the word 㩚Ὃ is new information which was just brought up in the conversation However after Peterrsquos question 㩚Ὃ becomes the topic As a result Susan replies with 㩚Ὃ㦖 rather than 㩚Ὃ㧊

This may sound confusing but it should become clear with more examples Consider the following examples

A 㧊㧊Gⶦ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat is (your) namerdquoB 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo

A ἶ䟻㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is (your) hometownrdquoB 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

Appearing at the beginning of the sentence

You can make any element of the sentence the topic by adding the topic particle to it and placing it at the beginning of the sentence except the verbadjective that appears at the end of the sentence For example consider the following sentences

9780415774871_ 07indd 499780415774871_07indd 49 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

50 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

㫊㦖G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAs for John (he) studies Korean with Mary at the library at 900 amrdquo

㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦⓪G㫊㧊GⲪⰂ䞮ἶGὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt 900 am John studies Korean with Mary at the libraryrdquo

ⲪⰂ䞮ἶ⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoWith Mary John studies Korean at the library at 900 amrdquo

ὖ㠦⓪G㫊㧊G㡺㩚G`G㔲㠦GⲪⰂ䞮ἶG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪UldquoAt the library John studies Korean with Mary at 900 amrdquo

As a SOV language in Korean the most important sentential elements (eg predicates) tend to appear at the end of the sentence The less import-ant or least unknown information tend to appear toward the beginning of the sentence Notice in the above sentences that the 㦖V⓪ -marked ele-ments (topics) appear at the beginning of the sentence The topic of the sentence in Korean tends to be the contextually understood element and thus it can be often easily omitted during conversation

This contrasts with the subject marked by the particle 㧊VṖ The subject particle 㧊VṖ is used to mark a subject (which happens to be new informa-tion or has not been mentioned previously in the context) For instance this explains why most interrogative words such as ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo are used with the particle 㧊VṖ as in ῂ(Ṗ) and ⶊ㠝㧊 but not with the topic particle 㦖V⓪

㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㦖G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (X)㠊G 㔳G 㦢㔳㧊G ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhich restaurant food is deliciousrdquo (O)

ῂ⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (X)ṖGῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is an Americanrdquo (O)

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 7 exercises

Ἒ㩞 season flowerὒ subjectcourse⋶㝾 weather㰞⧲ New Zealand⩂㔲㞚 Russia

9780415774871_ 07indd 509780415774871_07indd 50 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 51

ⲫ㔲䆪 Mexico Springぢ⧒㰞 Brazilῃ AmericaUSA color novel

㡃 history㡗ῃ England㡗䢪 movie㤊 sport㦢㔳 food㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚 Italy㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 automobile㧻 rose㭧ῃ China㺛 book䃦⋮ Canada䅊䜾䎆 computer䆪❪ comedy䕢⧧ blue (color)䝚⧧㓺 France䞚Ⰲ䞖 Philippines䞲ῃ South Korea䢎㭒 Australia

Exercise 71

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺GVGῃG⧢ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is an Americanrdquo

1 㥶ↂGVG㧒G⧢ 2 䃦ⰆGVG䃦⋮G⧢ 3 㢲㧊GVG㭧ῃG⧢ 4 䡲㰚GVG䞲ῃG⧢ 5 㫊GVG㡗ῃG⧢ 6 㓺䕆ぢGVG䢎㭒G⧢ 7 ⬾㧊㓺GVG䝚⧧㓺G⧢

9780415774871_ 07indd 519780415774871_07indd 51 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

52 Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪

8 ⰞⰂ㡺GVGⲫ㔲䆪G⧢ 9 㧊GVG⩂㔲㞚G⧢10 㞢䝚⩞GVG㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢

Exercise 72

Complete the sentence using the topic particle and translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 㦢㔳GVG㓺䎢㧊䋂 = 㦢㔳㦖G㓺䎢㧊䋂G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for food (I) like steakrdquo

1 㦢㞛GVG㨂㯞 2 㡗䢪GVG䆪❪ 3 㤊GVG㟒ῂ 4 㺛GVG䞲ῃG 5 GVG㧻 6 ὒGVG㡃 7 Ἒ㩞GVG 8 GVG䕢⧧ 9 䅊䜾䎆GVGⰻ䅚䏶㝾10 㧦㹾GVGBMW

Exercise 73

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example As for Harry (he) is in Britain = 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㡗ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Erin (she) is in Canadardquo 2 ldquoAs for Joshua (he) is in Mexicordquo 3 ldquoAs for Florence (she) is in Brazilrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Ronald (he) is in the Philippinesrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Francis (she) is in New Zealandrdquo 6 ldquoAs for William (he) is in Russiardquo 7 ldquoAs for Christine (she) is in Francerdquo 8 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is in Italyrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Sara (she) is in Chinardquo10 ldquoAs for Michael (he) is in Japanrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 529780415774871_07indd 52 742008 13508 PM742008 13508 PM

Unit 7 The special particle 㦖⓪ 53

Exercise 74

Underline which of the three Korean sentences is the correct translation of the given English sentence

Example ldquoAs for the book (it) is at homerdquo 㺛㦖G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪VG㺛⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoWho is JamesrdquoG ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ㧊G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪fGVGῂ⓪G㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 ldquoAs for color (I) like whiterdquoG 㧊G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪VG 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪G VG ⓪G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

3 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is hotrdquoG 㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪GVG㡺⓮G⋶㝾㦖G㤢㣪GV㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 ldquoTaxi is expensiverdquoG 䌳㔲⓪G㕎㣪VG䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪GVG䌳㔲㦖G㕎㣪U5 ldquoThe school is farrdquoG 䞯ᾦ⓪GⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪VG䞯ᾦ㦖GⲖ㠊㣪U6 ldquoAs for coffee hazelnut is deliciousrdquoG 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪UG VG䄺䞒ṖG䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪GVG䄺䞒㦖G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

Choose the right particle for each sentence

Example 㰧(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㠊❪㡞㣪f ldquoWhere is your homerdquo = 㰧㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪f

1 䎢⩢㓺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoTerrence is a juniorrdquo 2 㓺䕆て(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)GX䞯㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steven (he) is a freshmanrdquo 3 㠊❪(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWhere is the bankrdquo 4 㤆(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoSangwoo is a Koreanrdquo 5 䅚G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧒 ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Ken (he) is a Japaneserdquo 6 ⰞⰂ㡺(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪) ⲫ㔲䆪 ⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a

Mexicanrdquo 7 ῂ(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㧊㠦㣪f ldquoWho is the teacherrdquo 8 㧦㹾(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G䡚(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㫡㞚㣪U ldquoAs for cars Hyundai

is goodrdquo 9 㩲G㧊G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㞺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Andrewrdquo10 㩲Gἶ䟻G(㧊VṖV㦖V⓪)G㤎㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for my hometown (it) is Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_ 07indd 539780415774871_07indd 53 742008 13509 PM742008 13509 PM

UNIT 8Pronouns

English has an extensive list of pronouns I (me my mine) you (your yours) he (him his) she (her hers) it (its) we (us our ours) and they (them their theirs) Korean has its own list of pronouns as well but its usage is much limited with different usage rules Generally speaking pronouns are used much less in Korean than in English In Korean any contextually understood sentence elements (including the subject and the object) are often omitted For instance when two people are talking to each other personal pronouns often drop out in normal conversations since both speakers know who is the first person talking and who is listening This differs from English where the use of the pronoun (or subject noun) is mandatory in all situations For instance it would be grammatically wrong or incomplete to say ldquoate lunchrdquo

The first person pronoun

The Korean first person pronouns have the plain and humble forms

⋮ (plain singular) 㩖 (humble singular)lfloor (plain singular possessive) 㩲 (humble singular possessive)㤆Ⰲ (plain pluralpossessive) 㩖䧂 (humble pluralpossessive)

There are two things to remember when using the first person pronouns First the use of either plain or humble pronouns depends on who you are talking to It is always safe to use the humble form when you talk to adult speakers whom you do not know well In addition the use of humble form is normally collocated with honorific elements (eg the deferential speech level endings the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 the euphemistic words and so forth)

Second 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ ldquothe first person plural pronounrdquo has a wider usage Due to the collectivistic value system deeply embedded in the Korean language and culture 㩖䧂V㤆Ⰲ is also used as the first person possessive

9780415774871_ 08indd 559780415774871_08indd 55 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

56 Unit 8 Pronouns

pronoun when referring to communal possessions (eg onersquos family or household the school heshe attended and so on) Consider the following two sentences

㩖䧂(㤆Ⰲ)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoOur (my) older brother is in Albany NYrdquo㩲G(lfloor)G䡫㧊G㣫G㢂㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMy older brother is in Albany NYrdquo

Both sentences are grammatically and pragmatically correct However the first sentence is preferred over the second

The second person pronoun

The Korean second person pronouns have the plain and polite forms

(plain singular) 㔶 (polite singular) (plain singular possessive) 㔶㦮 (polite singular possessive)䧂 (plain plural) 㔶 (polite plural)

The use of Korean second person pronoun is much more limited than that of English For example Koreans use only when addressing a child a childhood friend onersquos younger sibling onersquos sondaughter and so forth The use of 㔶 is mostly used between spouses

In fact there is no second person pronoun for addressing an adult equal or senior in Korean One possible explanation is that addressing someone by the pronoun sounds too direct and confrontational in Korean As a result Koreans avoid using the second person pronoun unless the addressee is someone they know well (eg friends) andor is of equal or lower status (eg onersquos subordinates)

One may wonder then how Koreans actually address someone The safest way is not to use any pronoun at all However if unavoidable the best alternative is to use addressee terms as second person pronouns As shown below Korean has many ways to address someone When using an address term a speaker has to know the addresseersquos social status as well as the relationship with the speaker himherself

For instance a businessman ₖ㡗㑮 ldquoKim Youngsoordquo can be addressed in his work place at least in the following ways

ὒ㧻 ldquoSection chiefrdquo (professional title ὒ㧻 + honorific title when his junior colleagues address him)

ₖGὒ㧻 ldquoSection chief Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + professional title ὒ㧻 when his boss addresses him)

9780415774871_ 08indd 569780415774871_08indd 56 742008 13410 PM742008 13410 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 57

ₖG ldquoSenior Kimrdquo (last name ₖ + rank term when his junior colleague who happens to have graduated from the same high school addresses him)

ₖ㡗㑮㝾 ldquoMr Youngsoo Kimrdquo (full name ₖ㡗㑮 + neutral title 㝾 when adult distant friends who are of equal or higher status address him)

Notice that the difference in status (eg who has the higher status or power between the speaker and the addressee) and the familiarity (eg how close or familiar the speaker is with the addresseereferent) deter-mines the choice of term

In his personal life Youngsoo Kim can be addressed by different terms For instance his wife may call him 㡂 ldquodarlingrdquo 㔶 ldquodearrdquo and 㡺ザ ldquoolder brotherrdquo (if she is younger than him) If he has a son or a daughter the wife can even call him 㞚ザ ldquodadrdquo His friends can call him by just his first name 㡗㑮 His parents can call him by the first name with the vocative -㟒 as in 㡗㑮㟒

Then how would you address someone in a store or restaurant set-tings Again the safest way is not to say any pronoun at all Instead of pronouns you can get peoplersquos attention by saying 㡂₆㣪 ldquohererdquo or 㔺⪖䞿 ldquoexcuse merdquo

The third person pronoun

Strictly speaking Korean has no true third person pronoun Koreans use a demonstrative (eg this these that and those) and a noun (eg man woman thing people and so on) to refer to the third person

He ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G⋾㧦 ldquothat manrdquo

She ldquothatrdquo G⧢ ldquothat personrdquo G ldquothat esteemed personrdquo G㡂㧦 ldquothat ladyrdquo

They ldquothoserdquo G ⧢ ldquothose peoplerdquo G ldquothose esteemed peoplerdquo

Beside these terms Koreans use various kinship terms in place of the third person pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 579780415774871_08indd 57 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

58 Unit 8 Pronouns

Kinship terms

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical values embedded in the Korean language and culture Korean has a list of highly stratified and extensive kinship terms The Korean kinship terms indicate how one is related to others in intricate ways (eg whether the relative is a male or female whether the relative is older or younger whether the relative is on the motherrsquos or fatherrsquos side and so on)

The Korean kinship terms can be divided into two groups The first group has two kinship term sets depending on the gender of the person related

A malersquos A femalersquosfather-in-law 㧻㧎G 㔲㞚㰖mother-in-law 㧻G 㔲㠊Ⲏspouse 㞚lfloorG(㧎)G ⋾䘎brothers 䡫㩲G 㡺ザὒG⋾older brother 䡫G 㡺ザolder sister ⋮G 㠎

The second group includes the kinship terms used by both genders

grandparents 㫆paternal grandfather 䞶㞚㰖maternal grandfather 㣎䞶㞚㰖paternal grandmother 䞶Ⲏmaternal grandmother 㣎䞶Ⲏparents father 㞚㰖mother 㠊Ⲏson 㞚daughter ➎grandchild(ren) 㭒grandson 㧦granddaughter O➎P

younger brother ⋾younger sister 㡂

paternal uncle 䋆㞚㰖 (an older brother of onersquos father) 㧧㦖㞚㰖 or 㑯 (a married younger

brother of onersquos father) 㽢 (an unmarried younger brother of onersquos

father) ἶ (the husband of the sister of onersquos

father)

9780415774871_ 08indd 589780415774871_08indd 58 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 59

paternal aunt ἶ (both older or younger sister of onersquos father)

G 䋆㠊ⲎG(the wife of an older brother of onersquos father)

G 㧧㦖㠊Ⲏ or 㑯 (the wife of a married younger brother of onersquos father)

maternal uncle 㣎㽢 (both older and younger brother of onersquos mother regardless of their marital status)

G 㧊 (the husband of a sister of onersquos mother)

maternal aunt 㧊 (both older or younger sister of onersquos mother)

G 㣎㑯 (the wife of both older or younger brother of onersquos mother)

son-in-law 㥚daughter-in-law ⳆⰂcousin 㽢

Koreans use kinship terms as both address andor reference terms for their kin-members For instance it is rare for younger brothers or sisters to address their older siblings by their first name

Due to the collectivistic and hierarchical value orientations of Korean Koreans use some kinship terms when they address or refer to non-kin members such as friends friendsrsquo family members andor even strangers For instance Koreans often use 㠊Ⲏ when addressing andor referring to their friendsrsquo mother When addressing a stranger who looks obviously old (say over 60s) Koreans use 䞶㞚㰖 or 䞶Ⲏ

Indefinite pronouns

People use indefinite pronouns when they refer to something that does not have a specific referent The examples of indefinite pronouns in English include something someone sometimes somewhere anything anyone and so forth Korean interrogative words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo 㠎㩲 ldquowhenrdquo ῂ ldquowhordquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo function as question words as well as indefinite pronouns What determines the use of these words as question words or indefinite pronouns is intonation

When the word is used as a question the sentence that contains the question word has a rising intonation at the end However without a rising intonation the question word functions as an indefinite pronoun

9780415774871_ 08indd 599780415774871_08indd 59 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

60 Unit 8 Pronouns

As a question word ṖG㢖㣪f (with a rising intonation) ldquoWho is comingrdquoAs an indefinite pronoun ṖG㢖㣪 (with a falling intonation) ldquoSomeone is comingrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 8 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyἓ㺆 policeἶ䞯 high-school student⋾䘎 husbandⶊ㔺 office㔶 shoes㩚Ὃ major㰖ṧ wallet㽞䞯ᾦ elementary school䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢 company䣢㤦 office worker

Exercise 81

Choose the appropriate first person pronoun for each situation

Example A grown up son talking to his old father (⋮ 㩖) = 㩖

1 A brother talking to his brother (⋮ 㩖) 2 A student talking to hisher teacher (⋮ 㩖) 3 A boss talking to hisher employees (in public speaking) (⋮ 㩖) 4 Employees talking to their boss (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 5 Teenagers talking to their peers (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 6 Businessmen talking to their business partners (㤆Ⰲ 㩖䧂) 7 A father talking to a son (⋮ 㩖) 8 A husband talking to his wife (⋮ 㩖) 9 An adult talking to a child (⋮ 㩖)10 An adult talking to hisher childhood friends (⋮ 㩖)

9780415774871_ 08indd 609780415774871_08indd 60 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 61

Exercise 82

Translate the following into Korean

Example My house (an adult talking to hisher friend) = 㤆ⰂG㰧

1 My major (a college student talking to hisher professor) 2 My computer (a college student talking to hisher junior classmate) 3 My family (a college student talking to hisher professor) 4 My older sister (a male adult talking to his friends) 5 My wallet (an adult talking to his friend) 6 My shoes (a teenager talking to her younger brother) 7 My office (a boss talking to his employees in public speaking) 8 My bag (an adult talking to her senior colleagues) 9 My father (a teenager talking to hisher peers)10 My company (businessmen talking to their clients)

Exercise 83

Choose the most appropriate address term from the choices given in the bracket

Example Addressing onersquos husband (㡂VGVG㩖₆㣪VGname) = 㡂

1 Addressing a server in the restaurant (VG㧦VG㔶VG㩖₆㣪)2 Addressing a child on the street (V 㔶VG㧦VG㡂)3 Addressing onersquos father (㞚㰖VG㔶VGVG㡂)4 Addressing onersquos older sister (㔶VGVG㧦VG⋮)5 Addressing a stranger who looks in his 70s (㔶VGVG㧦VG䞶㞚㰖)6 Addressing onersquos wife (VG㡂VG㩖₆㣪)7 Addressing onersquos older brother (䡫VG㔶VG㡂V name)8 Addressing onersquos childhood friend (VG㡂VG㔶)

9780415774871_ 08indd 619780415774871_08indd 61 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

62 Unit 8 Pronouns

Exercise 84

Choose the most appropriate reference term from the choices given in brackets

Example Referring to onersquos husband (㞚ザVGGGVGG⋾㧦) = 㞚ザ

1 Referring to his older brother (GVGG⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG䡫)2 Referring to onersquos grandfather ( ⋾㧦GVGG⧢VG䞶㞚㰖V name)3 Referring to onersquos best friendrsquos mother (G⋾㧦VG㠊ⲎVGG⧢G VG

name)4 Referring to onersquos younger sister (GVGG㡂㧦VGG⧢GVG㡂)5 Referring to onersquos father (G⧢VGG㡂㧦VGGVG㞚㰖)6 Referring to his teacher (G⋾㧦VGG⧢GVG)7 Referring to a stranger who looks in his 20s (G⧢VGVG䞶㞚㰖)

8 Referring to onersquos uncle (G⧢VGG⋾㧦VG䋆㞚㰖)

Exercise 85

Underline the gender of each speaker

Example 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖGἓ㺆㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older brother is a policemanrdquo (M F) = F

1 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊Gῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMy older brother is in USArdquo (M F)2 㤆ⰂG 㠎ṖG 䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoMy older sister is a college studentrdquo

(M F)3 㤆ⰂG㡺ザṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older brother is in Koreardquo (M F)4 㤆ⰂG⋮ṖG㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOur older sister is in Japanrdquo (M F)5 㩖䧂G 㧻㧊G 㤎㠦G Ἒ㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law is in Seoulrdquo (M

F)6 㡺⓮G 㩖䧂G 㔲㠊ⲎṖG 㡺㣪 ldquoMy mother-in-law comes todayrdquo

(M F)7 㩖䧂G㔲㞚㰖ṖGῃ⧢㧊㣪 ldquoMy father-in-law is an Americanrdquo

(M F)8 㤆ⰂG⋾䘎㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 ldquoMy husband is an engineerrdquo (M F)

9780415774871_ 08indd 629780415774871_08indd 62 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

Unit 8 Pronouns 63

Exercise 86

Translate the following into English as shown in the example

Example 㤆ⰂG㠎ṖGἶ䞯㧊㠦㣪 = ldquoMyour older sister is a high-school studentrdquo

1 㩖䧂G䞶㞚㰖ṖGὋⶊ㤦㧊㠊㣪U2 㩖䧂G㞚㰖ṖG䣢㤦㧊㣪U3 㩖䧂G㠊ⲎṖG㽞䞯ᾦG㧊㣪U4 㩖䧂G㧧㦖㞚㰖ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧊㣪U5 㩖䧂G㣎䞶ⲎṖG㤎㠦GἚ㣪U6 㩖䧂G㣎㽢㧊G㣫㠦GἚ㣪U7 㤆ⰂG䡫㧊G䞯㤦㧊㠦㣪U8 㤆ⰂG㧦ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 08indd 639780415774871_08indd 63 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

9780415774871_ 08indd 649780415774871_08indd 64 742008 13411 PM742008 13411 PM

UNIT 9Numbers ordinals and plural marker t0l

Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers

In Korean there are two parallel sets of numbers One of these was bor-rowed from Chinese long ago and is now part of the Korean number system The numbers belonging to this set are called Sino-Korean numbers The other set is of native origin The numbers belonging to this set are called native Korean numbers These two sets are shown below

Korean numbersArabic Sino-Korean Native Korean 0 㡗VὋ ndash 1 㧒G 䞮⋮G O䞲PQ 2 㧊G G OPQ 3 G G OPQ 4 G G OPQ 5 㡺G 6 㥷G 㡂 7 䂶G 㧒 8 䕪G 㡂 9 ῂG 㞚䢟 10 㕃G 㡊 11 㕃㧒G 㡊䞮⋮ 12 㕃㧊G 㡊 13 㕃G 㡊 14 㕃G 㡊 15 㕃㡺G 㡊 16 㕃㥷G 㡊㡂 17 㕃䂶G 㡊㧒 18 㕃䕪G 㡊㡂 19 㕃ῂG 㡊㞚䢟 20 㧊㕃G 㓺ⶒG O㓺ⶊPQ

9780415774871_ 09indd 659780415774871_09indd 65 742008 13823 PM742008 13823 PM

66 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

30 㕃G 40 㕃G Ⱎ䦪 50 㡺㕃G 㓆 60 㥷㕃G 㡞㑲 70 䂶㕃G 㧒䦪 80 䕪㕃G 㡂 90 ῂ㕃G 㞚䦪 100 G ˀ 1000 㻲G ˀ 10000 ⰢG ˀ 100000 㕃ⰢG ˀ 1000000 ⰢG ˀ 10000000 㻲ⰢG ˀ100000000 㠋G ˀ

As seen above the Korean number system is more systematic than the English number system when it comes to the formation of higher numbers For instance while English uses special words for 11 through 19 such as eleven twelve and so on Korean numbers are formed ldquoten + onerdquo ڃ㕃㧒ڄ or O㡊䞮⋮P ldquoten + twordquo O㕃㧊P or O㡊P and so on

For multiples of ten Sino-Korean numbers are simple combinations 20 is ldquotwo + tenrdquo O㧊㕃P 30 is ldquothree + tenrdquo O㕃P and so on However native Korean numbers have special words as 20 is 㓺ⶒ 30 is and so on In addition the native Korean number set does not have the number ldquozerordquo

The use of Sino-Korean numbers and native Korean numbers differs in a number of ways First as indicated by the asterisk mark above native Korean numbers ldquoonerdquo ldquotwordquo ldquothreerdquo ldquofourrdquo and ldquotwentyrdquo have slightly modified forms Koreans use these modified forms when they count one of these native numbers with a counter (eg ⳛ a counter for person) For instance one person would be 䞲Gⳛ rather than 䞮⋮GⳛU

Second Koreans use native Korean numbers when counting a small number of objects For instance three bottles of beers would be ⰻ㭒G (beer + three + bottles) However when counting a large number of objects they prefer using Sino-Korean numbers as ldquo62 bottles of beersrdquo would be ⰻ㭒G㥷㕃㧊G

Third from 100 and above Koreans use only Sino-Korean numbers Consequently 134 would be read as 㕃 It is optional to add 㧒 to the number that starts with 1 such as 100 1000 and so on however it is more common to say the number without it For instance for 100 saying ldquo (hundred)rdquo is more common than saying ldquo㧒 (one hundred)rdquo

125 㧊㕃㡺 247 㧊㕃䂶

9780415774871_ 09indd 669780415774871_09indd 66 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 67

539 㡺㕃ῂ 764 䂶㥷㕃 1457 㻲㡺㕃䂶83625 䕪ⰢG㻲㥷㧊㕃㡺

It is rare but you can read a number that is over 100 by combining a Sino-Korean number and a native Korean number For instance 134 can be read as G (Sino-Korean number + native Korean number) However the use of Sino-Korean numbers is more dominant than a mixed use of both sets of numbers

Finally Koreans in general use Sino-Korean numbers when doing math-ematical calculations

8 times 3 = 24 䕪GG 䞮₆G㦖GG㧊㕃12 + 7 = 19 㕃㧊G䞮₆G䂶㦖GG㕃ῂ 9 minus 4 = 5 ῂG ヒ₆G ⓪G㡺20 divide 5 = 4 㧊㕃G⋮₆G㡺⓪G

Counting

There are two ways of counting countable objects You can just use a number by itself or use a number with a counter (the function of a counter is to indicate the type of noun being counted) When counting without a counter you use native Korean numbers For instance for ldquotwo studentsrdquo you can say 䞯G (noun + number)

One student 䞯G䞮⋮Two students 䞯GThree students 䞯GFour students 䞯GFive students 䞯GSix students 䞯G㡂Ten students 䞯G㡊

Counting items with a counter can take the following structure ldquonoun (being counted) + number + counterrdquo Consequently for ldquofive studentsrdquo you would say ldquo䞯 + + ⳛrdquo

When you use native Korean numbers with a counter you should remember that native Korean numbers for 1 2 3 4 and 20 have slightly different forms 䞮⋮V䞲GVGVGV and 㓺ⶒV㓺ⶊ Consequently one student would be ldquo䞯G䞲 ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯G䞮⋮Gⳛrdquo twenty students would be ldquo䞯 㓺ⶊ ⳛrdquo rather than ldquo䞯 㓺ⶒGⳛrdquo

9780415774871_ 09indd 679780415774871_09indd 67 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

68 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

1 Korean person 䞲ῃ㧎G䞲Gⳛ 2 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 3 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 4 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 5 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGⳛ 6 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 14 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 15 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊Gⳛ 20 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶊGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃Gⳛ) 21 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㧊㕃㧒Gⳛ) 32 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㧊Gⳛ) 43 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃Gⳛ) 54 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㓆GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃Gⳛ) 65 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡞㑲GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㥷㕃㡺Gⳛ) 76 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶㕃㥷Gⳛ) 87 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃䂶Gⳛ) 98 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎Gῂ㕃䕪Gⳛ)107 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎G㧒Gⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G䂶Gⳛ)145 Korean people 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪GGⳛ (or 䞲ῃ㧎G㕃㡺Gⳛ)

Notice that that there is no change in 㓺ⶒ when it is combined with a num-ber as in ldquo䞯G㓺ⶒG䞲Gⳛrdquo (21 students) In addition when the number is large (eg above twenty) Sino-Korean numbers can be used as well

Ordinals

The Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers differ in the formation of ordinals (eg regarding order rank or position in a series) For Sino-Korean numbers Koreans attach the prefix 㩲 to a number For instance ldquothe firstrdquo is 㩲G㧒 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㩲G㕃㧒 and so on For native Korean numbers they add 㱎 to a number Accordingly ldquothe fifthrdquo is G㱎 ldquothe eleventhrdquo is 㡊䞲G㱎 and so on The only exception is that 䞮⋮ ldquothe native number for onerdquo is not used for the ordinal but one needs to use the special word 㼁 as 㼁G㱎 not 䞲G㱎

The first 㩲G㧒G 㼁G㱎The second 㩲G㧊G G㱎The third 㩲GG G㱎The fourth 㩲GG G㱎The fifth 㩲G㡺G G㱎The tenth 㩲G㕃G 㡊G㱎The sixteenth 㩲G㕃㥷G 㡊㡂G㱎The twentieth 㩲G㧊㕃G 㓺ⶊG㱎The thirty-sixth 㩲G㕂G㥷G G㡂G㱎

9780415774871_ 09indd 689780415774871_09indd 68 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 69

Plural marker

You probably wonder by now whether Koreans care whether a noun is singular or plural It is because none of the examples above carry any plural marker The plural marker for Korean is However its usage differs from that of English such as the plural ldquosrdquo English is very specific with respect to number in that when there is more than one item the item must be marked by the plural ldquosrdquo However Korean nouns are not specific about the number In other words the Korean language does not have a grammatical category of number

For instance ldquoone studentrdquo in Korean is 䞲G䞯G and ldquofive studentsrdquo is G䞯 Notice that the noun 䞯 ldquostudentrdquo does not undergo any change in form Consider the following sentence 㦮㧦䞮ἶG㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪 The translation of this sentence can be fourfold as shown

I have a chair and a deskI have some chairs and a deskI have a chair and some desksI have some chairs and some desks

You may wonder then when is used Koreans optionally add to the noun when they want to emphasize the plurality of the nouns they are referring to For instance 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 may mean ldquoa student comesrdquo and also mean ldquosome students comerdquo However Koreans can optionally add as 䞯㧊G㢖㣪 ldquostudents comerdquo if they wish to emphasize the plurality of 䞯

Koreans use for other cases too such as adding the marker not only to the noun but also to pronouns For instance although it may sound redundant Koreans can add to 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo as in 㤆Ⰲ ldquowerdquo Notice that 㤆Ⰲ is already plural Again such usage is for adding emphasis

Exercises

Exercise 91

Express the following Sino-Korean numbers in figures

1 㕃䕪 6 㕃䂶 11 㧊㕃2 ῂ 7 㥷㕃 12 ῂ㕃㧊3 㕃㧒 8 䂶㕃㡺 13 㧊㕃4 䕪㕃㧒 9 㡺㕃㥷 14 㥷䂶5 㻲㡺㕃ῂ 10 㧊 15 ⰢG䕪㻲䂶㕃㥷

9780415774871_ 09indd 699780415774871_09indd 69 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

70 Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker

Exercise 92

Express the following native Korean numbers in figures

1 㧒 6 㓺ⶒG 11 㞚䦪2 㡊㡂 7 G 12 㧒䦪G3 㓺ⶒG 8 㡊䞮⋮ 13 Ⱎ䦪G㡂4 㡊㧒 9 㡞㑲G 14 㓆G㡂5 㡂G㧒 10 Ⱎ䦪G㞚䢟 15 㓺ⶒG

Exercise 93

Write the following numbers in native Korean numbers

1 3 6 18 11 322 16 7 20 12 873 45 8 52 13 194 92 9 30 14 245 11 10 63 15 75

Exercise 94

Write the following numbers in Sino-Korean numbers

1 6 6 15 11 292 11 7 153 12 183 37 8 61 13 3724 42 9 74 14 995 517 10 3021 15 53276

Exercise 95

Translate the following into both Sino-Korean and native Korean numbers

Example The first = 㩲G㧒GVG㼁G㱎

1 the eighth 6 the fifteenth2 the twenty-seventh 7 the eighty-sixth3 the second 8 the twentieth4 the thirtieth 9 the twenty-fourth5 the fortieth 10 the sixteenth

9780415774871_ 09indd 709780415774871_09indd 70 742008 13824 PM742008 13824 PM

Unit 9 Numbers ordinals plural marker 71

Exercise 96

Translate the following into English

Example 䞯G = two students 䞲ῃ㧎GⰞ䦪G㡂Gⳛ = 48 Korean people

1 䞯G㞚䢟 6 䞯G2 䞯G㓺ⶒGGⳛ 7 䞯G㡊Gⳛ3 䞲ῃ㧎G㡂Gⳛ 8 䞲ῃ㧎G㡊㡂Gⳛ4 䞲ῃ㧎GGGⳛ 9 䞲ῃ㧎G㡺㕃䕪Gⳛ5 䞲ῃ㧎G㻲㡺㕃㧊Gⳛ 10 䞲ῃ㧎G䕪㕃ῂGⳛ

9780415774871_ 09indd 719780415774871_09indd 71 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

9780415774871_ 09indd 729780415774871_09indd 72 742008 13825 PM742008 13825 PM

UNIT 10Counters question word ⳝ my9t and some time expressions

Counters

What a counter does is to classify nouns according to common attributes for numbering purposes Therefore by using a counter you can provide more information about the object you count The Korean language has an extensive list of counters Some counters are used only with the native Korean numbers whereas some counters are used only with the Sino-Korean numbers Table 101 shows the counters that are normally used with the native Korean numbers However when the number is above 20 these counters can also be used with Sino-Korean numbers

Table 101 Some major Korean counters used with native Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

ⳛG persons 䞲GⳛSGGⳛSGGⳛSGUG UG UG㡊GⳛSGUGUGU⧢G persons 䞲G⧢SG⧢SG⧢SGUG UG UGG⧢SGUGUGUⰞⰂG animals 䞲GⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGGⰞⰂSGUG UG UG㡊GⰞⰂSGUG UG U㕣G couples (people 䞲G㕣SGG㕣SGG㕣SGUG UG UG㡂G㕣SGUGUGUG and animals)㧊G flowers 䞲G㧊SGG㧊SGG㧊SGUG UG UG㡊G㧊SGUG UG UG bunches (of flowers) 䞲GSGGⰦSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUG UG U⬾G trees 䞲G⬾SGG⬾SGG⬾SGUG UG UG㡊G⬾SGUG UG U㫆ṗG slices 䞲G㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UGG㫆ṗSGUG UG UṲG items units 䞲GṲSGGṲGSGGṲSGUGUGUG㡊GṲSGUGUGU㧦G boxes 䞲G㧦SGG㧦SGG㧦SGUG UG UG㧒G㧦SGUGUGUG machines cars 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUG UG U㺚G houses buildings 䞲G㺚SGG㺚SGG㺚SGUG UG UG㡂G㺚SGUG UG U㔲G orsquoclock 䞲G㔲SGG㔲SGG㔲SGUG UG UG㡊G㔲SGUG UG U㔲ṚG hours (duration) 䞲G㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㔲ṚSGUG UG UG months (duration) 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㞚䢟GSGUGUGU䟊G years 䞲G䟊SGG䟊SGG䟊SGUG UG UG㡂G䟊SGUG UG UG years of age 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UGGSGUG UG UG times 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡂GSGUG UG UG G㧪G cupfuls 䞲G㧦SGG㧪SGG㧪SGUG UG UG㡊G㧪SGUG UG U

9780415774871_ 10indd 739780415774871_10indd 73 742008 13837 PM742008 13837 PM

74 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Table 101 continued

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

G bottles 䞲GSGSGGSGUGUGUG㡂GSGUG UG UG㓆GG G GSGUG UG U㰖G paper bags 䞲G㰖SGG㰖SGG㰖SGUG UG UG㓺ⶊG㰖SGUG UG U㧻G pieces of paper 䞲G㧻SGG㧻SGG㧻SGUG UG UGG㧻SGUGUGUῢG books 䞲GῢSGGῢSGGῢSGUG UG UG㡊GῢSGUG UG UῆG places 䞲GῆSGGῆSGGῆSGUG UG UG㧒GῆSGUGUGU䅺⩞G pairs of shoes 䞲G䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGG䅺⩞SGUG UG UG㡊G䅺⩞SGUG UG UG clothes 䞲GSGGSGGSGUG UG UG㡊GSGUGUGUṖ㰖G kinds 䞲GṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGGṖ㰖SGUGUGUG㡊GṖ㰖SGUGUGU

On the other hand Table 102 shows the counters that are used only with Sino-Korean numbers Notice that when the counter is a loanword such as ⧒ ldquodollarsrdquo Ⱎ㧒 ldquomilesrdquo and 䎆 ldquometersrdquo Koreans in general prefer to use Sino-Korean numbers as in 㕃㡺G⧒ ldquofifteen dollarsrdquo

Table 102 Some major Korean counters used with Sino-Korean numbers

counter kinds of things examples of counting counted

㧒 days 㧒G㧒SG㧊G㧒SGG㧒SGUG UG UG㕃㡺G㧒SGUGUGU㤪 month names 㧒G㤪SG㧊G㤪SGG㤪SGUG UG UG䕪G㤪SGUGUGUṲ㤪 months (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪SG㧊GṲ㤪SGGṲ㤪SGUG UG UG䂶GṲ㤪SGUGUGU years 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UGῂGSGUGUGU minutes 㧒GSG㧊GSGGSGUG UG UG㡺㕃㥷GSGUGUGU㽞 seconds 㧒G㽞SG㧊G㽞SGG㽞SGUG UG UG㕃䂶G㽞SGUGUGU䂋 floors (of a building) 㧒G䂋SG㧊G䂋SGG䂋SGUG UG UG㕃G䂋SGUGUGU⧒ dollars 㧒G⧒SG㧊G⧒SGG⧒SGUG UG UGG G 㡺㕃䕪G⧒SGUG UG U䕢㤊 pounds (sterling) 㧒G䕢㤊SG㧊G䕢㤊SGG䕢㤊SGG G UGUGUG㕃G䕢㤊SGUGUGUⰞ㧒 miles 㧒GⰞ㧒SG㧊GⰞ㧒SGGⰞ㧒SGUG UG UG䂶㕃ῂGG G Ⱎ㧒SGUGUGU

As seen above the choice of a certain counter depends on the kinds of objects However one must know what counter is used with either a native Korean number or a Sino-Korean number For instance when counting minutes you have to use Gafter a Sino-Korean number as in 㡺G ldquofive minutesrdquo

A few counters such as 㭒㧒 or 㭒Ṛ ldquoweekrdquo can be used with both Sino-Korean numbers as well as native Korean numbers For instance one week can be either 䞲G㭒Ṛ or 㧒G㭒Ṛ and five weeks can be either G㭒Ṛ or 㡺G㭒Ṛ However the use of Sino-Korean numbers with this counter is more common

9780415774871_ 10indd 749780415774871_10indd 74 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 75

Question word ⳝ

Korean has a question word ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo The word cannot be used on its own but must precede a counter For example a specific question expression such as ldquohow many peoplerdquo would be ⳝGⳛ ldquohow many monthsrdquo would be ⳝG and so on One can form various question expressions using the aforementioned counters such as

ⳝGⳛf ldquoHow many peoplerdquoⳝGṲf ldquoHow many itemsrdquoⳝG㔲f ldquoWhat timerdquoⳝGf ldquoHow oldrdquoⳝGf ldquoHow many bottlesrdquoⳝGῢf ldquoHow many (books)rdquoⳝG㤪f ldquoWhat monthrdquoⳝG䂋f ldquoWhat floorrdquo

Some frequently used counters

Using the appropriate counters with the right number set is a systematic but complex process Students need to practice them in order to be proficient in using them For instance let us elaborate on some of the frequently used counters used for telling times days months and years

Telling times

Koreans use native Korean numbers for 㔲 ldquoorsquoclockrdquo but Sino-Korean numbers for ldquominutesrdquo In addition for am and pm Koreans use the following five words 㞚䂾 ldquomorningrdquo or 㡺㩚 ldquobefore noonrdquo for am and 㡺䤚 ldquoafternoonrdquo 㩖 ldquoeveningrdquo and ldquonightrdquo for pm at the beginning of the expression

0736 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚PG㧒G㔲G㕃㥷G0810 am 㞚䂾GOG㡺㩚P 㡂G㔲G㕃G1045 am 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G0250 pm 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃G0617 pm 㩖 OG㡺䤚P 㡂G㔲G㕃䂶G0924 pm OG㡺䤚PG㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃G1138 pm OG㡺䤚PG㡊䞲G㔲G㕃䕪G

To say half past you can either say ldquo㕃Grdquo or an expression meaning ldquoa halfrdquo Consequently the Korean expression for telling 1130 pm can be 㡺䤚GOGPG㡊G䞲㔲G㕃GGOGP

9780415774871_ 10indd 759780415774871_10indd 75 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

76 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Counting days

Counting days with Sino-Korean numbers is regular You need to add 㧒 ldquoa counter for dayrdquo after the number such as 㧒G㧒 㧊G㧒 G㧒 and so on However counting days with native Korean numbers is irregular in that there are special words for days up to 20 as shown below

one day 㧒G㧒G 䞮⬾two days 㧊G㧒G 㧊䔖three days G㧒G 䦮four days G㧒G ⋮䦮five days 㡺G㧒G six days 㥷G㧒G 㡕seven days 䂶G㧒G 㧊⩞eight days 䕪G㧒G 㡂⩞nine days ῂG㧒G 㞚䦦⩞ten days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮eleven days 㕃㧒G㧒G 㡊䞮⬾twelve days 㕃㧊G㧒G 㡊㧊䔖thirteen days 㕃G㧒G 㡊䦮twenty days 㧊㕃G㧒G 㓺ⶊ⋶

After 20 only Sino-Korean expressions are used

Counting months and years

Koreans use Sino-Korean numbers for counting months Hence you need to add 㤪 ldquomonthsrdquo after a Sino-Korean number as in 㧒G㤪 㧊G㤪 G㤪 and so on However be careful that Koreans do not say June as 㥷㤪 but 㥶㤪 and October not as 㕃㤪 but 㔲㤪

January 㧒G㤪February 㧊G㤪March G㤪April G㤪May 㡺G㤪June 㥶G㤪July 䂶G㤪August 䕪G㤪September ῂG㤪October 㔲G㤪November 㕃㧒G㤪December 㕃㧊G㤪

9780415774871_ 10indd 769780415774871_10indd 76 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 77

For months (duration) however you can use either native Korean numbers or Sino-Korean numbers When counting with Sino-Korean numbers you add Ṳ㤪 after the number as in 㧒GṲ㤪 㧊GṲ㤪 GṲ㤪 and so on When counting with native Korean numbers you add after the number as in 䞲G G and so on

1 month (duration) 㧒GṲ㤪G 䞲G2 months 㧊GṲ㤪G G3 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)4 months GṲ㤪G G (or G)5 months 㡺GṲ㤪G G6 months 㥷GṲ㤪G 㡂G7 months 䂶GṲ㤪G 㧒G8 months 䕪GṲ㤪G 㡂G9 months ῂGṲ㤪G 㞚䢟G

For years Koreans normally use Sino-Korean numbers with ldquoyearrdquo such as 㧒G 㧊 G and so on They use native Korean numbers for years only for small numbers such as 䞲G䟊 and G䟊 However Koreans rarely use native Korean numbers beyond 䟊

1 year 㧒GG 䞲G䟊2 years 㧊GG G䟊3 years G ndash4 years G ndash5 years 㡺G ndash60 years 㥷㕃G ndash100 years G ndash

Dates

Let us put all these expressions together Koreans give dates starting from the largest unit to the smallest This is the opposite of the English expres-sion For instance date information such as ldquo219 pm 18 May 1970rdquo is said as ldquo(㧒)㻲ῂG䂶㕃G㡺㤪G㕃䕪㧒 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃ῂGrdquo Here are more examples

935 am 11 April 2004㧊㻲GSGG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒SG㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㡺G

357 pm 25 December 1992O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃㧊GSG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒SG㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃䂶G

708 am 16 March 1979O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃ῂGSGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒SG㡺㩚G㧒G㔲G䕪G

9780415774871_ 10indd 779780415774871_10indd 77 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

78 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercises

Exercise 101

Translate the following into English

Example Gⳛ = two people

1 GⰞⰂ 6 G㫆ṗ 11 㡊G2 G㔲Ṛ 7 㡂G 12 䂶㕃㥷GⰞ㧒3 䞲GṖ㰖 8 㓺ⶊ 13 㡺㕃ῂG⧒4 㡊GṲ 9 㓺ⶒGῢ 14 㕃䕪GṲ㤪5 G㡂G㕣 10 㞚䦪G㡂Gⳛ 15 㧊㕃G

Exercise 102

Translate the following into Korean

Korean five people = Gⳛ

1 7 bottles 6 2 places 11 3 couples2 9 slices 7 12 boxes 12 1 paper bag3 11 years old 8 8 cups 13 September4 4 floors 9 13 months 14 60 seconds5 36 years 10 6 items 15 5 hours

Exercise 103

Translate the following into figures

Example 㡺䤚GG㔲G㡺㕃㥷G = 0356 pm

1 㡺㩚G㡊G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㞚䢟G㔲G㕃㧊G2 㡺䤚G㧒G㔲G㡺㕃G 7 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㕃䕪G3 㞚䂾G㡂G㔲G 8 㞚䂾G㡊G㔲GῂG4 㩖G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G 9 㩖G㧒G㔲G5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃㥷G 10 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃G

9780415774871_ 10indd 789780415774871_10indd 78 742008 13838 PM742008 13838 PM

Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions 79

Exercise 104

Write the following times in Korean

Example 0927 pm = 㡺䤚G㞚䢟G㔲G㧊㕃䂶G

1 1115 pm 6 0806 am2 1032 pm 7 0623 am3 1125 am 8 0628 pm4 0230 pm 9 0409 pm5 0348 am 10 0551 am

Exercise 105

Write the following dates in Korean

Example 15 August 1945 = O㧒P㻲ῂ㕃㡺GSG䕪G㤪SG㕃㡺G㧒

1 16 March 1943 2 18 January 1972 3 25 December 1965 4 14 February 1959 5 7 May 1970 6 31 September 1994 7 4 July 2001 8 5 November 2006 9 30 April 193610 12 August 1998

Exercise 106

Translate the following into English

Example ἶ㟧㧊 [cats] GⰞⰂ = five cats

1 㭧ῃ㧎 [Chinese people] Gⳛ 6 䢎⧧㧊 [tiger] GⰞⰂ2 ⶒ [water] G㧪 7 㧦㩚Ệ [bikes] 㡊䞲G3 㰧 [house] 㡂G㺚 8 㺛 [novel] 㞚䢟Gῢ4 㤊䢪 [sneakers] G䅺⩞ 9 㧻 [rose] 㡂G㧊5 䞒㧦 [pizza] 㡊G㫆ṗ 10 䙂㭒 [wine] 㡊G

9780415774871_ 10indd 799780415774871_10indd 79 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

80 Unit 10 Counters question word ⳝ time expressions

Exercise 107

Translate the following into Korean

Example Five cats ἶ㟧㧊 = ἶ㟧㧊GGⰞⰂ

1 7 Americans ῃ㧎 6 2 pairs of shoes 㔶2 5 roses 㧻 7 8 cups of coffee 䄺䞒3 10 Korean books 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛 8 9 bottles of beers ⰻ㭒4 3 cars 㧦㹾 9 4 Japanese 㧒㧎5 6 trees ⋮ⶊ 10 20 dogs Ṳ

9780415774871_ 10indd 809780415774871_10indd 80 742008 13839 PM742008 13839 PM

UNIT 11The copula 㧊V㞚 and the verb of existence and location 㧞V㠜

In English copulas ldquoamrdquo ldquoarerdquo andor ldquoisrdquo can express at least two things First they are used to indicate the equational expression (eg something equals something) as in ldquoJohn is a studentrdquo or ldquoHyundai is an automobile companyrdquo In addition they indicate that something is located or existing as in ldquoThere are Korean peoplerdquo or ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo In Korean two different words express these two functions For the equational expres-sion Korean has the copula 㧊 (or 㞚 for negation) For the verb of existence or location Korean has the verb 㧞 (or 㠜 for negation)

Equational expressions 㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪

The dictionary form for the Korean copula is 㧊 The stem of the copula is 㧊 (as you take ldquothe dictionary endingrdquo out) With the polite speech level ending the copula 㧊 becomes 㧊㠦㣪 for the preceding noun that ends in a consonant as in 㠮㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am Danielrdquo For the preceding noun that ends in a vowel the copula 㧊 becomes 㡞㣪 as in 㞺㡞㣪 ldquo(I) am Andrewrdquo With different speech levels such as the deferential speech level ending the copula becomes 㧛 (㧊 + ථ)㧊㠦㣪V㡞㣪 always follows the noun it expresses In other words it

cannot be used separately from the noun For instance consider the fol-lowing sentences

䃦䕆⓪G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Cathy (she) is a teacherrdquo㠮㦖G㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) is a medical doctorrdquo

Notice that 㧊㠦㣪 attaches to (since the last syllable ends in a consonant ත) while in the second sentence 㡞㣪 comes after 㦮 (as the last syllable ends in the vowel ර)

9780415774871_ 11indd 819780415774871_11indd 81 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

82 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Negation -㧊VṖG㞚㠦㣪

The Korean copula for negation is 㞚 The stem of the negative copula 㞚 becomes 㞚㠦㣪 with the polite speech level ending For negating an equational expression the subject particle 㧊VṖ is used with 㞚㠦㣪 as in

䆲㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Nicole (she) is not a Koreanrdquoⰺ䓲⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is not an engineerrdquo

Notice that the noun that is being negated has the subject particle 㧊 (after the noun ending in a consonant) or Ṗ (after the noun endings in a vowel)

Existence and location with 㧞㠊㣪VG㠜㠊㣪 and case particle 㠦

The Korean verb 㧞 means ldquoexistexistsrdquo or ldquothere isarerdquo For negation Korean has a separate verb 㠜 ldquododoes not existrdquo or ldquoisare not locatedrdquo Since 㧞 expresses ldquosomething existsrdquo or ldquosomething is located (some-where)rdquo it is normally called the verb of existence and location

When referring to a location of an object you need a location a loca-tive particle ldquo㠦rdquo and the verb of existence and location ldquo㧞㠊㣪rdquo For instance consider the following sentences

㫊㧊G⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is in Londonrdquo䢎⬾ṖG䞮㢖㧊㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoHonolulu is in Hawaiirdquo

Notice that the locations (⩆ 䞮㢖㧊) are marked by the particle 㠦 and they are followed by the verb 㧞㠊㣪

For a more specific location reference various Korean location nouns can be used Korean has the following location nouns

㥚 ldquoaboverdquo㞚⧮ ldquobelowrdquo ldquounderrdquo ldquobehindrdquo㞴 ldquofrontrdquo㞞 ldquoinsiderdquo ldquooutsiderdquo㡜 ldquosiderdquo㡺㴓 ldquoright siderdquo㣒㴓 ldquoleft siderdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 829780415774871_11indd 82 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 83

Using one of the location nouns you can be more explicit in referring to the location andor position of the noun as in 㺛㧊G㺛G㥚㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe book is on the tablerdquo

You may wonder if these location words are like various prepositions in English such as ldquoaboverdquo ldquobelowrdquo ldquoonrdquo ldquobesiderdquo and ldquobehindrdquo These English prepositions are similar to Korean location nouns in the sense that they both function to indicate the specific reference of the location However they are different in two aspects First while English preposi-tions always appear before the object of the location (as in ldquoabove the tablerdquo) those in Korean always appear after the object (as in 㺛G㥚 ldquotable-aboverdquo) Another difference is that these Korean postpostional elements are nouns and they are normally followed by the locative particle 㠦 whereas English prepositional elements are not nouns

㧞 vs 㧊

When asking for the specific location of a certain object Koreans use the question word 㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo with the verb 㧞 as in

㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪(㠦) 㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is the bank (lit where does the bank exist)rdquo

Notice that the question word 㠊❪ appears right before the verb 㧞㠊㣪One can use 㧊㠦㣪 with 㠊❪ as in 㦖䟟㧊G㠊❪㡞㣪 ldquoWhere is the

bankrdquo However notice that the question does not seek the specific loca-tion of 㦖䟟 rather it simply questions the general whereabouts of 㦖䟟 In other words the copula 㧊㠦㣪 cannot be used to refer to the location of an object

For example for the above question a response such as 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe bank is (lit exists) behind the school libraryrdquo is acceptable However 㦖䟟㧊G䞯ᾦGὖG㡞㣪 ldquoThe bank is the back of the school libraryrdquo is not acceptable since these two responses do not mean the same thing

For another example take the following two sentences

㤎㧊G 䞲ῃ㠦G 㧞㠊㣪 (O) ldquoSeoul is in Korea (lit Seoul exists in Korea)rdquo㤎㧊G䞲ῃ㧊㠦㣪 (X) ldquoSeoul is Koreardquo

As seen above these two sentences do not have the same meaning

9780415774871_ 11indd 839780415774871_11indd 83 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

84 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

The use of 㧞V㠜 to express ldquopossessionrdquo

Another meaning of 㧞V㠜 is to express onersquos possession In the following example 㧞V㠜 is better translated as ldquohavehasrdquo

䞒䎆⓪G 㞶䝢G 䅊䜾䎆(Ṗ)G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo

The literal translation of the above sentence may be ldquoAs for Peter there is an Apple Computerrdquo or ldquoAs for Peter an Apple Computer existsrdquo However it actually means (or is better translated into English) ldquoAs for Peter (he) has an Apple Computerrdquo Notice that Apple Computer is marked by the subject particle 㧊VṖ KFL learners whose native language is English tend to make an error using 㦚V the object particle (instead of 㧊VṖ) This is because of the native language transfer effect They intuitively judge the verb ldquohaverdquo should have an object since its direct English translation may be ldquoPeter has an Apple Computerrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 11 exercises

Ṗ bagṚ䢎 nurseṲ dogἓ㺆 policeἚ₆ calculatorἶ㟧㧊 catὒ䞯㧦 scientistⰒ painting₆㧦 journalist flower䞯 college student❪㧦㧊 designer㧦 hat䗲 ball-point penニ bread

㠛Ṗ businessman teacher㔶ⶎ newspaper㠪㰖㠊 engineer㡊㐶 key

9780415774871_ 11indd 849780415774871_11indd 84 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 85

㣎ᾦὖ diplomat㤆 umbrella㦮 medical doctor㦮㧦 chair㧦㧦 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㺛 book㺛 desk䂾 bed䅊䜾䎆 computer䣢Ἒ accountant䦊㰖䐋 waste basket

Exercise 111

Look at the following list and to the given name add 㡞㣪V㧊㠦㣪 as in the example Then translate the sentence

Example 㣫 = 㣫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is New Yorkrdquo

1 㤎 2 䏶䈚 3 㧊㰫 4 ⪲Ⱎ 5 䃊㧊⪲ 6 ⩆ 7 㢖㕇䎊 8 䈶 9 䕢㤎⪲10 Ⰶ

Exercise 112

Look at the following list and make sentences using (㧊VṖ) 㞚㠦㣪 as in the example

Example 㑮㧪 ne = 㑮㧪㦖G㧊G㞚㠦㣪

1 ⧒GneG㦮 ________________________________________ 2 Ⰲ㻮GneG䞯G ________________________________________

9780415774871_ 11indd 859780415774871_11indd 85 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

86 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

3 㠦ⰃGneG❪㧦㧊G ________________________________________ 4 㞂❪GneGἓ㺆 ________________________________________ 5 㧊GneG₆㧦 ________________________________________ 6 㠮GneG㣎ᾦὖ ________________________________________ 7 㫆㰖GneG䣢Ἒ ________________________________________ 8 㧊ⴂGneGὒ䞯㧦 ________________________________________ 9 㠦Ợ㧒GneG㠛Ṗ ________________________________________10 㧊㠦⋮GneGṚ䢎 ________________________________________

Exercise 113

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Cindy (she) is a scientistrdquo = 㞂❪⓪Gὒ䞯㧦㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Danny (he) is not a scientistrdquo = ⓪Gὒ䞯㧦ṖGG G G G㞚㠦㣪

1 ldquoAs for John (he) is a teacherrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Sandra (she) is not a teacherrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Peter (he) is a medical doctorrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Mary (she) is not a medical doctorrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) is an engineerrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Steve (he) is not an engineerrdquo 7 ldquoAs for Ben (he) is a nurserdquo 8 ldquoAs for Linda (she) is not a nurserdquo 9 ldquoAs for Nancy (she) is a college studentrdquo10 ldquoAs for Charles (he) is not a college studentrdquo

Exercise 114

Complete each sentence as shown in the example

Example O㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺PGO㔲P = 㡺䗮⧒G䞮㤆㓺ṖG㔲㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 O㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊PGO䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪P 2 O䕆䃎PGO㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚P 3 O䞮㧊PGO㭧ῃP 4 O⧲䃦PGO㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮P 5 O❪㰖㤪PGO䝢⪲ⰂP 6 O䞒⧒PGO㧊㰧䔎P 7 O㞚Ⱎ㫊PGOぢ⧒㰞P

9780415774871_ 11indd 869780415774871_11indd 86 742008 13742 PM742008 13742 PM

Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location 87

8 O㠦⩞㓺䔎PGO䕪P 9 O㠦䗶䌖㤢PGO䕢ⰂP10 O䞶Ⰲ㤆PGO䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚P

Exercise 115

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bicyclerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚⓪G䋊⧮㔳G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G䋺ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㠮Ⰲ⓪G㧊㢂Ⰶ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦Ⰳ㦖G㓺䙆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 ⪲䔎⓪G䋊⧒Ⰲ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅖ゞ㦖G䔎⩒䘁㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 Ⰲ⓪G䞒㞚ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 㫆㞺㦖G㼒⪲ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 116

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoAs for Brad (he) has a bagrdquo = ぢ⧮⓪GṖ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for Jerry (he) has moneyrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Barbara (she) has the keyrdquo 3 ldquoAs for Justin (he) has the paintingrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Gabriel (he) has the flowerrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Adam (he) has the hatrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has the breadrdquo 7 ldquoAs for William (he) has a catrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Harry (he) has the umbrellardquo 9 ldquoAs for Hugh (he) has a newspaperrdquo10 ldquoAs for Diane (she) has a carrdquo11 ldquoAs for George (he) has a bikerdquo12 ldquoAs for Naomi (she) has a dogrdquo

9780415774871_ 11indd 879780415774871_11indd 87 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

88 Unit 11 Copula and the verb of existence and location

Exercise 117

Fill in the blank with an appropriate location word

Example 㤆㦖G㺛 _____ (below) 㠦 㧞㠊㣪 =

1 㺛㦖G㺛 ______ (above) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪2 䦊㰖䐋㦖G㺛 ______ (behind) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪3 Ṗ㦖G㺛 ______ (below) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪4 䂾⓪G㺛G______ (side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪5 㦮㧦⓪G㺛 ______ (front) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪6 䗲㦖G㺛 ______ (inside) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪7 Ἒ₆⓪G㺛 _____ (left side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪8 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㺛 ______ (right side) 㠦G㧞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 11indd 889780415774871_11indd 88 742008 13743 PM742008 13743 PM

UNIT 12Case particles 1 㦚 0l l0l and O㦒P⪲ (0)ro

The direct object particle 㦚V

The direct object refers to a noun that experiences the action indicated by the verb In English the direct object of the sentence is typically deter-mined by the place where it appears For instance the direct object of the sentence ldquoI eat steakrdquo is ldquosteakrdquo as the word ldquosteakrdquo appears after the verb ldquoeatrdquo In Korean however the direct object is primarily determined by the direct object particle 㦚V Just like the subject particle the direct object particle 㦚V is a two-form case particle 㦚 is used when the preceding noun ends in a consonant and is used when the preceding noun ends in a vowel

㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo㡆䞚㦚G㣪 ldquo(I) buy a pencilrdquo㡗䢪G㣪 ldquo(I) see a movierdquo䆲⧒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink colardquo

Although the particle 㦚V typically marks the direct object of the tran-sitive verb in Korean there is one exceptional case where it can appear with the intransitive verb such as Ṗ ldquogordquo or 㡺 ldquocomerdquo Consider the following sentences

㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo㞺⓪G㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G䞯ᾦGṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) goes to school at 8 amrdquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo can be marked by the locative particle ldquo㠦rdquo as well as the direct object particle ldquordquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 899780415774871_12indd 89 742008 13800 PM742008 13800 PM

90 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Noun + 㦚VG䟊㣪

In Korean one of the most useful ways to change a noun into a verb form is by adding 㦚VG䟊㣪 to a noun The verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is very resource-ful and adaptable in that it can come after a noun and transforms the meaning denoted by the noun as the verb form For instance consider the following sentences

㓺䕆て㧊G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoSteven signsrdquo (lit ldquodoes signingrdquo)⋮㡺ↂṖG㡗㠊G㧮G䟊㣪 ldquoNaoko speaks English wellrdquoⲪⰂṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquoMary plays soccerrdquo⋮䌞ⰂṖG㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoNatalie does aerobicsrdquo䙊㧊G䞧㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoPaul surfsrdquo㠊❪G㧒㦚G䞮㣪 ldquoWhere do (you) workrdquo䏶㣪㧒㠦G㩲GG㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean my room on Saturdayrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦Gゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundry at friendrsquos houserdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homework at schoolrdquo

In this noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 construction the noun being used is treated as an independent noun due to the presence of the direct object particle 㦚V However without the particle the construction is treated as a compound verb For instance the following two sentences have the same meanings

㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do signingrdquo㧎䟊㣪 ldquoI signrdquo

Notice that the first sentence has the particle 㦚 while the second sentence does not have it There is no difference in their meanings

In Korean a sentence may have two object particles For instance a sentence ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo can be said 㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 However the same can be said in the following three more ways

㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo㫊㧊GἚ㟓G㧎㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoJohn signs the contractrdquo

The absence of the particles in the above examples is due to the particle omission tendency in the Korean language

Case particle O㦒P⪲

The case particle O㦒P⪲ is a two-form particle 㦒⪲Gappears after a noun that ends in a consonant (as in 㺛㦒⪲ ldquoby booksrdquo) ⪲ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (as in 㓺⪲ ldquoby busrdquo) or the consonant ඥ

9780415774871_ 12indd 909780415774871_12indd 90 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 91

(as in 㔶⪲Gldquoby shoesrdquo) The particle (㦒) ⪲ can express the following five things (1) means (2) direction (3) selection (4) the change of state and (5) reason

Means

First the particle O㦒P⪲ indicates that the noun it attaches to is a tool or an instrument It is translated in English as ldquoby means ofrdquo or ldquowithrdquo

䗲㦒⪲G㧎䞮㣪 ldquoPlease sign with a penrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㓺⪲GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to school by busrdquoὋ䟃㠦G䌳㔲⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo to the airport by taxirdquo㢖㧎㦖G䙂⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for wine (one) makes it with graperdquoₖ䂮⓪G 㿪⪲G Ⱒ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for kimchi (one) makes it with cabbagerdquo

Direction

Second the particle indicates the direction ldquotordquo or ldquotowardrdquo In the previous section however it was noted that the direction (eg destination) can be marked by the case particle 㠦 The difference between 㠦 and O㦒P⪲ is that while 㠦 indicates a specific location or destination O㦒P ⪲ indicates a more general direction of the target location as in the following sentences

㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) gordquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㣪f ldquoIn what direction do (you) gordquo

Here are some more examples

㣒㴓㦒⪲GṖ㣪 ldquoGo toward the left siderdquo䕢⓪G 㴓㦒⪲G㤖㰗㡂G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease move the sofa toward the TV siderdquo㞴㦒⪲GⰂ㣪 ldquoRun toward the frontrdquo䞯ᾦG㴓㦒⪲G㡺㣪 ldquoCome in the direction of the schoolrdquo䄺䞒㑣G㴓㦒⪲G⋮Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo out in the direction of the coffee shoprdquo

Selection

Third the particle indicates that the preceding noun is a selection from several options For instance consider the following sentences

Salesman ⶊ㓾G㧊㯞⪲GⰊ₢㣪f ldquoIn what size shall (I) give (it to you)rdquo

Customer 㓺ⴆ⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) the smallrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 919780415774871_12indd 91 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

92 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Notice that by using 㦒⪲ the salesman implies that there are more than one size Here are some more examples

Server ❪㩖䔎⓪Gⶮ⪲G䞮㔲Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for desert what would (you) likerdquo

Customer 1 㩖⓪G⧒G㞚㧊㓺䋂Ⱂ㦒⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the vanilla ice creamrdquo

Customer 2 㩖⓪G䂮㯞G䅖㧊䋂⪲G㭒㣪 ldquoAs for me give (me) the cheese cakerdquo

The change of state

Fourth the particle indicates ldquothe change of staterdquo For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䣢㧻㦒⪲G㿲diamsGldquoPeter was elected as the presidentrdquo㧊G䋆G䣢⪲G㧻䟞 ldquoSamsung grew up into a big companyrdquoⶒ㧊G㠒㦢㦒⪲G䟞 ldquoWater changed into icerdquo

Notice that in the examples above the particle (㦒)⪲ marks the result of the change

Reasons

Fifth the particle indicates ldquothe reasonrdquo Consider the following examples

㤆Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㟒ῂG䕖㦮G㔏Ⰲ⪲G₆ㄦ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for us (we) rejoiced because of the school baseball teamrsquos victoryrdquo㹾G ἶ⪲G ⰂG 㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got hurt in the leg due to the car accidentrdquo㤎㧊 X`__ 㢂Ⱂ䞓㦒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊G㪢㠊㣪 ldquoSeoul became well known due to the 1988 Olympicsrdquo㧊㰧䔎ṖG䞒⧒⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 ldquoEgypt is well known because of the Pyramidsrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 12 exercises

ὒ㧒 fruitỢ㧚 gameὋ䞮 to studyῃ㑮 noodle

9780415774871_ 12indd 929780415774871_12indd 92 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 93

₆㑯 dormitory flower cigaretteὖ libraryⰞ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶎ䢪 cultureⶒ water

cup㭒 to change㤆 to learn to watch䗲 ball-point pen䟟₆ airplaneゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy㰚 picture㺛 stroll colorỆ㰖 dish washing㑮 face washing hand㑯㩲 homework㝆 to write㞑 to wash

㞟 to sit㟓 promise㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㡊㐶 key㡗䢪 movie㡺㴓 the right side㣎㔳 eating out㣎㤆 to memorize㣪Ⰲ cooking㤊 sports㦢㞛 music㧊₆Gto win㧊 name㧊㟒₆ talking㧓 to read

9780415774871_ 12indd 939780415774871_12indd 93 742008 13801 PM742008 13801 PM

94 Unit 12 Case particles 1

㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚䢪 telephone㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㭒 to give㰖䋺 to keep㹣 to take (a photograph)㹾 car㺓ⶎ window㺛 book䂲ῂ friend㼃 cleaning䏶㣪㧒 Saturday䕢⧧ blue (color)䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke䞮㟖 white color䦪 to shake

Exercise 121

Using the Noun + 㦚V + 䟊㣪 pattern complete the sentence with appro-priate noun and write the meaning

Example ⧮ = ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing a song (lit do a song)rdquo

1 ゾ⧮G 2 㣎㔳 3 Ệ㰖 4 㣪Ⰲ 5 㑮 6 㧊㟒₆ 7 㺛 8 㼃 9 㩚䢪10 㑯㩲

Exercise 122

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 12indd 949780415774871_12indd 94 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 95

1 ldquo(I) do aerobics everydayrdquo2 ldquo(I) take a shower everydayrdquo3 ldquo(I) do homework everydayrdquo4 ldquo(I) shop (lit do shopping) everydayrdquo5 ldquo(I) practice (lit do) yoga everydayrdquo6 ldquo(I) make (lit do) a phone call everydayrdquo

Exercise 123

Answer the following questions in Korean using the cues

Example ⶊ㓾G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䞲ῃG㦢㔳P ldquoWhat kind of food do (you) likerdquo = 䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪

1 ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㨂㯞P ldquoWhat kind of music do (you) likerdquo2 ⶊ㓾G㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㫆ₛP ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) likerdquo3 ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䆪❪P ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you)

likerdquo4 ⶊ㓾G ὒ㧒㦚G 㫡㞚䞮㣪f O㡺⩢㰖P ldquoWhat kind of fruit do (you)

likerdquo5 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䕢⧧P ldquoWhat kind of color do (you) likerdquo6 ⶊ㓾G㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f O䓺ⰓP ldquoWhat kind of flower do (you) likerdquo7 ⶊ㓾G㹾G㫡㞚䞮㣪f Oz|P ldquoWhat kind of car do (you) likerdquo

Exercise 124

Translate the following into English

Example 㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 = ldquo(I) open a windowrdquo

1 㧊㦚G㣎㤢㣪U 2 Ợ㧚㦚G㧊Ỿ㣪U 3 㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 4 㟓㦚G㰖䅲㣪U 5 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭒㠊㣪U 6 㰚㦚G㹣㠊㣪U 7 㡊㐶G㺔㞚㣪U 8 㧦㩚ỆG䕪㞚㣪U 9 G䞒㤢㣪U10 㦚G䦪㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 959780415774871_12indd 95 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

96 Unit 12 Case particles 1

Exercise 125

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquoTony does homeworkrdquo = 䏶ṖG㑯㩲G䟊㣪

1 ldquoPeter reads a book at the libraryrdquo 2 ldquoJohn washes his facerdquo 3 ldquoAngie drinks coffee at Starbucksrdquo 4 ldquoMatthew watches TV at the dormitoryrdquo 5 ldquoWilliam eats breadrdquo 6 ldquoHillary meets friendsrdquo 7 ldquoGeorge buys flowersrdquo 8 ldquoChris learns Koreanrdquo 9 ldquoCatherine writes an e-mailrdquo10 ldquoIsabel studies Korean culturerdquo

Exercise 126

Fill in the blanks with either ⪲ or 㦒⪲

Example 㞴 ____㡺㣪 ldquoPlease come forwardrdquo = 㦒⪲

Means

1 䗲㧊㦚G㝆㣪 ldquoPlease write (your) name with a penrdquo 2 ldquoHappinessrdquo ṖG䞲ῃ㠊 ldquo䟟rdquo㧊㠦㣪 ldquoHappiness is lsquohaengbokrsquo

in Koreanrdquo 3 㰧㠦G㓺Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go home by busrdquo 4 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) face with soaprdquo 5 Ṗ⬾ニ㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(One) makes bread with flourrdquo

Selection

6 㩖⓪G䆲⧒䞶⧮㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) will have Colardquo 7 ゾṚG㢍䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will have the red dressrdquo

Direction

8 㡺⓮㦖G䄺䞒G㑣Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for today (we) go to the coffee shoprdquo 9 㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪GṞGỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) go this weekendrdquo10 㴓Ṗ㣪 ldquoGo to the rearrdquo

9780415774871_ 12indd 969780415774871_12indd 96 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

Unit 12 Case particles 1 97

Change of state

11 G㧧㦖G㧊㯞cupG㭒㣪 ldquoPlease change (it) into a smaller sizerdquo

12 㞚䂾G㑮㠛㦚G㡺䤚G㑮㠛G∾㠊㣪 ldquo(I) changed the morning class with an afternoon classrdquo

Reason

13 㿫㩲G ṖG 㯦Ệ㤢䟞 ldquoEveryone rejoiced because of the festivalrdquo

14 䋂Ⰲ㓺Ⱎ㓺G㑒䞧GṖỢṖGナ㠊㣪 ldquoThe store was busy due to the Christmas shoppingrdquo

Exercise 127

Translate the following into English

Example ₖ䂮⓪G㿪⪲GⰢ㠊㣪 = ldquo(One) makes kimchi with cabbagerdquo

1 㡊㐶⪲Gⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪U 2 㣫㠦G䟟₆⪲GṖ㣪U 3 㩖⓪Gな⧯G䄺䞒⪲G䞶⧮㣪U 4 䞮㟖G㥶䙒㦒⪲G㠊㣪U 5 䏶㣪㧒㠦G㓺䏺㦒⪲GṖ㣪U 6 㡺㴓㦒⪲G㞟㦒㣪U 7 䕢⧧G䗲㦒⪲Gcup㭒㣪U 8 G䋆G㹾⪲G㠊㣪U 9 ῃ㑮⓪G㩩Ṗ⧓㦒⪲Gⲏ㠊㣪U10 䠞ⶎ㦖G⧒㓺Ṗ㓺⪲GṞGỆ㡞㣪U

9780415774871_ 12indd 979780415774871_12indd 97 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

9780415774871_ 12indd 989780415774871_12indd 98 742008 13802 PM742008 13802 PM

UNIT 13Case particles 2 㦮 0i 㠦 e 㢖 waὒ kwa O㧊P⧧ irang and 䞮ἶ hago

The case particle 㦮

The case particle 㦮 indicates the possessor and possession relationship between two nouns as in 㩲㧚㓺㦮G ldquoJamesrsquo roomrdquo The first noun is typically the possessor (since it is attached by the particle) and the second noun is the possession The case particle 㦮 is a one-form particle It is the same regardless of whether it attaches to a noun that ends in a vowel or a consonant as in 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 䏶㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoTonyrsquos walletrdquo

The first person possessive pronoun lfloor (plain form) and 㩲 (humble form) are combinations of the first person pronouns and the particle

⋮ ldquoI (plain)rdquo + 㦮 = lfloor ldquomy (plain)rdquo㩖 ldquoI (humble)rdquo + 㦮 = 㩲 ldquomy (humble)rdquo

Gộ㦖G⋮㦮GOlfloorPG㤊䢪㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that (it) is my sneakerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪G㩖㦮GO㩲PG䂲ῂ㧛 ldquoAs for Thomas (he) is my friendrdquo

In a similar manner the question word ῂ㦮 ldquowhoserdquo is the combina-tion of the question word ῂ ldquowhordquo and the particle 㦮 as in 㧊Gộ㦖Gῂ㦮G䘎㰖㡞㣪 ldquoAs for this whose letter is (this)rdquo

As seen above the function of the particle 㦮 resembles that of the English suffix -rsquos However there is one clear difference in their usages English allows the possessor + rsquos construction as in ldquoStevenrsquosrdquo or ldquoAndyrsquosrdquo However Korean does not allow the possessor noun ending with the particle Consequently a sentence like G䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮㡞㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquosrdquo is unacceptable For this purpose a bound noun ộ ldquothingrdquo typically appears after the particle as in G 䅊䜾䎆⓪G㓺䕆ぢ㦮 ộ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for that computer (it) is Stevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

In colloquial and informal usages the particle 㦮 can be often omitted For instance 㑮㧪 Ṗ can be used instead of 㑮㧪㦮GṖ ldquoSusanrsquos bagrdquo and 㓺䕆ぢGộ (or 㓺䕆ぢGỆ for a more colloquial usage) can be used instead of 㓺䕆ぢ㦮Gộ ldquoStevenrsquos (thing)rdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 999780415774871_13indd 99 742008 13712 PM742008 13712 PM

100 Unit 13 Case particles 2

In summary there are three ways to express a possessorndashpossession relationship in Korean

1 noun 㦮 noun as in 㠮㦮G㰖ṧ ldquoDanielrsquos walletrdquo2 noun noun as in 㠮G㰖ṧ ldquoDaniel walletrdquo3 noun ộ (or Ệ) as in 㠮GỆ ldquoDaniel thingrdquo

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦 is a one-form particle that expresses four things (1) the static location (2) the goal of the action (eg destination) (3) times and (4) quantity

First the particle 㠦Gmarks the static location corresponding to ldquoinrdquo ldquoatrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English The static location refers to the place where some-thing is (being) at or in For instance consider the following sentence

㑮㧪㧊G㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is at homerdquo

The home 㰧 is a static location where Susan is Here are more examples

䅊䜾䎆ṖGὖ㠦㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe computer is at the libraryrdquo㫊㧊GὋ䟃㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoJohn is at the airportrdquo㺛㦚G㺛㠦G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) place a book on the deskrdquo䕆䃎㧊G⪲Ⱎ㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Vatican is in Romerdquo㞚Ⱎ㫊ṫ㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe Amazon River is in Brazilrdquo

Notice that all the location nouns above (eg ὖ Ὃ䟃 㺛) are marked by the particle 㠦 since they are all static locations

Second the particle 㠦Gexpresses the goal of the action (eg inanimate objects or destinations) corresponding to ldquotordquo or ldquoatrsquo in English Consider the following sentences

㦖䟟㠦G㦚G㼦㭒㣪 ldquoPlease send the money to the bankrdquoἓ㺆㠦G㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo⋮⧒㠦G㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) paid taxes to the governmentrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to schoolrdquolfloor㧒G㔲䃊ἶ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Chicago tomorrowrdquo䞲ῃ㠦G㢖㣪 ldquo(They) come to Koreardquo䟟₆ṖG㡺⓮ qmr Ὃ䟃㠦G㹿䟊㣪 ldquoThe plane arrives at JFK airport todayrdquo

Notice that the goals of the actions marked by the particle 㠦 are all inanimate objects (eg 㦖䟟 ἓ㺆 ⋮⧒ 䞯ᾦ) In addition when the

9780415774871_ 13indd 1009780415774871_13indd 100 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 101

particle is used with motion verbs like Ṗ ldquogordquo 㡺 ldquocomerdquo and 㹿䞮 ldquoarriverdquo the particle indicates a destination (eg 㔲䃊ἶ 䞲ῃ Ὃ䟃)

If the goal of the action is animate the different particles such as 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are used

ldquo(I) make a phone call to Thomasrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (O)䏶Ⱎ㓺㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) gave the book to Peterrdquo䞒䎆䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (O)䞒䎆㠦G㺛㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 (X)

ldquo(I) talked to the friendrdquo䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (O)䂲ῂ㠦G㧊㟒₆䟞㠊㣪 (X)

Third the particle 㠦 marks the time noun corresponding to ldquoatrdquo ldquoinrdquo or ldquoonrdquo in English

㡺㩚 XW 㔲㠦G G㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV at 1000 amrdquo䢪㣪㧒㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet on Tuesdayrdquo㡺䤚㠦Gザ㣪 ldquo(I am) busy in the afternoonrdquo

One should be careful not to use the particle with all time nouns since certain time nouns such as 㠊㩲 ldquoyesterdayrdquo 㡺⓮ ldquotodayrdquo and lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo do not take the particle 㠦 Consequently a sentence like lfloor㧒㠦G㓺䌖㓺㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at Starbucks tomorrowrdquo is unacceptable due to the use of particle 㠦

Lastly the particle 㠦 is used to mean ldquoforrdquo or ldquoperrdquo as in ldquoper dayrdquo

䞮⬾㠦GⳝG㔲ṚGG㣪f ldquoHow many hours do (you) watch TV per dayrdquo䞲G㧦㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoHow much is (it) per boxrdquoG㢖㧎㦖G䞲G㠦G㠒Ⱎ㡞㣪f ldquoAs for that wine how much is (it) per bottlerdquo

The particle 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ

The case particles 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ and 䞮ἶ mean ldquoandrdquo Their primary func-tion is to link nouns together First let us discuss the particle 㢖Vὒ The particle 㢖Vὒ is a two-form particle 㢖 is used with the noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G㠮 ldquoThomas and Danielrdquo) and ὒ is used with the noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㠮ὒG䏶Ⱎ㓺 ldquoDaniel

9780415774871_ 13indd 1019780415774871_13indd 101 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

102 Unit 13 Case particles 2

and Thomasrdquo) The particle 㢖Vὒ tends to be used in formal or written communication

㑮㧪ὒG 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧛 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㡗㢖G㨂䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧛 ldquoYoungmee and Jaeho are Koreansrdquo㩲G䡫ὒG⋮ṖG㓺䏺㠦G㞚㣪 ldquoMy older brother and older sister live in Bostonrdquo䞲ῃὒG 㧒㧊G 㞚㔲㞚㠦G 㧞㔋 ldquoKorea and Japan are in East AsiardquoⰞⰂ㢖G⪲⋮ṖG㓺䗮㧎㠦G㧞㔋 ldquoMadrid and Barcelona are in Spainrdquo

The particle (㧊)⧧ tends to be used for more informal andor colloquial settings The particle (㧊)⧧ is also a two-form particle 㧊⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a consonant and ⧧ is used with a noun that ends in a vowel

㑮㧪㧊⧧G 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan and Thomas are Americansrdquo㥶㞚⧧G㡗䢎ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoYua and Youngho are Koreansrdquo

The particle 䞮ἶ is a one-form particle that comes after a noun regard-less of whether it ends in a vowel or a consonant There is no apparent meaning difference between 䞮ἶ and the other two particles 㢖Vὒ and O㧊P⧧ However 䞮ἶ seems to be less informal than 㢖Vὒ but more formal than O㧊P⧧

䏶Ⱎ㓺䞮ἶG 㑮㧪㧊G ῃG ⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThomas and Susan are Americansrdquo㨂䢎䞮ἶG㑮ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoJaeho and Soomee are Koreansrdquo㭒䞮ἶG㰧G㩚䢪G䢎G㝆㣪 ldquoWrite the address and the home phone numberrdquo䕢Ⰲ䞮ἶG⩆㦚G㡂䟟䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will travel to Paris and Londonrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂䞮ἶG㢖㧎㦚G㭒ⶎ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ordered steak and winerdquo

When the subject is understood from the context it can be omitted In such cases the noun with 㢖Vὒ O㧊P⧧ or 䞮ἶ can stand alone as in O㑮㧪㧊P 䏶Ⱎ㓺㢖G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(Susan) drinks coffee with Thomasrdquo Then the translation of the particles is ldquowithrdquo rather than ldquoandrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1029780415774871_13indd 102 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 103

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 13 exercises

ṖỢ storeṖ㦚 autumnὋ䟃 airportᾦ㔺 classroomᾦ䣢 church₆ oil₆㑯 dormitory⋾㧦 man money earth㧦 hatⶒ water sea㰖 ring room㤦 hospital spring fire

ὒ apple㧦 lion㰚 picture mountain㔲Ἒ watch㞚㰖 father㟓ῃ pharmacy㡂㧦 woman㡊㐶 key㢍 clothes㧒 Japan

㧦㹾 car㧦㩚Ệ bike㩚㨗 war㭧ῃ China㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house㺛 bookstore䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 13indd 1039780415774871_13indd 103 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

104 Unit 13 Case particles 2

䃪❪ candy䅊䜾䎆 computer䗲 pen䘟䢪 peace䞮⓮ sky䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 131

Translate the following into English

Example 㩲䗒㦮GṖ = ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo

1 㓺䃝㦮G㧦㹾 2 ⩞㧊㓺㦮G㰖 3 䎢㦮G䋂⩞❽G䃊 4 Ⰶ㦮G䃊Ⲫ⧒ 5 㭚Ⰲ㠹G㢍 6 㠦㤢G㞚㰖 7 ⪲䔎G㰖ṧ 8 㨃䋊ⰆG 9 ⋮䌞ⰂGỆ10 㩲㧎GỆ

Exercise 132

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquoJenniferrsquos bagrdquo = 㩲䗒㦮GṖ

1 ldquoTomrsquos computerrdquo 2 ldquoAnniersquos keyrdquo 3 ldquoJoanrsquos penrdquo 4 ldquoAndrewrsquos waterrdquo 5 ldquoRomeorsquos picturerdquo 6 ldquoKenrsquos roomrdquo 7 ldquoDanielrsquos watchrdquo 8 ldquoSamantharsquos hatrdquo 9 ldquoKarenrsquos applerdquo10 ldquoDianarsquos bikerdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1049780415774871_13indd 104 742008 13713 PM742008 13713 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 105

Exercise 133

Write a sentence using the cues provided

Example 㩚䢪VG㰧 = 㩚䢪ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪

1 㺛VGᾦ㔺 2 㰖ṧGVG㹾 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒VG㰧 4 㺛GVG䞯ᾦ 5 㑮㧪GVG㤎 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺VG⩆ 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢GVG䕢Ⰲ 8 ⧲䃦GVG㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮ 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆GVG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚10 䞒⧒GVG㧊㰧䔎

Exercise 134

Answer the questions in Korean using the cues provided

Example 㠊❪GṖ㣪f (church) = ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪

1 (library) 2 (classroom) 3 (airport) 4 (friendrsquos home) 5 (church) 6 (book store) 7 (hospital) 8 (candy shop) 9 (pharmacy)10 (hotel)

9780415774871_ 13indd 1059780415774871_13indd 105 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

106 Unit 13 Case particles 2

Exercise 135

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⧧ or ⧧

Example 㑮㧪G㧊䔎䟊㣪 ldquo(I) date Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㧊⧧G㧊䔎G䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) chat with a friendrdquo 2 ⶊ㠮㤊G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) exercise with Samuelrdquo 3 㩲䗒㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do aerobics with Jenniferrdquo 4 㠮G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cook with Danielrdquo 5 㧊㑒䞧G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do shopping with Isabelrdquo 6 㩲㧚㓺Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study with Jamesrdquo 7 䃦Ⰶ㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to Catherine over the phonerdquo 8 Ṗ㫇㣎㔳G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine out with familyrdquo 9 䞒䎆㼃䟊㣪 ldquo(I) clean (the room) with Peterrdquo10 ⧮䟊㣪 ldquo(I) sing with the teacherrdquo

Exercise 136

Connect two sentences using 䞮ἶ

Example 䌫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a candy There is a chocolaterdquo = 䌫䞮ἶG㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㧞㠊㣪

1 䄺䞒ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is coffee There is green teardquo 2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean There

is a Chineserdquo 3 ₆䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a guitar There is a drumrdquo 4 㞛㠊ṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 䞮ⰞṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an alligator There is a

hippordquo 5 ṲṖG㧞㠊㣪UGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a dog There is a catrdquo 6 ὒṖG 㧞㠊㣪UG 㡺⩢㰖ṖG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an apple There is an

orangerdquo 7 ニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is bread There is milkrdquo 8 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪UG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a computer There is a

printerrdquo 9 㺛㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk There is a chairrdquo10 䡫㧊G㧞㠊㣪UG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is an older brother There is an

older sisterrdquo

9780415774871_ 13indd 1069780415774871_13indd 106 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

Unit 13 Case particles 2 107

Exercise 137

Fill in the blanks with either 㢖 or ὒ and translate the phrase into English

Example 㡂Ỿ㤎 = 㡂ὒGỾ㤎 ldquoSummer and Winterrdquo

1 㭧ῃ㧒 2 GṖ㦚 3 䝚⧒G㞢䏶 4 㧦G䞮㧊㠦⋮ 5 㩚㨗G䘟䢪 6 䞮⓮G 7 G 8 Gⶒ 9 ⋾㧦G㡂㧦10 ⶒG₆

9780415774871_ 13indd 1079780415774871_13indd 107 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

9780415774871_ 13indd 1089780415774871_13indd 108 742008 13714 PM742008 13714 PM

UNIT 14Case particles 3 㠦 es9 㠦Ợ ege 䞲䎢 hantrsquoe kke 㠦Ợ eges9 and 䞲䎢 hantrsquoes9

The particle 㠦

The case particle 㠦G is a one-form particle and is used to express two things (1) the dynamic location or (2) the source of action A dynamic location refers to the place where an action takes place Consider the following sentence

㫊㧊G 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 㩦㕂㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoJohn eats lunch at the school cafeteriardquo

Notice that 䞯ᾦG㔳Gldquothe school cafeteriardquo is a dynamic location where the action (eg eating lunch) takes place In fact the use of the particle 㠦 is determined by the type of verb the sentence has Whenever the verb denotes an activity such as playing doing meeting working studying and so forth 㠦 must be used Here are more examples

㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquoOP 㞺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GⰆGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquoAndrew meets Susan at schoolrdquo

In the first sentence above the particle 㠦 is used since the school is the dynamic location where the action (eg meeting Susan) is taking place The use of 㠦 in this context would be ungrammatical

Second the particle 㠦 marks a source of action (eg starting location) corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English Consider the following examples

㓺䏺㠦G㣫㔲₢㰖GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York City from Bostonrdquo㡂₆㠦G㩖₆₢㰖G㼃䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease clean from here to thererdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG㧒㠦G㢖㣪 ldquoNaoko comes from Japanrdquo

Notice that the sources of action above are all inanimate entities (eg places such as Boston here and Japan) If the sources of actions are animate such as persons and animals different particles such as 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ should be used

9780415774871_ 14indd 1099780415774871_14indd 109 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

110 Unit 14 Case particles 3

The particles 䞲䎢V㠦ỢV

The case particles 䞲䎢 㠦Ợ and are one-form particles that mark the animate indirect object of the sentence corresponding with ldquotordquo in English

The particle 䞲䎢

The particle 䞲䎢 is most widely used in colloquial settings

㞚㰖䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talk to fatherrdquo㩲G䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) made a phone call to my friendrdquo㰖⋮䞲䎢G㡆⧓䟊㣪 ldquo(I) contact Ginardquo㥶㰚䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Eugenerdquoṫ㞚㰖䞲䎢G㤆㥶G㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave milk to the puppyrdquo

Notice that the indirect objects are all animate objects (eg person animals) As previously noted the particle 㠦 is used if the indirect objects are inanimate objects (eg destinations)

䣢㠦G㩚䢪䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make a phone call to the companyrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦G⪳㦚Glfloor㣪 ldquo(I) pay tuition to schoolrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquo

The particle 㠦Ợ

The particle 㠦Ợ is used instead of 䞲䎢 in more formal usage (eg written communication)

㧊G䘎㰖G㩲㧚㓺㠦ỢG㔋 ldquo(I) sent this letter to Jamesrdquo

Notice that the sentence above sounds formal since the particle 㠦Ợ as well as the deferential speech level ending 㔋 are used

The particle

When the indirect object is an the esteemed person or senior such as onersquos boss teachers and parents the particle can be optionally used instead of 䞲䎢Gor 㠦Ợ The particle is another indirect object particle used to indicate honorific meanings to the esteemed indirect object For instance consider the following sentences

GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the teacherrdquo㧻GṖ㦚G⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave a bag to the presidentrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1109780415774871_14indd 110 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 111

In these examples above the indirect objects are the teacher and the president to whom the speaker wishes to express honorific attitude Consequently the use of the particle is more appropriate than the use of 䞲䎢 or 㠦Ợ

One thing to remember when using is that since it is an honorific element its usage should be collocated with other honorific elements such as the honorific suffix euphemistic words proper address or reference terms and so on For example in the above examples Ⰲ ldquogive (honorific)rdquo is used instead of 㭒Gldquogive (plain form)rdquo

The particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ

The case particles 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ are both one-form particles These particles mark an animate source corresponding to ldquofromrdquo in English The only difference between 䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ is that the former is used in colloquial settings whereas the latter is used for a more formal context For instance consider the following sentences

䏶䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received the book from Tonyrdquo䝚⨃䋂䞲䎢G 㩚䢪G ₆⩺㣪 ldquo(I) wait for a phone call from Frankrdquo

㫊㠦ỢGṖ㦚Gⶒ⪲G㞮㔋 ldquo(I) received the bag as a present from Johnrdquo㠦Ⰲ㠦ỢG䘎㰖G₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the letter from Emilyrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 14 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teach㹿䞮 to arriveⰦ䞮 to speakῃ AmericaUSAアⰂ to borrow㠊Ⲏ mother㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䘎㰖 letter䞲ῃ Korea (South)

9780415774871_ 14indd 1119780415774871_14indd 111 742008 13728 PM742008 13728 PM

112 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 141

Choose the appropriate particle from the brackets

Example 䞯ᾦ _____O㠦V㠦P Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) study at schoolrdquo = 㠦

1 㠊❪O㠦V㠦PG㧒䞮㣪f ldquoWhere (do you) workrdquo 2 㡺㩚G XX㔲O㠦V㠦PG 㤎⪲G ⟶⋮㣪 ldquo(I) leave for Seoul at

11 amrdquo 3 Ὃ㤦O㠦V㠦PGⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the parkrdquo 4 㧊G 㭒ⰦO㠦V㠦PG ⶦG 䞮㣪f ldquoWhat (do you) do this

weekendrdquo 5 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆O㠦V㠦PG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThomas came from Londonrdquo 6 tjh____O㠦V㠦P 㑮㡗䟊㣪 ldquo(I) swim at the YMCArdquo 7 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㔲䃊ἶG㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) works in Chicagordquo 8 䞯ᾦG 㔳O㠦V㠦PG 㞚䂾㦚G ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) eat breakfast at the

school cafeteriardquo 9 䞲ῃ㠊G㑮㠛㧊G㡺䤚GZG㔲O㠦V㠦PG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoKorean class is at

3 pmrdquo10 㰧O㠦V㠦PG䞯ᾦ₢㰖G㹾⪲GX㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes 1 hour by

car from home to schoolrdquo

Exercise 142

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particle from the particles in the brackets

Example 㠊ⲎO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㔳㦚G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) heard news from motherrdquo = 䞲䎢

1 ἓ㺆O㠦V䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) contacted the police stationrdquo 2 䂲ῂO䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶒ㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received presents from

friendsrdquo 3 䞶㞚㰖OVG䞲䎢V䞲䎢PG㩚䢪G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone

call to grandfatherrdquo 4 㧦㦧₆O㠦V䞲䎢PG Ⲫ㰖G⋾ἒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) left a message on

the answering machinerdquo 5 䡫G O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PGⶊ㓾Gⶒ㦚GἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of

present (do you) want to receive from (your) older brotherrdquo 6 㠊㩲G䐆O䞲䎢VG 䞲䎢PG 㺛㦚G 㮂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) gave books to Tom

yesterdayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1129780415774871_14indd 112 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 113

7 ⋮O䞲䎢VG䞲䎢PG㡗㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f ldquo(Do you) speak in English to (your) older sisterrdquo

8 䝚⪶䔎G㓺䋂O㠦V㠦ỢPG㩚䢪䞮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoMake a phone call to the front deskrdquo

9 䞯O㠦ỢV㠦ỢPG䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Korean to college studentsrdquo

10 ῂGO㠦ỢVG㠦ỢPG㡊㐶G㞮㔋₢f ldquoFrom whom (did you) receive the keyrdquo

Exercise 143

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentences below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) gave a book to Susanrdquo = 㑮㧪㠦G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪VG㑮㧪䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㮂㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) received the invitation from MichaelrdquoG Ⱎ㧊䋊㠦G㽞G㞮㠊㣪GVGⰞ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 ldquoWhat time did (you) leave the hotelrdquoG 䢎䎪䞲䎢GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪fGVG䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 ldquo(I) heard that story from radiordquoG G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺䞲䎢G㠞㠊㣪VGG㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U

4 ldquo(I) called Andrew yesterdayrdquoG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪VG 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U

5 ldquo(I) sent the mail to Manager Kim last weekrdquoG 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻㠦ỢGⲲ㦚G㔋GVG㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U

6 ldquoThrow the trash into the trash basketrdquoG 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦 㝆⩞₆ Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 㝆⩞₆䐋䞲䎢G 㝆⩞₆G Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺

7 ldquo(I) borrow the book from AndrewrdquoG 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪VG㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 ldquo(I) hear the news from a friendrdquoG 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪VG䂲ῂ㠦ỢG㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) called homerdquoG 㰧䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquo(I) sell cars to KoreansrdquoG 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪VG䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_ 14indd 1139780415774871_14indd 113 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

114 Unit 14 Case particles 3

Exercise 144

Each sentence has one incorrect particle Identify the incorrect particle and make a correction as needed

Example 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦚G㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Timothyrsquos older brother (he) is a teacherrdquo = 䕆䕆㦮G䡫㦖G㧊㠦㣪

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Seoulrdquo2 䞯ᾦG 㔳㠦G 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquo(We) meet friend at the school

cafeteriardquo3 䞶㞚㰖㠦ỢG㩚䢪䞮㣪 ldquoMake a call to grandfatherrdquo4 㧊G㩖G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪 ldquoThe teacher gave a book to merdquo5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJustin gave flowers to Nicolerdquo6 㩖㠦G㡆⧓䞮㣪U ldquoContact merdquo7 䞯䞲䎢G❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪 ldquo(I) show the video to studentsrdquo8 㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U ldquoA letter arrived from (my) parentsrdquo

Exercise 145

Fill in the blanks with the appropriate particles from the following list

㦖SG⓪SG㧊SGṖSG㦮SG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦SG䞲䎢

1 㩲G㧊䏶Ⱎ㓺㡞㣪 ldquoAs for my name (it) is Thomasrdquo 2 G㞞GG㺛㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a desk in the roomrdquo 3 㤎G䞲ῃ㑮㡞㣪 ldquoSeoul is Korearsquos capitalrdquo 4 㧊Gộ㧊G䃦ⰆGṖ㧊㠦㣪 ldquoThis is Catherinersquos bagrdquo 5 䞯ᾦG㔳GⰢ⋮㣪 ldquo(Let us) meet at the school cafeteriardquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎GⲪ㰖G㩚䟊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease pass the message to

Brianrdquo 7 㧊䘎㰖ṖG㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquoA letter arrived from Isabelrdquo 8 㡺䤚G^㔲G㣫Ṗ㣪 ldquo(I) go to New York at 7 pmrdquo 9 㑯㩲G ὖ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for homework (I) do (it) at the

libraryrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G 㞚䂾G ]㔲㫆ₛ䟊㣪 ldquoI jog at 6 orsquoclock in the morning

everydayrdquo11 㡺㩚G_㔲㠦G㰧G⋮㢪㠊㣪 ldquoI came out from home at 8 amrdquo12 㡺⓮Gⶊ㔺G㩚䢪䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will make a phone call to the

office todayrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1149780415774871_14indd 114 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

Unit 14 Case particles 3 115

Exercise 146

Translate the following sentences into Korean

Example ldquo(I) made a phone call to the officerdquo = ⶊ㔺㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoThe letter arrived from Koreardquo2 ldquo(I) make a phone call to my motherrdquo3 ldquo(I) borrowed the book from Johnrdquo4 ldquo(I) taught Korean to American studentsrdquo5 ldquo(Do you) speak in Korean to your friendrdquo

9780415774871_ 14indd 1159780415774871_14indd 115 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

9780415774871_ 14indd 1169780415774871_14indd 116 742008 13729 PM742008 13729 PM

UNIT 15Special particles 1 to and Ⱒ man

In the previous units the case particles such as 㧊VṖSG 㦚VSG 㠦SG 㦮SGO㦒P⪲SG㢖VὒSG O㧊P⧧SG䞮ἶSG㠦SG䞲䎢SG㠦ỢSGSG䞲䎢 and 㠦Ợ were discussed The only special particle introduced so far is the topic particle 㦖V⓪ This unit discusses the difference between the case and special particles in their functions as well as the place where they appear Then the unit introduces two special particles Ⱒ and

The differences between case particles and special particles

What distinguishes case particles from special particles lies in their func-tions While the primary function of the case particle is to indicate the syntactic role of the noun it attaches to (eg whether the noun is the subject object indirect object and so on) that of the special particle is to add a special meaning such as ldquoalsordquo ldquoevenrdquo and ldquoonlyrdquo or to indicate whether the word it attaches to is the topic of the sentence

Case particles also differ from special particles in the place they appear in the sentence A case particle can appear only after a noun (eg subject object indirect objects etc) However a special particle can appear in one of three places First it can appear in place of a case particle For instance a special topic particle 㦖V⓪ can appear where you would expect the subject case particle 㧊VṖ

㑮㧪㧊G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoSusan is a studentrdquo㑮㧪㦖G䞯㧊㠦㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) is a studentrdquo

㡺⓮G⋶㝾ṖG㫡㞚㣪 ldquoTodayrsquos weather is goodrdquo㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoAs for todayrsquos weather (it) is goodrdquo

They can also appear in the place where you would expect the object case particle 㦚V

9780415774871_ 15indd 1179780415774871_15indd 117 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

118 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚G㤢㣪 ldquoMichael learns golfrdquoⰞ㧊䋊㧊GἾ䝚⓪G㤢㣪 ldquoAs for golf Michael learns (it)rdquo

㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoSusan likes spaghettirdquo㑮㧪㧊G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⓪G㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for spaghetti she likes (it)rdquo

Second a special particle can appear after an existing case particle such as 㠦 㠦 and 㦒⪲ in order to add the special meaning

ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦㣪 ldquoBrian sleeps in the living roomrdquoぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G Ệ㔺㠦⓪G 㧦㣪 ldquoAs for the living room Brian sleeps (there)rdquo

Third a special particle can appear not only after a noun but also after an adverb such as ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo and 㕎ỢGldquocheaply at a low pricerdquo

G㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂG㭮㣪 ldquoThat restaurant serves the food fastrdquoG㔳㧊G㦢㔳㦚GゾⰂ⓪G㭮㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that restaurant serves the food fastrdquo

GṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎ỢG䕪㞚㣪 ldquoThat store sells fruit at cheap pricesrdquoGṖỢṖGὒ㧒㦚G㕎Ợ⓪G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I donrsquot know about other things but) that store sells fruit at a low pricerdquo

Consequently one cannot simply memorize where a certain particle (includ-ing both case and special particles) always appears in a certain context This is because as seen above a particle can appear in the place where you would expect the other particle to be

The special particle Ⱒ

The one-form special particle Ⱒ adds the meaning of ldquoonlyrdquo or ldquojustrdquo on the noun it attaches to The special particle Ⱒ can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂⰢG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoOnly Naoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒ⰢGⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks only coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂⰢG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoOnly Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies only Koreanrdquo

The particle Ⱒ can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

9780415774871_ 15indd 1189780415774871_15indd 118 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 119

㞺㰖⓪G㤪㣪㧒㠦ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes to school only on Mondayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㤪㣪㧒㠦G 䞯ᾦ㠦ⰢG Ṗ㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) goes only to school on Mondayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G ὖ㠦G Ὃ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the libraryrdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪Gὖ㠦ⰢGὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies only at the libraryrdquo

The particle Ⱒ ldquoonlyrdquo can also appear after an adverb such as ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo and ゾⰂ ldquofastrdquo

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease cook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢⰢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoPlease just cook (it) deliciouslyrdquo

ゾⰂG㡺㣪 ldquoCome in hurryrdquoゾⰂⰢG㡺㣪 ldquoJust come in hurryrdquo

The special particle

The one-form special particle adds the meaning of ldquoalsordquo ldquotoordquo or ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to Just like the particle Ⱒ the special particle can appear in place of the case particles 㧊VṖ or 㦚V

⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko also drinks coffeerdquo⋮㡺ↂṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquoNaoko drinks even coffeerdquo

㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂG䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoEven Simon studies Koreanrdquo㧊ⴂ㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoSimon studies Korean as wellrdquo

The particle can also be attached to an existing case particle such as 㠦 and 㠦

㞺㰖⓪G㧒㣪㧒㠦G㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works on Sundayrdquo㞺㰖⓪G 㧒㣪㧒㠦G 㧒䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Angie (she) works even on Sundayrdquo

㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies at the cof-fee shoprdquo㫆㧊㓺⓪G䄺䞒㑣㠦GὋ䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Joyce (she) studies even at the coffee shoprdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1199780415774871_15indd 119 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

120 Unit 15 Special particles 1

The particle can appear after an adverb as well

ⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciouslyrdquoⰱ㧞ỢGⰢ㠊G㭒㣪 ldquoCook (it) deliciously alsordquo

Koreans use the particle when they list additional items For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G䕢㓺䌖ṖG㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㢖㧎G㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is some pasta at home And there are some wines toordquo

Notice that the speaker lists ldquowinerdquo as an additional item by using the particle Here is one more example

㤪㣪㧒㠦G㣪ṖG䟊㣪UGⰂἶG㑮㡗G䟊㣪 ldquoOn Monday (I) do yoga And (I) also swimrdquo

Notice that the particle also serves to add the additional activity 㑮㡗 ldquoswimmingrdquo to the first activity 㣪Ṗ ldquoyogardquo

Meanwhile the particle can also generate the emphatic meaning ldquoevenrdquo to the noun it attaches to as shown in the example below

䋆G㰧㧊G㧞㠊㣪UGⰂἶGア❿G㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) have a big house And (they) have even a buildingrdquo

In negative sentences the particle is translated as ldquoeitherrdquo Consider the following examples

㹾ṖG㠜㠊㣪UG㧦㩚ỆG㠜㠊㣪 ldquo(I) donrsquot have a car (I) donrsquot have a bicycle eitherrdquo㫊㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪UGぢ⧒㧊㠎G䃦⋮G⧢㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) is not a Canadian As for Brian (he) is not a Cana-dian eitherrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 15 exercises

ἶ₆ meat₾⊭䞮 to be clean⧮ song㹾 green tea to help

9780415774871_ 15indd 1209780415774871_15indd 120 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 121

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰤ to be manya lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⲏ to eat㰖 pants room to seeto watch to callto sing㕎 to be expensive

to buy customer㓂 to rest㕎Ợ at a cheap price㝆 to useto write㟒㺚 vegetable㡂ῢ passport㡗䢪 movie㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧛 to wear (clothes)㧞 to haveto exist

㧧 to be small㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 to give㭒Ⱖ weekend㹾 car㼃㰖 jeans㿪 to dance㿫ῂ soccer㿺 dancing䂮 to play (instrument sports)䕪 to sell䞒㞚 piano䞮 to do䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 151

Form each sentence using the particle as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

9780415774871_ 15indd 1219780415774871_15indd 121 742008 13654 PM742008 13654 PM

122 Unit 15 Special particles 1

Example 㰧VG䋂 = 㰧G䄺㣪 ldquoThe house is also bigrdquo

1 䞒㞚VG䂮 2 㿫ῂVG䞮 3 㠦㠊⪲゛VG䞮 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢VG 5 ⧮VG 6 㿺VG㿪 7 VGⰤ 8 㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 VG㫆㣿䞮10 㰖VG㕎

Exercise 152

Complete each sentence using the particle Ⱒ as shown in the example Then translate the sentence

Example ❪㩖䔎VGⰱ㧞 = ❪㩖䔎ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoOnly the dessert is tastyrdquo

1 㹾VGⰞ㔲 2 㟒㺚VGⲏ 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛VG 4 䆪❪G㡗䢪GV 5 㼃㰖VG㧛 6 㭒ⰦVG㓂 7 VG₾⊭䞮 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳VGⰱ㧞 9 䢪㧻㔺VG㧧10 㕎ỢVG㭒

Exercise 153

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example ぢ⧮⓪G㧦㩚ỆG㧞㠊㣪 = ldquoAs for Brad (he) also has a bicyclerdquo

1 㞺⓪Gἶ₆ⰢG㫡㞚䟊㣪U 2 㞶⓪G㧒G㹾G㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 15indd 1229780415774871_15indd 122 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

Unit 15 Special particles 1 123

3 㩲㧚㓺⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㠊㣪U 4 䙊㦖G⩒G㼦㣪U 5 㠮ⰂⰢG㡂ῢ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㠦ⰃⰢG㓺䋺G䌖㣪U 7 䃦⪺⧒㧎ⰢG䔎㦚G㖾㣪U 8 ⧒㻮ⰢG䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪U 9 ⪲⩢㓺ⰢG䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 ⩢ⰢG⩞G㢖㧎㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 154

Complete each sentence with the appropriate particle to match the English translation provided

Example ὒOⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere are also applesrdquo = ὒG㧞㠊㣪

1 䞲ῃG⧢OⰢVPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere are only Korean peoplerdquo 2 㧊G㺛OⰢVPG㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIs this book also Susanrsquosrdquo 3 㔲ἚOⰢVPG㠊㣪 ldquo(I) bought only the watchrdquo 4 㺛OⰢVPG㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquo(I) like the novel toordquo 5 䙂㧻㰖OⰢVPG㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe wrapping paper is also prettyrdquo 6 XW OⰢVPGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWait only 10 more minutesrdquo 7 ṖỿOⰢVPG㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is cheap toordquo 8 㩖G⧢OⰢVPG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquoOnly that person is a Koreanrdquo 9 䆲⧒OⰢVPG㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) only the colardquo10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦OⰢVPG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) jogs only in

the morningrdquo

Exercise 155

Rewrite the underlined phrase using either Ⱒ or to match the English translation

Example ⶎ㦚G㡂㣪 ldquoOpen the door as wellrdquo = ⶎG㡂㣪

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) drink coffee as wellrdquo 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖G㼦㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) plays only the bass

guitarrdquo 3 ὖ㧊G㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪 ldquoThe library is also close from homerdquo 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet only Christinerdquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1239780415774871_15indd 123 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

124 Unit 15 Special particles 1

5 㔶㯳㦚G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took out the ID as well from the walletrdquo

6 䌖㧊㠊GGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) replaced only the tire with a new onerdquo

7 䦊㰖G㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪 ldquoThrow only the wastepaper into the waste basketrdquo

8 㢍G㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe color of the dress is pretty toordquo 9 Ṗỿ㧊G㕎㣪 ldquoThe price is also cheaprdquo10 㓺ṖG㫡㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe service was good toordquo

9780415774871_ 15indd 1249780415774871_15indd 124 742008 13655 PM742008 13655 PM

UNIT 16Special particles 2 㧊⋮ ina 䎆 putrsquo9 and ₢㰖 kkaji

The particle O㧊P⋮

The special particle (㧊)⋮ is a two-form particle 㧊⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a consonant (eg 㩦㕂㧊⋮) and ⋮ appears after a noun that ends in a vowel (eg 䄺䞒⋮) The particle indicates four different mean-ings depending on the context in which it is being used (1) ldquoor something (like that)rdquo (2) ldquoorrdquo (3) ldquoas many asrdquo and (4) ldquoaboutrdquo

First the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoor something (like that)rdquo when it is used after a single noun Consider the following examples

㰧㠦 ⋮ GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo䎢㓺⋮ 㼦㣪 ldquo(I) play tennis or somethingrdquo❪㡺GỢ㧚G㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquo(Let us) play video games or somethingrdquo㫆ₛ㧊⋮ 䞿㔲 ldquo(Let us) jog or somethingrdquo䟚Ệ⋮ ⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoEat hamburgers or somethingrdquo

As seen above the particle (㧊)⋮ marks the object of the sentence and reduces the importance of the object noun For instance the object being chosen may not be the best possible action or item for the given situation or there may be more choices In addition when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used with certain question words such as 㠊❪Gldquowhererdquo ⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo and ῂ ldquowhordquo the particle (㧊)⋮ reduces the interrogative meaning of these question words and generalize their meanings as in

㠊❪ ldquowhererdquo becomes 㠊❪⋮ ldquoanywhererdquoῂ ldquowhordquo becomes ῂ⋮ ldquowhoeverrdquo ldquoanyonerdquo or ldquoeveryonerdquoⶊ㠝 ldquowhatrdquo becomes ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ldquoanythingrdquo or ldquowhateverrdquo

㠊❪Ṗ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪f ldquoWhere is (it) deliciousrdquo㠊❪⋮ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is delicious anywhererdquo

䕆䕢⓪ ῂ 㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquoAs for Tiffany who (does she) likerdquo䕆䕢⓪ ῂ⋮ 㫡㞚䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Tiffany (she) likes anyonerdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1259780415774871_16indd 125 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

126 Unit 16 Special particles 2

㫊㦖 ⶦ ⲏ㠊㣪f ldquoAs for John what (does he) eatrdquo㫊㦖 ⶊ㠝㧊⋮ ⲏ㠊㣪 ldquoAs for John (he) eats about everythingrdquo

Second when the particle (㧊)⋮ is used between two nouns it simply means ldquoorrdquo Consider the following examples

ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo㩦㧊⋮ 䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṟ Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the bookstore or schoolrdquo䄺䞒⋮ 㹾 㭒㣪 ldquoGive (me) coffee or green teardquo

Third when the particle (㧊)⋮ is attached to an expression of quantity the particle means ldquoas many asrdquo ldquoas much asrdquo or ldquoup tordquo The particle expresses the speakerrsquos surprise that the quantity of the item is more than the speakerrsquos expectation For example consider the following sentences

G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drove as many as four hoursrdquo䎪⩞㩚㦚 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㣪 ldquo(I) watch TV as many as two hoursrdquoXWW ⧒⋮ 㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) received as much as 100 dollarsrdquo㧊 䄺䞒Ṗ 㧊⋮ 䟊㣪 ldquoThis coffee (can) costs as much as 5 dollarsrdquo

Fourth the particle (㧊)⋮ means ldquoaboutrdquo or ldquoapproximatelyrdquo when it is used with certain question words such as ⳝ ldquohow manyrdquo and 㠒Ⱎ ldquohow muchrdquo

㧊G㢍㦖 㠒Ⱎ⋮ 㮂㠊㣪f ldquoAs for this dress about how much did (you) giverdquo㹾⪲ ⳝG㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ Ỏ⩺㣪f ldquoAbout how many hours does (it) take by carrdquoⳝ ὒ㧊⋮ 㠊㣪f ldquoAbout how many classes do (you) takerdquoⳝG㧊⋮ GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoAbout how many bottles will (you) buyrdquoⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㽞䞶₢㣪f ldquoAbout how many people shall (we) inviterdquo

Particles 䎆 and ₢㰖

The particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo is used to indicate a beginning temporal point Consider the following examples

XX 㔲䎆 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept from 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo XX 㔲㠦 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) slept at 11 orsquoclock at nightrdquo

䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲䎆G 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class from 1000 amrdquo䞲ῃ㠊 㑮㠛㧊 㡺㩚 XW㔲㠦 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThere is a Korean language class at 1000 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1269780415774871_16indd 126 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 127

We learned that the particle 㠦 can be used after the time expression as well However as seen above while the particle 㠦 simply means ldquoatrdquo the particle 䎆 ldquofromrdquo indicates a starting temporal point

The particle ₢㰖 indicates an ending point and it corresponds to ldquotordquo ldquoup tordquo ldquountilrdquo or ldquoas far asrdquo in English When the particle is used with a place noun it indicates an ending location (eg destination) as in

㣫㔲₢㰖 㹾⪲ 㔲Ṛ Ỏ⩺㣪 ldquo(It) takes three hours by car to New York Cityrdquo䞯ᾦ₢㰖 Ⲗ㠊㣪 ldquo(It) is far to schoolrdquo

When the particle is used with a temporal noun it indicates an ending temporal point as in

㡺䤚 Y㔲₢㰖 ₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(We) will wait until 200 pmrdquo㞚䂾 ]㔲₢㰖 ⴑ 㧺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) could not sleep until 6 orsquoclock in the morningrdquo

The particles 䎆 and ₢㰖 are often used together to express ldquofrom [time expression] to [time expression]rdquo

㡺㩚 XX㔲䎆 㡺䤚GZ㔲₢㰖 ldquoFrom 1100 am till 300 pmrdquo㞚䂾䎆 ₢㰖 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo㠊㩲䎆Glfloor㧒₢㰖 ldquoFrom yesterday till tomorrowrdquo

In a similar manner the particles 㠦 and ₢㰖 frequently show up together to indicate ldquofrom [location] to [location]rdquo

㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo䄺䞒㑣㠦 㞚䕢䔎₢㰖 ldquoFrom the coffee shop to the apartmentrdquoⲎⰂ㠦G䐇₢㰖 ldquoFrom head to toerdquo

The particle ₢㰖 can be used with a non-time andor a non-place noun such as persons clothes and so forth When it is used with a non-place or a non-time noun the particle ₢㰖 means ldquoincluding (even)rdquo Consider the following examples

⧒₢㰖G㤎㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Barbra went to Seoulrdquo㠊㩲Gⰻ㭒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(We) even drank beers yesterdayrdquo䔎₢㰖G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even bought a beltrdquo䅊䜾䎆₢㰖G䕪㞮㞚㣪 ldquo(I) even sold the computerrdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G㡂㧦䂲ῂ₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met Thomasrsquo girlfriendrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1279780415774871_16indd 127 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

128 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 16 exercises

Ṗ bagṖ㫇 familyṫ riverἓ㺆 police stationἶ㧻 out of orderὋ䟃 airportᾦ䣢 churchῃ㑮 noodles₆㹾㡃 train station flower⋶㝾 weather⋾㧦 man to be hot (weather)⧒Ⱎ drama➎ daughter⧒Ⳋ ramen (a type of instant noodle)Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰻ㭒 beerⶒ water

∎ to change night䢪㩦 department store㤦 hospital soapゾ⧮ laundryニ bread to buy mountain䛎 shampooỆ㰖 dishwashing䕢 sofa㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 supermarket㑵Ṗ⧓ spoons㔶 shoes

㞚 son㞚䂾 morning㟓ῃ pharmacy

9780415774871_ 16indd 1289780415774871_16indd 128 742008 13640 PM742008 13640 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 129

㟧 suit㡂㧦 woman㡆䞚 pencil㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦖䟟 bank㦢㔳㩦 restaurant㦮㧦 chair

㩖 eveningdinner㩩Ṗ⧓ chopsticks㯂㓺 juice㰖ṧ wallet㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䃊 card䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop䅖㧊䋂 cake䗲 pen䙂㭒 wine䞯ᾦ school䞶㞚㰖 grandfather䞶Ⲏ grandmother䢎䎪 hotel

Exercise 161

Fill in the blank of each sentence with either ⋮ or 㧊⋮

ExampleG 㰧㠦 䎪⩞㩚O㧊⋮V⋮P GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will watch TV or something (like that)rdquo = 㰧㠦G䎪⩞㩚㧊⋮GGỆ㡞㣪

1 㞚䂾O㧊⋮V⋮PGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat breakfast or somethingrdquo 2 㫆ₛO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will jog or somethingrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㤎G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will learn Korean or

somethingrdquo 4 䟚ỆG O㧊⋮V⋮PG ⲏ㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will eat hamburgers or

somethingrdquo

9780415774871_ 16indd 1299780415774871_16indd 129 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

130 Unit 16 Special particles 2

5 ⰻ㭒O㧊⋮V⋮PGⰞ㔺GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will drink beers or somethingrdquo 6 䕢㓺䌖O㧊⋮V⋮PG 㔲䌂G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will order pasta or

somethingrdquo 7 㔶ⶎO㧊⋮V⋮PG 㧓㦚G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will read a newspaper or

somethingrdquo 8 㣪ṖO㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do yoga or somethingrdquo 9 㑯㩲O㧊⋮V⋮PG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will do homework or somethingrdquo10 䞲ῃG㡗䢪O㧊⋮V⋮PGGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will see a Korean movie or

somethingrdquo

Exercise 162

Underline which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquoGive (me) apples or orangesrdquo = ὒ⋮ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪 ὒ䞮ἶ 㡺⩢㰖 㭒㣪U

1 ldquo(I) drove as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪VGG㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U2 ldquoAbout how many people (do you think) will comerdquoG 䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢㧊⋮G㢂₢㣪fVG䞯ᾦ㠦GⳝG⧢G㢂₢㣪f3 ldquoAt home (I) will make spaghetti or something (like that)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪GVG㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆ⰢGⰢ⧮㣪U4 ldquo(I) want to go to Canada or EnglandrdquoG 䃦⋮䞮ἶG㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪VG䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 ldquoAs for Korean food (I) eat anything wellrdquoG 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪VG䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

Fill in the blank with either 㧊⋮ or ⋮ and translate the phrase into English

Example ῃ____䃦⋮ = ῃ㧊⋮ 䃦⋮ ldquoUSA or Canadardquo

1 ⋾㧦㡂㧦 2 㣫⩆ 3 㡗䢪⧒Ⱎ 4 䞶Ⲏ䞶㞚㰖 5 ➎㞚

9780415774871_ 16indd 1309780415774871_16indd 130 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

Unit 16 Special particles 2 131

6 䛎 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㑵Ṗ⧓ 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆䕢㓺䌖 9 䌳㔲㓺10 䕢㦮㧦

Exercise 164

Translate the following phrases into Korean

Example ldquoorange or applerdquo = 㡺⩢㰖⋮Gὒ

1 ldquobag or walletrdquo 2 ldquoairport or train stationrdquo 3 ldquoflower or cardrdquo 4 ldquobeer or winerdquo 5 ldquowater or juicerdquo 6 ldquodepartment store or supermarketrdquo 7 ldquobread or cakerdquo 8 ldquomountain or riverrdquo 9 ldquopencil or penrdquo10 ldquofamily or friendrdquo

Exercise 165

Translate the following phrases into English

Example 㤪㣪㧒䎆G㑮㣪㧒₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Monday till WednesdayrdquoG 㤎㠦 ἓ₢㰖 = ldquoFrom Seoul to Tokyordquo

1 㤦㠦G䞯ᾦ₢㰖 2 㩖䎆G㞚䂾₢㰖 3 Ὃ䟃㠦G䢎䎪₢㰖 4 㞚䂾䎆G₢㰖 5 ⩆㠦G䕢Ⰲ₢㰖 6 ᾦ䣢㠦G㰧₢㰖 7 㦖䟟㠦Gἓ㺆₢㰖 8 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䄺䞒㑣₢㰖 9 㡺㩚XW㔲䎆G㡺䤚GY㔲₢㰖10 㟓ῃ㠦G㦢㔳㩦₢㰖

9780415774871_ 16indd 1319780415774871_16indd 131 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

132 Unit 16 Special particles 2

Exercise 166

Complete the sentence using ₢㰖 and translate the sentence

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 =G䏶Ⱎ㓺₢㰖G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoEven Thomas went to schoolrdquo

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪U 2 Ệ㰖G䟞㠊㣪U 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟞㠊㣪U 4 㓺䏺G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊G⪲G∾㠊㣪U 7 㩚䢪Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪U 8 㔶GἶG㕌㠊㣪U 9 ⋮GⰢ㠊㣪U10 ⋶㝾G㤶㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 16indd 1329780415774871_16indd 132 742008 13641 PM742008 13641 PM

UNIT 17Past tense and double past tense marker

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮

Since the stems of verbs and adjectives cannot be used alone they are always used with endings Korean has many different endings that convey much of the grammatical functions such as tense aspects sentence types conjunctions speech levels and so on The endings can be categorized into two types final endings and pre-final endings depending on where they appear in the verb or adjective

Final endings include various speech level endings such as the polite level -㠊V㞚㣪 and the deferential speech level -㔋 Pre-final endings are inflectional elements that come between the stem and the final ending Pre-final endings include the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 and the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 For instance consider the following sentence

ₖᾦ㑮㧊G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㠊㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim taught the Korean languagerdquo

Notice the past tense marker 㠞 and the honorific suffix 㔲 appear between the stem Ṗ䂮 and the speech level ending -㠊㣪 as in Ṗ䂮㠊㣪 (contracted from Ṗ䂮+㔲㠞G+㠊㣪) ldquotaughtrdquo

The past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is a two-form pre-final ending in that 㞮 is used after a stem that ends in a bright vowel (eg 㞚 or 㡺) while 㠞 is used after a stem that ends in all other vowels The following list shows how the marker is placed between the stem and the polite speech level ending -㠊V㞚㣪

Verb stem Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠊㣪Gldquowentrdquo (contracted from Ṗ㞮㠊㣪) 㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠊㣪 ldquocamerdquo (from 㡺㞮㠊㣪) ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㠊㣪 ldquosawrdquo (from 㞮㠊㣪) ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1339780415774871_17indd 133 742008 14100 PM742008 14100 PM

134 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

Ṗ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠊㣪 ldquotaughtrdquo (from Ṗ䂮㠞㠊㣪) 㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠊㣪 ldquolearnedrdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhadrdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo (irregular)

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo (contracted from 䋂㠞㠊㣪) 㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

Note that -㠊㣪 is used after the past tense marker 㞮V㠞 In addition the conjugation of the verb 䞮 ldquodordquo is irregular in that the stem 䞮 is changed to 䟊 when it is combined with the past tense marker as in 䟞㠊㣪 ldquodidrdquo

In general the Korean past tense is similar to the English past tense in that they both signal the past action or situation However there is one subtle difference between them While the English past tense primarily indicates something that occurred in the past the Korean past tense indi-cates not only something that happened in the past but also whether the action or event is complete or not For example consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo (as a result of the complete action of coming home)㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo (as a result of the complete action of wearing socks)䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㤆ⰂG㞚㰖⓪G⓯㦒㠊㣪 ldquoAs for my father (he) is oldrdquo or ldquoAs for my father (he) became olderrdquo

Notice that the above examples all have two interpretations The first interpretation simply indicates something happened in the past The second interpretation expresses the completion of an action or event For instance one may be at home since the action of coming home is complete In addition one may be wearing socks since the action of wear-ing socks is complete

Double past tense marker 㠞V㞮㠞

In Korean one can change a past sentence into a double past sentence by adding 㠞 to the existing past tense marker 㞮V㠞

9780415774871_ 17indd 1349780415774871_17indd 134 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 135

Verb stem Past + Past Polite speech level ending

Ṗ ldquogordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṫ㠞㠊㣪 ldquowent (and no longer here)rdquo㡺 ldquocomerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquocame (and no longer here)rdquo ldquoseerdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㠞㠊㣪 ldquosaw (long before)rdquo ldquoreceiverdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoreceivedrdquo (long before)rdquoⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = ⲏ㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoate (long before)rdquoṖ䂮 ldquoteachrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ṗ㼺㠞㠊㣪 ldquotaught (or used to teach)rdquo㤆 ldquolearnrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquolearned (long before)rdquo㧊 ldquocopulardquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪 (or 㡖㠞㠊㣪) ldquowaswererdquo㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧞㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoexistedhad (long before)rdquo䞮 ldquodordquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquodid (longer before)rdquo

㧧 ldquosmallrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㧧㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas smallrdquoⰤ ldquomanyrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = Ⱔ㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas manymuchrdquo㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㞮 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㫗㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas narrowrdquo䋂 ldquobigrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 䅎㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas bigrdquo㩗 ldquofewrdquo 㠞 㠞 㠊㣪 = 㩗㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquowas fewrdquo

The double past tense marker 㞮㠞V㠞㠞 makes the past action or situation more remote than the regular past tense marker 㞮V㠞 does The double past tense marker indicates that the past event is no longer relevant to the present activity or situation In addition it indicates that the past action or situation is totally complete For instance consider the following sentences

㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) am homerdquo㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) came homerdquo or ldquo(I) was home (at that time and am no longer at home)rdquo

㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing socksrdquo㟧Ⱖ㦚G㔶㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore socksrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear socksrdquo

䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a coatrdquo䆪䔎G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a coatrdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a coatrdquo

㧊G㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon came uprdquo or ldquoThe full moon is uprdquo㧊G㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThe full moon was up (back then)rdquo

㑯㩲GG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homeworkrdquo or ldquo(I) have done all the homeworkrdquo㑯㩲GG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) did all the homework (long before)rdquo

㠮㦖G㰧㠦G 㢪㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is still there)rdquo㠮㦖G㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Daniel (he) came home (and is no longer there)rdquo

㰖G⅞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ringrdquo or ldquo(I) am wearing a ringrdquo㰖G⅞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wore a ring (no longer wear it)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to wear a ringrdquo

9780415774871_ 17indd 1359780415774871_17indd 135 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

136 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (still gone and may come back)rdquo䅖ṖGὖ㠦GṪ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoKenny went to the library (long time ago)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 17 exercises

ṖỢ store⋮Ṗ to go out㧻ἶ refrigerator to closeὖ library⥾ to floatⰞ䂮 to finishⰺ to hang to tie㧦 hat night㤆 to learnⰂ to throw away㕎 to be expensiveアⰂ to borrow

㩦 bookstore hand㑮 watermelon㔳䌗 dining table㝆 to writeto use㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚䂾 breakfast morning㟒ῂ baseball㟓 pharmacist㟧 suit㡺 to come㡺䤚 pm㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ cooking㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦㩚Ệ bike㫡 to be good㫡㞚䞮 to like

9780415774871_ 17indd 1369780415774871_17indd 136 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 137

㰧 house䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䙂㭒 wine䟊 the sun䢪㧻㔺 restroom

Exercise 171

Change the following sentences into past tense and translate the sentences into English

Example 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊 O㧞P = 㺛䞮ἶG䗲㧊G㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were a book and a penrdquo

1 㔳䌗㠦G㑮㧊GO㧞P 2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖Ṗ O㧞P 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓 O㧊P 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊GO㧊P 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦GO⋮ṖP 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺GO䌖P 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢ OP 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚G6㔲㠦GOⰞ䂮P 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㧦㩚ỆGOアⰂP10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚 O㞑P11 㧦 O㝆P12 㰧㠦 O㡺P13 䟊Ṗ O⥾P14 䌖㧊 OⰺP

Exercise 172

Change the following sentences into double past tense and translate them

Example 㡗䢪G = 㡗䢪G㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) saw a movie (long before)rdquo or ldquo(I) used to see a movierdquo

1 㥶䙒㦚GO㧛P 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚 O䕪P

9780415774871_ 17indd 1379780415774871_17indd 137 742008 14101 PM742008 14101 PM

138 Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker

3 㠦G㝆⩞₆ OⰂP 4 㧊G㢍㦖 O㕎P 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊 O㫡P 6 䞲ῃG⧮ O㫡㞚䞮P 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊 O㧊P 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪Ⰲ O䞮P 9 㟒ῂ O䞮P10 䞲ῃ㠊 O㤆P

Exercise 173

Change the following past or double past sentences into the present tense

Example 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) traveled Koreardquo = 䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䟊㣪

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drank wine with friendsrdquo 2 㧊G⩂㤶㠊㣪 ldquoThe room was dirtyrdquo 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞮㠊㣪 ldquoThe weather was clearrdquo 4 ἶⰞ㤶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was gratefulrdquo 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) received flowers from (my) friendrdquo 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(It) used to take four hours by trainrdquo 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to talk to father via

the internetrdquo 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) used to meet at the coffee shoprdquo 9 ⧮G㧮G䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sing wellrdquo10 㞞ἓ㦚G㗒㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear eye-glassesrdquo

Exercise 174

Indicate which of the two Korean translations for the English sentence below is correct in each case

Example ldquo(I) used to drive as many as two hoursrdquoG G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠞㠊㣪 G㔲ṚⰢG㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪

1 ldquoAs for us (we) used to drink green teasrdquoG 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠊㣪VG㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 ldquo(I) listened to classical musicrdquoG 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪VG䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠞㠊㣪U 3 ldquo(I) am wearing a suitrdquoG 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪GVG㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1389780415774871_17indd 138 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

Unit 17 Past tense and double past tense marker 139

4 ldquoThe room was quietrdquoG 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠞㠊㣪VG㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 ldquoThe hotel used to be cheaprdquoG 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠊㣪VG䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 ldquo(They) used to sell (it) inexpensivelyrdquoG 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠊㣪VG㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 ldquo(He) came home (and he is home now)rdquoG 㰧㠦G㢪㠞㠊㣪VG㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 ldquoThe coffee was delicious (long ago)rdquoG 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠊㣪VG䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 ldquo(I) used to like baseballrdquoG 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪GVG㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠊㣪U10 ldquoScarlet used to be an English teacherrdquoG 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠊㣪VG㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_ 17indd 1399780415774871_17indd 139 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

9780415774871_ 17indd 1409780415774871_17indd 140 742008 14102 PM742008 14102 PM

UNIT 18Negation

Types of negative constructions

This unit discusses how to change verbs and adjectives into negatives Korean has two ways of negating The first is to use the negatives 㞞 ldquonotrdquo and ⴑ ldquocannotrdquo and the use of these negatives has the short form and the long form The second is to use the auxiliary verb Ⱖ ldquostoprdquo

The short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]

The negative 㞞 is an abbreviated form of 㞚 ldquonordquo as in 㞚㠦㣪 ldquonordquo or 䞯㧊 㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a studentrdquo In addition it is used for general negation The negative ⴑ means ldquocannotrdquo or ldquounablerdquo and it is used for negation where onersquos volition or ability is involved

One can make a short form negation by placing one of these negatives in front of the predicate as shown below

[㞞 + verb]㞞G㣪 ldquodo not seerdquo㞞GṖ㣪 ldquodo not gordquo㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquo㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㞞G㤢㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[㞞 + adjective]㞞G㫗㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㞞G㕎㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo㞞G㧧㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo㞞G䄺㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㞞G㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1419780415774871_18indd 141 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

142 Unit 18 Negation

[ⴑ + verb]ⴑGⰢ㠊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquoⴑG䕪㞚㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquoⴑG㧦㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquoⴑG⥆㠊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquoⴑG㧓㠊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

Since the negative ⴑ refers to onersquos ability or volition it cannot be used with the adjectives which describe states or quantity For instance the following are ungrammatical in Korean

㕎 ldquoexpensiverdquo ⴑG㕎㣪 (X)㫡 ldquogoodrdquo ⴑG㫡㞚㣪 (X)㧧 ldquosmallrdquo ⴑG㧧㞚㣪 (X) ldquobusyrdquo ⴑGザ㣪 (X)㯦ỗ ldquohappyrdquo ⴑG㯦Ệ㤢㣪 (X)

The short form negation is used for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types For instance consider the deferential speech level that has four different endings for each sentence type

Declarative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃 (X)Propositive ἶ₆G㞞Gⲏ㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㔲㕃㔲㡺 (X)

Meanwhile not all verbs and adjectives can be used in the short negation form Few verbs and adjectives that have corresponding negation verbs cannot take the short negation forms For instance 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo has the corresponding negation verb ldquodo not knowrdquo Consequently the short form negations with 㞢 such as 㞞G㞢 or ⴑG㞢 are grammatically wrong Other verbs that have the corresponding negation verbs include 㧞 ldquoexisthaverdquo 㠜 ldquonot existnot haverdquo and ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㠜 ldquotastelessrdquo

When negating compound verbs that are made of [noun + 䞮] one needs to place the negative 㞞 or ⴑG in front of 䞮 ldquodordquo not the whole compound verb

9780415774871_ 18indd 1429780415774871_18indd 142 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

Unit 18 Negation 143

㣪Ⰲ䞮 = 㣪ⰂG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not cookrdquo (not 㞞G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪) = 㣪ⰂGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot cookrdquo (not ⴑG㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪)

㑯㩲䞮 = 㑯㩲G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do homeworkrdquo = 㑯㩲GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do homeworkrdquo

Ὃ䞮 = ὋG㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquo = ὋGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot studyrdquo

㤊䞮 = 㤊G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not exerciserdquo = 㤊GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot exerciserdquo

㑮㡗䞮 = 㑮㡗G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not swimrdquo = 㑮㡗GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot swimrdquo

㫆ₛG䞮 = 㫆ₛG㞞G䟊㣪Gldquo(I) do not jogrdquo = 㫆ₛGⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot jogrdquo

㠦㠊⪲゛䞮 = 㠦㠊⪲゛G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not do aerobicsrdquo = 㠦㠊⪲゛GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do aerobicsrdquo

䋺㓺䞮 = 䋺㓺G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not kissrdquo = 䋺㓺GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot kissrdquo

The long form negation -㰖G㞠㞚㣪 and -㰖Gⴑ䟊㣪

The long form negation has the following constructions

[stem + 㰖G㞠] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoSusan does not eat meatrdquo[stem + 㰖GⴑG䞮] 㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquoSusan cannot eat meatrdquo

As seen above the long form negation is created by adding 㰖 to the stem which is followed by a negative auxiliary 㞠 or ⴑG䞮 Here are examples

[verb stem + 㰖G㞠]㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not seerdquoṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not gordquoⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not eatrdquoⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not drinkrdquo㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquodo not learnrdquo

[adjective stem + 㰖G㞠]㫗㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not narrowrdquo㕎㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not expensiverdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1439780415774871_18indd 143 742008 14025 PM742008 14025 PM

144 Unit 18 Negation

㧧㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not smallrdquo䋂㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not bigrdquo㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquois not highrdquo

[verb + 㰖GⴑG䞮]Ⱒ㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot makerdquo䕪㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sellrdquo㧦㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot sleeprdquo⥆㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot runrdquo㧓㰖GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquocannot readrdquo

There is no meaning difference between the long form negation and the short form negation Consequently they are used interchangeably How-ever the long form negation tends to be more often used in written and formal communication

Meanwhile it was noted that the negative ⴑ is not used with the adjectives in the short form negation since ⴑ involves onersquos ability or volition However in the long form negation ⴑ can be used with a few adjectives that denote onersquos desire such as 㿿䞮 ldquoabundantrdquo 䟟䞮 ldquohappyrdquo Ịṫ䞮 ldquohealthyrdquo and 㥶⓻䞮 ldquocompetentrdquo When ⴑ is used with these adjectives the negative ⴑ expresses a sense of disappointment rather than unability

G㞚㧊⓪G䔒䔒䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that child (he) was not healthyrdquoG⓪G䟟䞮㰖GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(It is too bad that) For that couple (they) were not happyrdquo

Notice that the negative ⴑ in the above sentences is not translated as ldquo could notrdquo but ldquo waswere notrdquo In other words the negative ⴑ is used like 㞞 but with an emphatic meaning (or a sense of disappointment)

Just like the short form negation the long form negation is used only for declarative and interrogative sentence types but not for imperative and propositive sentence types

Declarative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋 ldquo(I) do not eat meatrdquoInterrogative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㔋₢f ldquoDonrsquot (you) eat meatrdquoImperative ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃㔲㡺 (X)Propositive ἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㦒㕃 (X)

Declarative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿 ldquo(I) cannot drink coffeerdquoInterrogative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿₢f ldquoCanrsquot (you) drink coffeerdquoImperative 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞿㔲 (X)Propositive 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䞮㕃㔲㡺 (X)

9780415774871_ 18indd 1449780415774871_18indd 144 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 145

To change the long form negation into the past one needs to add the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 to the negative auxiliary verbs 㞠 or ⴑG䞮

㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoSusan did not eat meatrdquo㑮㧪㧊Gἶ₆Gⲏ㰖Gⴑ䟞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan could not eat meatrdquo

The negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ

For imperative and propositive sentences the negative auxiliary verb Ⱖ is used instead

[stem + 㰖GⰦ]G㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquo or ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot see that movierdquoG㡗䢪G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not see that movierdquo

䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

ⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquo or ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺G ldquoDonrsquot eat spicy foodrdquoⰺ㤊G㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat spicy foodrdquo

㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo or ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink winerdquo㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink winerdquo

Notice that the stem Ⱖ changes to Ⱎ (as in Ⱎ㕃㔲㡺) and to (as in 㔲) This is due to the fact that Ⱖ is a ඥ irregular verb In ඥ-irregular the stem loses ඥ when the stem is followed by one of the following consonants ච ථ and න The verb Ⱖ is a ඥ-irregular Con-sequently the stem Ⱖ loses ඥ as it is conjugated with the deferential imperative ending -㕃㔲㡺 and -㕃㔲 (since the ending begins with න) The other ඥ-irregular verbs include the verbs like ldquoliverdquo 㞢 ldquoknowrdquo ₎ ldquolongrdquo and so on

However with the polite speech level 㠊V㞚㣪 the ඥ of the ඥ-irrregular verb is retained Consider the following examples

TV G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot watch TVrdquo㰧㠦GṖ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ldquoDonrsquot go homerdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1459780415774871_18indd 145 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

146 Unit 18 Negation

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 18 exercises

Ṗ to goῂ shoesỊ to crossto go over₎ roadₖ䂮 kimchi㧶 naplfloor㧒 tomorrow to insert䌖㧊 necktie⧮ song⓼Ợ lately cigarettesὖ library㩚 coin

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰦ䞮 to speakⰺ to wear (a tie)ⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ water to be busy roomⰂ to throw away㤦 hospitallfloor to send to call outto sing㕎 to be expensive䟟₆ airplaneアⰂ to borrow

to buy㑶 liquor㓂 to rest㔳 cafeteria㔶 to wear (shoes)㝆 to useto write㝆⩞₆ garbage㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father

9780415774871_ 18indd 1469780415774871_18indd 146 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 147

㞞ἓ eye-glasses㟓 medicine㠒Ὴ face㡊 to open㟒㺚 vegetables㡺⓮ today㣪Ṗ yoga㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚 driving㦢㔳 food㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㩖 dinnerevening㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒Ⱖ weekend㰲 to be salty㼃䞮 to clean up㿻 to be cold䋂Ợ aloud䋂 to be big䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䕪 to sell䞒㤆 to smoke

Exercise 181

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative 㞞 Then translate the sentence

Example 䎪⩞㩚㦚GOP = 䎪⩞㩚㦚G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not watch TVrdquo

1 ₖ䂮GOP 2 㩖㦚 OⲏP 3 ⶒ㦚GOⰞ㔲P 4 㦚GO㼃䞮P 5 ῂ O㔶P 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦GOP 7 㡺⓮㦖GO㿻P 8 㧊GO䋂P 9 㦢㔳㧊GO㰲P10 㟒㺚ṖGO㕎P

9780415774871_ 18indd 1479780415774871_18indd 147 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

148 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 182

Change the following verb or adjective into the short form negation using the negative ⴑ Then translate the sentence

Example Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪 OP = Ὃ䙂G㡗䢪GⴑG㣪 ldquo(I) cannot see a horror movierdquo

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GOṖP 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚 OアⰂP 3 ₖ䂮GOⲏP 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢 O㩚䢪䞮P 5 㞞ἓ㦚 O㝆P 6 䌖㧊 OⰺP 7 䟟₆ O䌖P 8 㤊㦚 O䞮P 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GO㓂P10 ⶎ㦚 O㡊P

Exercise 183

Answer the following questions with the long form negation

Example 䟚ỆGⲏ㠊㣪f ldquo(Do you) eat hamburgersrdquo = 㞚㡺SGⲏ㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not eat (it)rdquo

1 䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪f ldquo(Do you) learn Koreanrdquo 2 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪f ldquoIs the test difficultrdquo 3 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㧒䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) work over the weekendrdquo 4 ⋶㝾ṖG➆⦑䟊㣪f ldquoIs the weather warmrdquo 5 ṖGἶ䕢㣪f ldquo(Are you) hungry (lit is the stomach empty)rdquo 6 䞒Ἲ䟊㣪f ldquo(Are you) tiredrdquo 7 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) like jazzrdquo 8 䄺䞒GⰞ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) drink coffeerdquo 9 㤆㼊ῃ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) meet (himher) at the post officerdquo10 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㡗䢪G㠊㣪f ldquo(Did you) see the movie over the weekendrdquo

9780415774871_ 18indd 1489780415774871_18indd 148 742008 14026 PM742008 14026 PM

Unit 18 Negation 149

Exercise 184

Make these sentences negative (imperative) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot go to schoolrdquo

1 㝆⩞₆GOⰂP 2 GO䞒㤆P 3 㑶㦚 OⰞ㔲P 4 ₎㦚GOỊP 5 㤊㩚㦚GO䞮P 6 㧶㦚GO㧦P 7 ⧮GOP 8 㠒Ὴ㦚GO㞑P 9 㟓㦚GOⲏP10 䋂ỢGOⰦ䞮P

Exercise 185

Make these sentences negative (propositive) using the deferential speech level ending and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GOṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to schoolrdquo

1 ⓼ỢGO㧒㠊⋮P 2 lfloor㧒GOⰢ⋮P 3 䄺䞒GOⰞ㔲P 4 䘎㰖GOlfloorP 5 㹾GO䕪P 6 㢍㦚GOP 7 㩚㦚GOP 8 㤦㠦GOṖP 9 㣪ṖGO䞮P10 䞯ᾦG㔳G㦢㔳㦚GOⲏP

9780415774871_ 18indd 1499780415774871_18indd 149 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

150 Unit 18 Negation

Exercise 186

Underline the correct translation of the sentence

Example ldquo(I) donrsquot eat breakfastrdquo = 㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪VG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖G㔲GVG㞚䂾㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰦ㞚㣪

1 ldquo(I) do not know the namerdquoG 㧊㦚 㞞 㞢㞚㣪 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪G 㧊㦚G㞢㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe coffee is tastelessrdquo 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞞 ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪3 ldquoThere is no bookrdquo 㺛㧊 㠜㠊㣪 㺛㧊G㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㺛㧊G㞞G㧞㠊㣪4 ldquo(We) did not meet the fatherrdquo 㞚㰖 Ⱒ⋮㰖 ⴑ 䟞㠊㣪 㞚㰖GⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪

5 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ ⴑ 㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㰖GⰦ㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 㹾 䕪㰖 㔲 㹾G䕪㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 㹾G㞞G䕪㞚㣪

Exercise 187

One of three Korean translations is wrong Underline the incorrect translation

Example ldquo(I) can not drink coffeerdquoG 䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㣪VG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖GⴑG䟊㣪VG䄺䞒GⴑGⰞ㕃㔲㡺U

1 ldquo(I) do not studyrdquoG 㞞GὋ䟊㣪VGὋG㞞G䟊㣪VGὋ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪2 ldquoThe weather is not coldrdquo ⋶㝾Ṗ 㿻㰖 㞠㞚㣪 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 ldquoDo not see the movierdquoG 㡗䢪G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺VG㡗䢪G㰖GⰦ㞚㣪VG㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪U4 ldquo(We) did not swim yesterdayrdquo 㠊㩲 㑮㡗 㞞 䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪 㠊㩲G㑮㡗G䞮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪5 ldquoThe room is not cleanrdquo 㧊 ₾⊭䞮㰖 㞠㞚㣪 㧊G㞞G₾⊭䟊㣪G 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 ldquoDonrsquot (you) go homerdquo 㰧㠦 㞞 Ṗ㣪f 㰧㠦GṖ㰖G㞠㞚㣪f 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪f

9780415774871_ 18indd 1509780415774871_18indd 150 742008 14027 PM742008 14027 PM

UNIT 19Irregular verbs

Korean predicates (eg verbs and adjectives) are either regular or irregular The regularity of a predicate depends on whether the stem of the predicate is subject to variation The predicates whose stem do not change regardless of the sound of the following suffix are called regular predicates On the other hand those predicates whose stems are subject to variation depend-ing on the sound of the following suffix are called irregular predicates This unit introduces seven irregular predicates ඣ-irregular ථ-irregular ඥ-irregular 㦒-irregular -irregular ය-irregular and න-irregular

ඣ-irregular

Some verbs whose stem end with ඣare irregular For instance consider the verb ⶑ ඣ of the stem ⶑ changes to ඥ when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ⶑ ldquoaskrdquo ⶑ㔋 ⶒ㠊㣪

Here are more examples of ඣ-irregulars

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ọ ldquowalkrdquo ọ㔋 Ỏ㠊㣪₾ ldquorealizerdquo ₾㔋 ₾㞚㣪 ldquolistenrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㔹 ldquoloadrdquo 㔹㔋 㔺㠊㣪

Meanwhile not all verbs that end with ඣ are irregular The following are examples of regular predicates

9780415774871_ 19indd 1519780415774871_19indd 151 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

152 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquocloserdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquoreceiverdquo 㔋 㞚㣪 ldquobelieverdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㠑 ldquogainrdquo 㠑㔋 㠑㠊㣪

Notice that these ඣ-ending verbs conjugate regularly The stems of these regular predicates do not undergo any change whether the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel or a consonant

ථ-irregular

The ථ-irregular predicates are subject to the following variation ථ changes to either 㤆 or 㡺 (for a few predicates) when the ensuing suffix begins with a vowel For instance consider how 㿻 ldquocoldrdquo is conjugated 㿻 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪 = 㿪㤢㣪 Here are more examples

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ΐ ldquoroastrdquo ΐ㔋 ῂ㤢㣪 Oῂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⑫ ldquolie downrdquo ⑫㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohelprdquo 㔋 㢖㣪 O㡺 + 㞚㣪P㭣 ldquopick uprdquo 㭣㔋 㭒㤢㣪 O㭒㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Ṗ ldquolightrdquo Ṗ㔋 Ṗ㤢㣪 OṖ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pἶ ldquothankfulrdquo ἶ㔋 ἶⰞ㤢㣪 OἶⰞ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquoprettyrdquo 㔋 ἶ㢖㣪 Oἶ㡺G+ 㞚㣪PⰓ ldquolonged-forrdquo Ⱃ㔋 Ⰲ㤢㣪 OⰂ㤆 + 㠊㣪P⩓ ldquodirtyrdquo ⩓㔋 ⩂㤢㣪 O⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohotrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⪋ ldquoscaryrdquo ⪋㔋 ⩺㤢㣪 O⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P⥾ỗ ldquoheatedrdquo ⥾ỗ㔋 ⥾Ệ㤢㣪 O⥾Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⱋ ldquospicyrdquo ⱋ㔋 ⰺ㤢㣪 Oⰺ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊỗ ldquoheavyrdquo ⶊỗ㔋 ⶊỆ㤢㣪 OⶊỆ㤆 + 㠊㣪Pⶊ ldquofearfulrdquo ⶊ㔋 ⶊ㤢㣪 Oⶊ㤆 + 㠊㣪P ldquohatefulrdquo 㔋 㤢㣪 O㤆 + 㠊㣪P⧧㓺⩓ ldquolovelyrdquo ⧧㓺⩓㔋 ⧧㓺⩂㤢㣪 O⧧㓺⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㓓 ldquoeasyrdquo 㓓㔋 㓂㤢㣪 O㓂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㕇ỗ ldquotastelessrdquo 㕇ỗ㔋 㕇Ệ㤢㣪 O㕇Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊 ldquodarkrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㤢㣪 O㠊㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊⪋ ldquodifficultrdquo 㠊⪋㔋 㠊⩺㤢㣪 O㠊⩺㤆 + 㠊㣪P㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚㔋 㞚㤢㣪 O㞚㤆 + 㠊㣪P㠊㰖⩓ ldquodizzyrdquo 㠊㰖⩓㔋 㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 O㠊㰖⩂㤆 + 㠊㣪P㯦ỗ ldquodelightfulrdquo 㯦ỗ㔋 㯦Ệ㤢㣪 O㯦Ệ㤆 + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1529780415774871_19indd 152 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 153

㹾ṧ ldquocoldrdquo 㹾ṧ㔋 㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 O㹾Ṗ㤆 + 㠊㣪P㿻 ldquocoldrdquo 㿻㔋 㿪㤢㣪 O㿪㤆 + 㠊㣪P

Not all predicates that end with ථ are irregular The followings are regular ථ-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪ㆧ ldquoextractrdquo ㆧ㔋 ㆧ㞚㣪㞏 ldquochewrdquo 㞏㔋 㞏㠊㣪㠛 ldquocarry (on the back)rdquo 㠛㔋 㠛㠊㣪㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㔋 㧛㠊㣪㧷 ldquocatchrdquo 㧷㔋 㧷㞚㣪㩧 ldquofoldrdquo 㩧㔋 㩧㠊㣪㫗 ldquonarrowrdquo 㫗㔋 㫗㞚㣪㰧 ldquopick uprdquo 㰧㔋 㰧㠊㣪

න-irregular

Some verbs that end with න are subject to the following irregular con-jugation න of the stem gets deleted when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel Examples of න-irregular verbs are as follows

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquodrawrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoget betterrdquo 㔋 ⋮㞚㣪 ldquoswellrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪㧝 ldquoconnectrdquo 㧝㔋 㧊㠊㣪㩩 ldquostirrdquo 㩩㔋 㩖㠊㣪㰩 ldquobuildrdquo 㰩㔋 㰖㠊㣪

Not all predicates that end with න are irregular The following are regular න-ending predicates

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquotake offrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪キ ldquocombrdquo キ㔋 キ㠊㣪ヒ㞭 ldquotake (by force)rdquo ヒ㞭㔋 ヒ㞭㞚㣪㞑 ldquowashrdquo 㞑㔋 㞑㠊㣪㤙 ldquolaughrdquo 㤙㔋 㤙㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1539780415774871_19indd 153 742008 14045 PM742008 14045 PM

154 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

ය-irregular

Some predicates that end with ය are subject to the following irregular conjugation ය of the stem drops out when followed by a suffix that begins with a vowel A number of color-related adjectives as well as demonstr-atives fall into this group of irregular predicates as shown below

-㔋 -㠊V㞚㣪₢ⰹ ldquoblackrdquo ₢ⰹ㔋 ₢ⰺ㣪⧭ ldquoyellowrdquo ⧭㔋 ⧮㣪ゾṱ ldquoredrdquo ゾṱ㔋 ゾṲ㣪䕢⧭ ldquobluerdquo 䕢⧭㔋 䕢⧮㣪䞮㟭 ldquowhiterdquo 䞮㟭㔋 䞮㟮㣪

⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo ⩝㔋 ⧮㣪㠊 ldquobe howrdquo 㠊㔋 㠊㣪㧊⩝ ldquobe this wayrdquo 㧊⩝㔋 㧊⧮㣪㩖⩝ ldquobe that wayrdquo 㩖⩝㔋 㩖⧮㣪

Regular ය-ending predicates include the following

ldquoinsertrdquo 㔋 㠊㣪 ldquoplacerdquo 㔋 㞚㣪㫡 ldquogoodrdquo 㫡㔋 㫡㞚㣪

-irregular

Most Korean predicates that end with conjugate irregularly of the stem drops out and a consonant ඥ is added when followed by a suffix that begins either 㠊 or 㞚 For instance consider the verb Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Notice that of the stem is deleted but a consonant ඥ is inserted when followed by polite speech level ending -㞚㣪

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪Ṗ Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 OṖ + 㞚㣪 = ṞGඥ + 㞚㣪 = Ṟ⧒㣪P

Here are more examples

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪ἶ ldquochooserdquo ἶ Ἶ⧒㣪ῂ ldquoroll (over)rdquo ῂ Ὴ⩂㣪₆ ldquofosterrdquo ₆ ₎⩂㣪⋮ ldquocarryrdquo ⋮ ⋶⧒㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1549780415774871_19indd 154 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 155

ldquopressrdquo ③⩂㣪 ldquoput aroundrdquo ⩂㣪Ⱎ ldquodry (up)rdquo Ⱎ Ⱖ⧒㣪 ldquodo not knowrdquo ⴆ⧒㣪 ldquopasterdquo ⧒㣪 ldquosingcall outrdquo ⩂㣪㞴㰖 ldquoget ahead ofrdquo 㞴㰖 㞴㰞⩂㣪㠊㰖 ldquodisarrangerdquo 㠊㰖 㠊㰞⩂㣪㠤㰖 ldquospillrdquo 㠤㰖 㠤㰞⩂㣪㡺 ldquogo uprdquo 㡺 㢂⧒㣪㧦 ldquocut (off)rdquo 㧦 㧮⧒㣪㹢 ldquopiercerdquo 㹢 㹪⩂㣪䦦 ldquoflowrdquo 䦦 䦮⩂㣪

Ợ㦒 ldquolazyrdquo Ợ㦒 Ợ㦚⩂㣪 ldquodifferentrdquo ⧒㣪 ldquofullrdquo ⩂㣪ザ ldquofastrdquo ザ ゾ⧒㣪䒂 ldquounskillfulrdquo 䒂 䒊⩂㣪

It must be noted that the irregular conjugation of -irregular happens only after two vowels 㠊 and 㞚 but not with other vowels

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -㦒₢ -ඥ⧮㣪Ṗ ldquodividerdquo Ṗ Ṟ⧒㣪 Ṗ₢ Ṗ⧮㣪

Not all predicates that end with are subject to this irregular conjugation The following few -ending predicates are regular

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 ldquoarrive atrdquo ⧒㣪➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪䂮 ldquopay offrdquo 䂮 䂮⩂㣪

ඥ-irregular

All Korean predicates that end in ඥ are subject to the following irregular conjugation ඥ drops out when the following suffix begins with one of ච ථ and න

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪 -⓪ -㣪Ṟ ldquogrindrdquo ṧ Ṟ㞚㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪Ỏ ldquohangrdquo ỗ Ỏ㠊㣪 Ệ⓪ Ệ㣪

9780415774871_ 19indd 1559780415774871_19indd 155 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

156 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

⋶ ldquoflyrdquo ⋿ ⋶㞚㣪 ⋮⓪ ⋮㣪 ldquoplayrdquo ⏟ 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquohang (up)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoturn (around)rdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪⟶ ldquomake a noiserdquo ⟶ ⟶㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪⟾ ldquotremblerdquo ⟾㠊㣪 ⟶⓪ ⟶㣪Ⱒ ldquomakerdquo Ⱒ Ⱒ㠊㣪 Ⱒ⓪ Ⱒ㣪Ⱖ ldquoroll uprdquo Ⱖ㞚㣪 Ⱎ⓪ Ⱎ㣪ⶒ ldquobite (at)rdquo ⶒ㠊㣪 ⶊ⓪ ⶊ㣪 ldquopushrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoearnrdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoblow (up)rdquo 㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪ア ldquobegrdquo カ ア㠊㣪 ⓪ 㣪 ldquoliverdquo 㞚㣪 ⓪ 㣪㝎 ldquosweeprdquo 㝗 㝎㠊㣪 㝆⓪ 㝆㣪㞢 ldquoknowrdquo 㞫 㞢㞚㣪 㞚⓪ 㞚㣪㠒 ldquofreezerdquo 㠛 㠒㠊㣪 㠊⓪ 㠊㣪㡊 ldquoopenrdquo 㡓 㡊㠊㣪 㡂⓪ 㡂㣪㤎 ldquocryrdquo 㤗 㤎㠊㣪 㤆⓪ 㤆㣪䎎 ldquoshake offrdquo 䎗 䎎㠊㣪 䎆⓪ 䎆㣪䕪 ldquosellrdquo 䕳 䕪㞚㣪 䕢⓪ 䕢㣪䛖 ldquountierdquo 䛟 䛖㠊㣪 䛎⓪ 䛎㣪䠦 ldquodestroyrdquo 䠯 䠦㠊㣪 䠞⓪ 䠞㣪䦪 ldquoshakerdquo 䦪 䦪㠊㣪 䦪⓪ 䦪㣪

₎ ldquolongrdquo ₗ ₎㠊㣪 ₊ ₆㣪Ṗ⓮ ldquothinrdquo Ṗ⓷ Ṗ⓮㠊㣪 Ṗ⓪ Ṗ㣪 ldquosweetrdquo 㞚㣪 ndashⲖ ldquofarrdquo ⲟ Ⲗ㠊㣪 Ⲓ ndash㰞 ldquowateryrdquo 㰧 㰞㠊㣪 㰚 ndash

㦒 irregular

All Korean predicates that ends with the vowel 㦒 are subject to the following irregular conjugation the vowel 㦒 of the stem drops out when the following suffix begins with a vowel

-ථ -㠊V㞚㣪⊚ ldquoput offrdquo ⊫ ℒ㣪 Oඞ + 㠊㣪P ldquosoak (in)rdquo   Ṗ㣪 Oඝ + 㞚㣪P➆ ldquofollowrdquo ➆ ➆⧒㣪 O➆Gඥ + 㞚㣪P⥾ ldquofloatrdquo ⦏ ⟶㣪 Oඤ + 㠊㣪P㝆 ldquowrite userdquo 㝗 㖾㣪 O + 㠊㣪P

9780415774871_ 19indd 1569780415774871_19indd 156 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 157

ἶ䝚 ldquohungryrdquo ἶ䝫 ἶ䕢㣪 OἶGඹ + 㞚㣪P₆ ldquohappyrdquo ₆㊿ ₆ㄦ㣪 O₆Gද + 㠊㣪P⋮ ldquobadrdquo ⋮㊿ ⋮ザ㣪 O⋮Gද + 㞚㣪P ldquobusyrdquo ㊿ ザ㣪 OGද + 㞚㣪P㔂䝚 ldquosadrdquo 㔂䝫 㔂䗒㣪 O㔂Gඹ + 㠊㣪P㞚䝚 ldquosickrdquo 㞚䝫 㞚䕢㣪 O㞚Gඹ + 㞚㣪P㡞 ldquoprettyrdquo 㡞㊿ 㡞ㄦ㣪 O㡞Gද + 㠊㣪P䋂 ldquobigrdquo 䋓 䄺㣪 Oභ + 㠊㣪P

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 19 exercises

Ṗ bagṫ㞚㰖 puppyỊⶒ buildingἶ₆ meatὋ ballὋ㺛 notebook₆ feelingmood₎ roadtrade gum flower vase

⧮ song money㧦 hatcap throatⶒ water⧢ wind stomachship mountain color teacher

㠊Ⲏ mother㠒Ὴ face㧊㟒₆ story㧦㹾 car㭚 line㰦 loadburden㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䞮⓮ sky

9780415774871_ 19indd 1579780415774871_19indd 157 742008 14046 PM742008 14046 PM

158 Unit 19 Irregular verbs

Exercise 191

Change the dictionary form into the deferential speech level Then trans-late the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦Gṧ ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䞲䎢 OⶑP 2 ἶ₆ OΐP 3 㺛㧊 OⶊỗP 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚 OP 5 䞮⓮㧊 O䕢⧭P 6 ṫ㞚㰖 O₆P 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆 OⰢP 8 㤎㠦 OP 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦 O⥾P10 Ṗ Oἶ䝚P

Exercise 192

Change the dictionary form into the polite speech level Then translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to schoolrdquo

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚 OọP 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚 OP 3 Ṗ㧊 OṖP 4 trade㦚 O㞏P 5 Ịⶒ㦚 O㰩P 6 䆪䔎 OP 7 㠒Ὴ㧊 O₢ⰹP 8 㰦㦚 O⋮P 9 䄺䞒 O䕪P10 㑮㧪㧊 OP

9780415774871_ 19indd 1589780415774871_19indd 158 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

Unit 19 Irregular verbs 159

Exercise 193

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo =

1 䞲ῃG⧮G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) listen to Korean songsrdquo 2 䡫㦮G㧊㟒₆G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) believe (my) older brotherrsquos storyrdquo 3 䄺䞒ṖG㹾Ṗ㤢㣪 ldquoThe coffee is coldrdquo 4 㧊G㞚㤢㣪 ldquoThe mountain is beautifulrdquo 5 Ὃ㺛㠦G㭚㦚G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) draw a line on the notebookrdquo 6 㧦㹾G㧊G䞮㟮㣪 ldquoThe carrsquos color is whiterdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㠦G⪲㦚G⧒㣪U ldquo(I) apply the lotion to my facerdquo 8 ⧢㧊G ldquoThe wind blowsrdquo 9 ❪㧦㧎㧊G㡞ㄦ㣪 ldquoThe design is prettyrdquo10 㧊G㞚䕢㣪 ldquoThe throat is sourrdquo

Exercise 194

Each Korean sentence has an incorrect verb conjugation Make a correc-tion as needed

Example 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋㠊㣪 ldquoThe test is hardrdquo = 㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤢㣪

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔹㠊㣪U ldquo(I) load the bag into the trunkrdquo 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩓㠊㣪 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⱋ㤢㣪 ldquoKimchi is spicyrdquo 4 㧊G㠊㠊㣪 ldquoThe room is darkrdquo 5 㧊G㞚㣪 ldquoThe illness is healedrdquo 6 㧦G㧊G⧭㣪 ldquoThe hatrsquos color is yellowrdquo 7 ⧮G⩂㣪U ldquo(I) sing a songrdquo 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦GⲖ㔋 ldquoThe airport is far from the homerdquo 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦GỎ㔋 ldquoAs for the coat (I) hang it on the wallrdquo10 㣪㯮G㞚㣪U ldquo(I) am busy nowadaysrdquo

9780415774871_ 19indd 1599780415774871_19indd 159 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

9780415774871_ 19indd 1609780415774871_19indd 160 742008 14047 PM742008 14047 PM

UNIT 20Expressing desire -ἶG㕌 -ko siprsquota and progressive form -ἶG㧞 -ko itta

Expressing desire -ἶG㕌G

In English verbs such as ldquowantrdquo and ldquowishrdquo are used to express onersquos desire as in ldquoI want to sleeprdquo or ldquoI wish to buy itrdquo In Korean -ἶG㕌 consisting of a connector -ἶ and the auxiliary adjective 㕌 is used to express the first personrsquos desire or wish

䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to learn Koreanrdquo㞷G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to see an action movierdquo䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Korean foodrdquo❪㰖䌞G䃊Ⲫ⧒GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to buy a digital camerardquo㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wish to meet the professorrdquo

Since one cannot speak for the second personrsquos desire -ἶG㕌 cannot be used for a second person statement However it can be used for second person questions

ⶊ㓾G 㡗䢪G ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie do (you) want to seerdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhere do (you) like to gordquoⶊ㓾G 㤊㦚G 䞮ἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of sport do (you) like to playrdquo㠊⟺G㦮G㞞ἓ㦚G㝆ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat color of glasses do (you) like to wearrdquo㧊G 㭒Ⱖ㠦G ⶦG ⲏἶG 㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat do (you) want to eat this weekendrdquo

To indicate the third personrsquos wish in both statements and questions -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 is used

㑮㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSuzie wants to go to Koreardquo㞺ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAndrew wants to eat spaghettirdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1619780415774871_20indd 161 742008 14008 PM742008 14008 PM

162 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

㩲䗒ṖG㰧㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes Jennifer want to go homerdquo㫊㧊G䞲ῃG㡗䢪GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪f ldquoDoes John want to see a Korean movierdquo

To express past tense the past tense marker is added to the stem of the auxiliary adjective 㕌

㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to read a bookrdquo䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to go to Koreardquo㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wanted to rest at homerdquoⰺ䓲ṖG㓺䋺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoMatthew wanted to skirdquo䃦䕆ṖG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚GⲏἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoCathy wanted to eat Chinese foodrdquo

Notice that the sentences above all have the past tense marker 㠞 attached to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠞㠊㣪) or 㕌㠊䞮 (as in 㕌㠊䞮 + 㠞 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪)

To express the honorific meaning the honorific suffix -(㦒)㔲 is added to the stem of 㕌 (as in 㕌 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪 = 㕌㦒㣪)

ⶊ㠝㦚GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat would (you) like to drinkrdquo㠊❪㠦GṖἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhere would (you) like to gordquo㠊G㹾GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhich car would (you) like to buyrdquoⶊ㓾G㡗䢪GἶG㕌㦒㣪f ldquoWhat kind of movie would (you) like to seerdquo

One thing to remember is that -ἶG㕌 and -ἶG㕌㠊䞮 do not take the copula 㧊 ldquoberdquo For saying ldquo(I) want to be a teacherrdquo the verb ldquobecomerdquo is used instead as in 㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 A sentence like 㧊G㧊ἶG㕌㠊㣪 is ungrammatical This contrasts with English since sentences like ldquoI want to be a teacherrdquo and ldquoI want to become a teacherrdquo are both possible

㩖⓪G 㠪㰖㠊ṖG ἶG 㕌㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) want to become an engineerrdquo㩖⓪G 䢎ṖG ἶG 㕌㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for me (I) wanted to become a lawyerrdquo㑮㧪㦖G㧊GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAs for Susan (she) wants to become a teacherrdquo䞒䎆⓪G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Peter (he) wanted to become a doctorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1629780415774871_20indd 162 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 163

Progressive form -ἶG㧞

The progressive form is used to express an action in progress The English progressive form takes a copula (ldquoamrdquo ldquoisrdquo and ldquoarerdquo) and a verb with ldquo-ingrdquo as in ldquoJohn is sleepingrdquo The Korean progressive form takes -ἶG㧞 For instance consider the following sentences

䞒䎆ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoPeter is learning KoreanrdquoⰺⰊⰆ㧊G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoMarilyn is eating a pizzardquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThomas is seeing a movierdquo㑮㧪㧊G tjh㠦G 㤊䞮ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan is exercising at the YMCArdquo

To express a past action that was in progress the past tense marker 㠞V㞮 is added to the stem of 㧞 as in 㺛㦚G㧓ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) was reading a bookrdquo Here are more examples

䎢⩢㓺ṖG㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoTerrence was teaching Englishrdquo㩲㔲䃊ṖG⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJessica was singing a songrdquo㺆㓺ṖG⧒❪㡺GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoCharles was listening to the radiordquo㧊㧊GỆ㔺㠦G㧦ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSusan was sleeping in the living roomrdquo

To express respect to the subject the verb Ἒ㔲 O-ἶGἚ㣪P is used instead of 㧞 O-ἶG㧞㠊㣪P

ᾦ㑮㧊G㩚䢪G䞮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe professor is making a phone callrdquo㧻㧊G㦚GⰢ⋮ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe president is meeting the guestrdquo㠊ⲎṖG䅖㧊䋂GⰢἶGἚ㣪 ldquoMother is making a cakerdquoὒ㧻㧊G㦚G㞑ἶGἚ㣪 ldquoThe section chief is washing his handsrdquo

To negate a progressive form one can use either a short form negation or a long form negation For example ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are opening the store doorrdquo can be negated both in the short and long form

short form negation [㞞VGⴑ + predicate]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㞞G㡊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

long form negation [stem + 㰖G㞠V㰖GⴑG䞮]ṖỢGⶎ㦚G㡊ἶG㧞㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquo(They) are not opening the store doorrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1639780415774871_20indd 163 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

164 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 20 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ䂮 to teach₆Ⰲ to waitᾦ㑮 professor⊠lfloor to finish⊩㧊 to boil⋮Ṗ to go out⧮ song to play to attend䞯ᾦ universitycollege money to help to become to listen

Ⱎ㔲 to drinkⰢ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⰦ䞮 to speakto talk㦒 to collectto saveⶒ water to believe㰖 pants outside to receive㤆 to learn to take off to earn㤦 hospital to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail outアⰂ to borrow

to make (friends) to buy⧢ personpeople to live hand

9780415774871_ 20indd 1649780415774871_20indd 164 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 165

㓂 to rest㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㠒Ὴ face㡗㠊 English㤆㼊ῃ post office㤊 sportexercise㤊㩚䞮 to drive㦢㔳 food㦮ἂ opinion㦮 medical doctor㧒 work㧛 to wear (clothes)

㧦 to sleep㧦㹾 car㰧 house㺛 book䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䘎㰖 letter䞮 to do䞲ῃ Korea䞶Ⲏ grandmother

Exercise 201

Change each sentence with -ἶG㕌 and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦 OṖP = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to schoolrdquo

1 㧒㦚 O⊳lfloorP 2 㠦 O⋮ṖP 3 㡗㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 㦚GOP 5 㤦㠦 OṖP 6 ˈhˉ OP 7 䂲ῂGOP 8 㰧㠦 O㓂P 9 㤊㦚 O䞮P10 㓺 O䌖P

9780415774871_ 20indd 1659780415774871_20indd 165 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

166 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

Exercise 202

Using the words supplied below construct a sentence (eg the third personrsquos desire) Then translate the sentence as shown in the example

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGὒGⲏἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoThomas wants to eat an applerdquo

1 ⰞⰂ㞚SG䞯ᾦSG 2 㓺䕆てSG㦮SG 3 㞢⩟㓺SG䞶ⲎSGⰢ⋮ 4 ⰂSG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺SGⰞ㔲 5 ⪲⧒SG䆪䔎SG 6 㧊キSG㧦㹾SG 7 䆲⧒㓺SGSG㦒 8 ⩞㧊㼒SG䂲ῂSG 9 㫆SG䂲ῂGⰦSG10 ⬾㧊㓺SG䞲ῃ㠊SG㤆

Exercise 203

Translate the following sentences into Korean using -ἶG 㕌 or -ἶG㕌㠊䞮

Example ldquo(I) want to eat pizzardquo = 䞒㧦GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪

1 ldquo(I) want to wash my handsrdquo 2 ldquo(I) want to listen to the Korean songrdquo 3 ldquo(I) want to live in Seoulrdquo 4 ldquo(I) wanted to receive lsquoArsquo rdquo 5 ldquo(I) wanted to speak in Koreanrdquo 6 ldquo(He) wants to ride a taxirdquo 7 ldquo(He) wanted to borrow a bookrdquo 8 ldquo(She) wants to restrdquo 9 ldquo(She) wanted to order the steakrdquo10 ldquo(They) want to sing Korean songsrdquo

9780415774871_ 20indd 1669780415774871_20indd 166 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form 167

Exercise 204

Change the verb into the progressive form and translate the sentence

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䟊㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GὋ䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am studying at schoolrdquo

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G㰧㠦G㧦㣪 2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G㼦㣪 3 䂲ῂG㧦㹾G㤊㩚䟊㣪 4 㠢㠦G㦢㔳㦚GⰢ㠊㣪 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㡂㣪 6 㞚㰖G₆⩺㣪 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㞚㣪 8 㠦G㞚㣪 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪10 㰖G㧛㠊㣪

Exercise 205

Underline which of the Korean translations matches the English sentence

Example ldquoMother is making cookiesrdquoG 㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢ㠊㣪VG㠊ⲎṖG䈶䋺GⰢἶGἚ㣪

1 ldquoErica is meeting John at the libraryrdquoG 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪G VG㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

2 ldquoBrian is making a phone call to the professorrdquoG ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪VGぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪

3 ldquoMegan is selecting a dress at the department storerdquoG ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪VGⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

4 ldquoAaron is seeing a movie with KimberlyrdquoG 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪G㣪VG㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪

5 ldquo(I) am eating pizza at Danielrsquos homerdquoG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG Ἒ㣪VG 㠮G 㰧㠦G 䞒㧦G ⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪

6 ldquo(I) was drinking coffee with (my) older brotherrdquoG 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1679780415774871_20indd 167 742008 14009 PM742008 14009 PM

168 Unit 20 Expressing desire and progressive form

7 ldquoOur team is winningrdquoG 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪VG㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 8 ldquo(We) were singing at KaraokerdquoG Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠊㣪VGṖ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪

9 ldquoGrandfather is joggingrdquoG 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪VG䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪10 ldquoFather is working at the companyrdquoG 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䟊㣪VG㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_ 20indd 1689780415774871_20indd 168 742008 14010 PM742008 14010 PM

UNIT 21The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 -(0)l k9yeyo and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f -(0)l kkayo

Probable future -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In English future tense is marked by ldquowillrdquo or the ldquobe going tordquo pattern as in ldquoI will go to Chicagordquo or ldquoI am going to eat pizza tonightrdquo In Korean the most common way to express a future event is to use the probable future ending -(㦒)ඥGỆ㡞㣪 One must remember however that this end-ing does not express future but probable future In Korean an event that will surely happen in the future is expressed by the present tense with a time adverb Consider the following three sentences

䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Koreardquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) go to Korea tomorrowrdquolfloor㧒G䞲ῃ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to Korea tomorrowrdquo

Notice that the first and the second sentences have the present tense However the second sentence differs from the first sentence in that it expresses the future event with the time adverb lfloor㧒 ldquotomorrowrdquo The third sentence uses the probable future ending -O㦒P ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 Notice that the possibility that the future event (eg going to Korea) will occur in the future is less certain in the third sentence when compared to the second sentence In other words -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 indicates ldquoa probable future eventrdquo rather than ldquoa definite future eventrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 ending consists of three elements -O㦒Pඥ + Ệ + 㡞㣪 The prospective modifier ldquo-O㦒Pඥrdquo indicates ldquofuturerdquo or ldquouncer-taintyrdquo The bound noun Ệ is a colloquial form of ộ ldquothingrdquo or ldquofactrdquo The ending 㡞㣪 is the polite speech level ending of the copular 㧊

-O㦒Pඥ Ệ㡞㣪 is a three-form ending -㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a consonant (as in ⲏ㦚 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill eatrdquo) and -ඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used for the verb andor adjective stem that ends in a vowel (as in 㤎 Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill learnrdquo) For the ඥ-irregular verbs -Ệ㡞㣪 is used (as in Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill liverdquo)

9780415774871_ 21indd 1699780415774871_21indd 169 742008 13910 PM742008 13910 PM

170 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

A stem ending in a consonant㓺䕢Ợ䕆Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) eat spaghettirdquo㡺⓮GG䞲ῃ㦒⪲G⟶⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) leave for Korea tonightrdquolfloor㧒G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) receive money tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a vowel䆪❪G㡗䢪GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) see a comedy movierdquo㧒㦚G㧒㹣GⰞ䂶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) end (my) work earlyrdquolfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) get up early tomorrowrdquo

A stem ending in a ඥ-irregular㞚䕢䔎㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) live in an apartmentrdquo䅖㧊䋂GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) make cakesrdquo䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep at a friendrsquos houserdquo

The English ldquowillrdquo can sometimes indicate a speakerrsquos intention in addi-tion to the future event as in ldquoI will study hardrdquo In a similar manner -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can also indicate the intention of the speaker in addition to the future probability depending on the context This is particularly true when the subject of the sentence is the first person Consider the following examples

㩖Glfloor㧒G䞯ᾦ㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquoI will also go to school tomorrowrdquoⰺ㧒G㤊G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will exercise everydayrdquoↃG㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSurely (I) will receive the moneyrdquo

When the subject is not the first or second person the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪Gending can indicate the speakerrsquos conjecture Consider the following examples

lfloor㧒㦖G㧊G㢂GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) snow may fallrdquo㑮㧪㦖G 㡺⓮G G ㊶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Susan (she) may be busy tonightrdquo䞲ῃ㦖G㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) as for Korea (it) may be hotrdquo㔲䠮㧊G㠊⩺㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the test may be difficultrdquo㰧GṨ㧊G㕖GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I guess) the housing price may be expensiverdquo

When -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is used with the copula 㧊 the ending indicates a probable present For instance consider the following sentences

㠦Ⰶ㦖G䞲ῃ⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoErin is probably a KoreanrdquoG㹾ṖG㑮㧪GỆ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThat car is probably Susanrsquosrdquo㹿㰖ṖG㔲䃊ἶ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoThe destination is probably Chicagordquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1709780415774871_21indd 170 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 171

Indicating a wondering mindset andor asking someonersquos opinion -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢f ending is used to indicate a speakerrsquos wondering mindset andor to seek the listenerrsquos opinion To make the ending polite one can add 㣪 to the ending as in -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f The ending -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is a three form verb ending -㦚₢㣪f is used with the stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚₢㣪f and ඥ₢f is used with the stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ₢㣪f With the ඥ-irregular predicates -₢㣪f is used as in 㞢₢㣪f

When the speaker is (or part of) the subject the -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f end-ing expresses the speakerrsquos wondering mindset Consider the following sentences

㧊G㭒Ⱖ㠦G㠊❪⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder where (Iwe) should go this weekendrdquo㠊G 㧻㠦G ₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which theatre (Iwe) should see (it)rdquo

㩖㦖Gⶊ㠝㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) shall eatrdquo㠎㩲G㸺G䘎㰖G㦚₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder about when (Iwe) should receive the letterrdquo

㩖㦖GⶮGⰢ₢㣪f ldquoAs for dinner (I) wonder what (Iwe) should makerdquo㠊G㔶䢎㠦G₢㣪f ldquo(I) wonder at which traffic light (Iwe) should make a turnrdquo

Notice that the speaker is the subject of the sentence in the above ex-amples When the subject of the sentence is a third person the -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 ending is used to seek the listenerrsquos opinion Consider the following sentences

㑮㧪㧊G㠊G䞯㦚GṞ₢㣪f ldquoWhich university do you think Susan will gofrdquo㧊G㰖⓪GⶊG㕖₢㣪f ldquoAs for this ring do you think (it) will be too expensivefrdquo

ⶊ㠮㧊G 㰧㠦G 㧞㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Samuel will be at homerdquo㩲㧊㟒₆G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that (he) will believe my storyfrdquo

㫊㧊G㠊❪G₢㣪f ldquoWhere do you think John will liverdquo䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖGṖỢG㡊₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Thomas will open the storefrdquo

9780415774871_ 21indd 1719780415774871_21indd 171 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

172 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

The -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f ending can be used for the past tense as well Consider the following sentences

䙊㧊GἆῃG㹾G㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Paul finally bought the carrdquo㞺ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㞚㢪㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo you think that Andrew returned from Koreardquo

The repeated use of -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪fGcan be used to express alternative ques-tions For instance consider the following sentences

䞲ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪fG㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚Gⲏ㦚₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) eat Korean food or Chinese foodrdquo䆪❪G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪fG ⪲ⰾ䕇G 㡗䢪G ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) see a comedy or romantic movierdquo㰧㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪fGὖ㦒⪲GṞ₢㣪f ldquoShall (Iwe) go home or to the libraryrdquo

Notice that while the predicate (eg shall (Iwe) eat ) is used only once in English the predicate is repeated in Korean

Meanwhile when -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f is used with other verbs such as 䞮 ldquodordquo and ṗ䞮 ldquothinkrdquo it expresses the speakerrsquos provisional idea regarding what she may do corresponding to ldquoI am thinking of doing somethingrdquo in English Consider the following sentences

㩖G䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢G䟊㣪 ldquoI am also thinking of going to Koreardquo㩖㦚G ]G㔲㠦Gⲏ㦚₢G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of having dinner at 6 orsquoclockrdquo㦢G䞯₆㠦 䞲ῃ㠊G㤎₢Gṗ䟊㣪 ldquo(I) am thinking of learning Korean next semesterrdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 21 exercises

Ṗ to goṖ㑮 singerṖ䂮 to teachṚ䢎 nurseỆⰂ roadstreetὋ䟃 airportⰢ to quit₆㧦 journalist

9780415774871_ 21indd 1729780415774871_21indd 172 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 173

₆㹾 train₾⊭䞮 to be clean⋶㝾 weather to play

㦢 next䞯ᾦ university to be hot (weather) to help to listenⰞ㔲 to drinkⰱ㧞 to be delicious㑮 carpenter to believe to be busy room㤆 actor㤆 to learn䢪㩦 department store to be congested㕎 to be expensive

to buy to live㧒 birthday㞚䂾 morning㟓 pharmacist㢍 clothes㣪Ⰲ䞮 to cook㡺⓮ today㡺 to come㦮 medical doctor㦢㔳 food㧒 work㧒 Japan㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫡㞚䞮 to like㭒 week㰧 house㿫ῂ soccer㿻 to be cold (weather)䂲ῂ friends䌖 to ride

9780415774871_ 21indd 1739780415774871_21indd 173 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

174 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language䡫 older brother䢪㧻䛞 cosmetics䣢㤦 office worker䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy (weather)

Exercise 211

With the words below construct Korean sentences using -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

Example 䏶Ⱎ㓺SGὒSGⲏ = 䏶Ⱎ㓺⓪GὒGⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪

1 㩖SG㟒ῂSG䞮 2 㩖SG䞒㞚SG䂮 3 㤆ⰂSG䌲ῢSG㤆 4 㭚ⰂSG㠦㠊⪲゛SG䞮 5 ⰂSG㧒SG⊳lfloor 6 䌊ⰂSG䞯ᾦG㤊㧻SG⥆ 7 ⧒SG㰧SG㧞 8 㧊キSG䂲ῂSG₆Ⰲ 9 ⪲⩢SGⶒSG⊩㧊10 䙊SGSG㦒

Exercise 212

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence as shown below

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṖ㣪 = 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to schoolrdquo

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌖㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼦㣪 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢ㣪 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦G㞚㣪 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㠊㣪 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṖ㣪 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤢㣪 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖Gザ㣪10 䢪㧻䛞㦚G㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1749780415774871_21indd 174 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f 175

Exercise 213

Write the dictionary form of the following irregular verbs below (refer to Unit 19 for irregular predicates)

Example ⋶㝾ṖG㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 = 㿻

1 䞲ῃ㠦GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 䂲ῂG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 5 㧊G⋮㦚GỆ㡞㣪 6 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧚GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧮GGỆ㡞㣪 8 G㔺㦚G㞢Ệ㡞㣪 9 㦚GGỆ㡞㣪10 ṖGἶ䝢GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 214

Change each sentence with -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and translate the sentence

Example 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 = 㫊㧊GῃG⧢㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJohn is probably an Americanrdquo

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㡞㣪 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㡞㣪 4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㡞㣪 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡞㣪 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧊㡞㣪 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㡞㣪 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㡞㣪 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊㠦㣪10 䐆㧊G㤆㡞㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1759780415774871_21indd 175 742008 13911 PM742008 13911 PM

176 Unit 21 The endings -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f

Exercise 215

Translate the following Korean sentences into English

Example 㤆ⰂG䞲ῃ㠦GṞ₢㣪f = ldquoShall we go to Koreardquo

1 㩲ṖGニ㦚G₢㣪f 2 㩲ṖG㧊G㠦G㧮₢㣪f 3 㩲ṖG㣪Ⰲ䞶₢㣪f 4 㩖䧂ṖG䌳㔲G䌞₢㣪f 5 㩖䧂ṖGG䂲ῂG㤎₢㣪f 6 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦Ⰺ₢㣪f 7 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞㦚₢㣪f 8 㢍㧊G㕖₢㣪f 9 㠦Ⰳ㧊G䌲ῢG㤎₢㣪f10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG㣫㠦G㢂₢㣪f

Exercise 216

Change each sentence with -O㦒Pඥ₢㣪f Then translate the sentence as shown below

Example ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌖㣪 = ぢ⧮ṖG㧦㩚ỆG䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Brad will ride a bicyclerdquo

1 㧊G㨂㯞G㠊㣪 2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䟊㣪 3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG㿫ῂG䟊㣪 4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䟊㣪 5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌖㣪 6 ⩢㧊G㢖㧎㦚GⰞ㣪 7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䟊㣪 8 䢪㩦㧊G㣪 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤢㣪10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 21indd 1769780415774871_21indd 176 742008 13912 PM742008 13912 PM

UNIT 22Prenouns

Linguistic elements whose primary function is to modify the target noun are called ldquomodifiersrdquo Modifiers in Korean include prenouns adjectives and relative clauses The focus of this unit is on prenouns The sole func-tion of prenouns is to modify andor delimit the meaning of the nouns that they follow

There are four groups of prenouns in Korean The first group of pre-nouns are those that specifically delimit the quality or status of certain nouns Consider the following example

㡱G㧊㟒₆ ldquoOld storyrdquo

Notice that 㡱 ldquooldrdquo is a prenoun that delimits the quality or status of the noun 㧊㟒₆ ldquostoryrdquo㡱 ldquooldrdquo appears to be an adjective However prenouns differ from

adjectives A chief distinction between prenouns and adjectives is whether they are subject to morphological variations Prenouns are nouns and they are not subject to any inflectional variation On the other hand adjectives are subject to variations For example in Korean ldquoa different schoolrdquo can be written with a prenoun ➊ ldquoanotherrdquo or with an adjective ldquodifferentrdquo

➊G䞯ᾦ (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)G䞯ᾦ ( ldquodifferentrdquo + 䞯ᾦ ldquoschoolrdquo)

Notice that is the conjugated form of ldquoto be differentrdquo ( + ච = ) How to change an adjective stem into a noun-modifying form will be discussed in detail in the intermediate Korean Here are some more examples of prenouns

㡱GⰦ ldquoold sayingrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + Ⱖ ldquowordrdquo)㡱G⋶ ldquoold dayrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)㡱Gṗ ldquoold memoryrdquo (㡱 ldquooldrdquo + ṗ ldquothoughtrdquo)

9780415774871_ 22indd 1779780415774871_22indd 177 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

178 Unit 22 Prenouns

G⧮ ldquonew songrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + ⧮ ldquosongrdquo)G䞯₆ ldquonew semesterrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 䞯₆ ldquosemesterrdquo)G㔶 ldquonew shoesrdquo ( ldquonewrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)

䠢G㔶 ldquoused shoesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㔶 ldquoshoesrdquo)䠢G㧦㹾 ldquoused carsrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㧦㹾 ldquocarsrdquo)䠢G㢍 ldquoused clothesrdquo (䠢 ldquousedrdquo + 㢍 ldquoclothesrdquo)

ⰾG㻮㦢 ldquoat the very firstrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㻮㦢 ldquofirstrdquo)ⰾG㞴 ldquoat the very frontrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + 㞴 ldquofrontrdquo)ⰾGↃ₆ ldquothe highestrdquo (ⰾ ldquothe veryrdquo + Ↄ₆ ldquotoprdquo)

➊G ldquoanother methodrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ldquomethodrdquo)➊G⋶ ldquosome other dayrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⋶ ldquodayrdquo)➊G⧢ ldquodifferent personrdquo (➊ ldquoanotherrdquo + ⧢ ldquopersonrdquo)

㑲G㧊㧋 ldquonet profitrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 㧊㧋 ldquoprofitrdquo)㑲G ldquopure woolrdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + ldquowoolrdquo)㑲G䞲ῃ㔳 ldquopure Korean stylerdquo (㑲 ldquopurerdquo + 䞲ῃ㔳 ldquoKorean stylerdquo)

Numbers

The second group of prenouns are numbers Consider the following examples

䞲G⧢ ldquoOne personrdquoG⧢ ldquoTwo peoplerdquo㡊G⧢ ldquoTen peoplerdquo

䞲G ldquoOne year oldrdquoG ldquoTwo year oldrdquoG ldquoThree year oldrdquo

㧒G䂋 ldquoThe first floorrdquo㧊G䂋 ldquoThe second floorrdquoG䂋 ldquoThe third floorrdquo

㧒G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester onerdquo㧊G䞯₆ ldquoThe semester twordquoG䞯₆ ldquoThe semester threerdquo

Notice that these numbers come before the noun (or counters) that they modify

9780415774871_ 22indd 1789780415774871_22indd 178 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 179

Demonstratives

The third group of prenouns includes demonstratives Appearing before a noun that they modify demonstratives indicate the speakerrsquos physical as well as psychological distance relative to the listener or a referent English has two demonstratives ldquothisrdquo and ldquothatrdquo However Koreans make three referential locations 㧊 ldquothis (near the speaker)rdquo ldquothat (near the listener)rdquo and 㩖 ldquothat over there (away from both the speaker and the listener)rdquo

㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquoG䂲ῂ ldquothat friendrdquo㩖G䂲ῂ ldquothat friend (over there)rdquo

Differing from English demonstratives which can be used independently as in ldquoI like thisrdquo the Korean demonstratives cannot be used alone and must be followed by a noun In other words Korean demonstratives are always used with nouns as in 㧊G䂲ῂ ldquothis friendrdquo 㧊G㺛 ldquothis bookrdquo and so on

Meanwhile Korean has two dependent nouns that are often used with the demonstratives ộ (or Ệ in colloquial situations) ldquothingrdquo and Ὁ ldquoplacerdquo

㧊Gộ (or 㧊GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothis (thing)rdquoGộ (or GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing)rdquo㩖Gộ (or 㩖GỆ for colloquial usages) ldquothat (thing over there)rdquo

㧊GὉ (or 㡂₆ for colloquial usages) ldquohererdquoGὉ (or Ệ₆ for colloquial usages) ldquothererdquo㩖GὉ (or 㩖₆ for colloquial usages) ldquoover thererdquo

Since ộ or Ệ are dependent nouns which cannot be used by themselves they are always used with a modifier (eg a prenoun or an adjective)

Question prenouns

The fourth group includes question prenouns such as 㠊 ldquowhichrdquo and ⶊ㓾 (or 㠊⟺) ldquowhat kind ofrdquo

ⶊ㓾G㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f ldquoWhat kind of music (do you) likerdquo㠊⟺G⧢㦚GⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊㣪f ldquoWhat kind of person (do you) wish to meetrdquo㠊G㦖䟟㠦GṖ㣪f ldquoWhich bank (do you) go tordquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1799780415774871_22indd 179 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

180 Unit 22 Prenouns

Notice that these question prenouns cannot be used by themselves and they modify the nouns that they appear after

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 22 exercises

Ṗ to goᾦ㑮 professorᾦ䐋G㑮 transportation means₆Ⰲ to wait⋮⧒ countryῂ basketball to listenⰢ⋮ to meet䢪㩦 department store color㧒 birthdayⶒ present㔲Ἒ watch㔶ⶎ newspaper㟒ῂ baseball㡂䟟䞮 to travel㡗䢪 movie㡺 to come㤊 sportexercise㦢㔳 food㦢㞛 music㧊㣿䞮 to use㧦㭒 often㧻 rose㫡㞚䞮 to like㭧ῃ China㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house䄺䞒㑣 coffee shop

9780415774871_ 22indd 1809780415774871_22indd 180 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

Unit 22 Prenouns 181

Exercise 221

Underline whether the following statements are True or False

Example Prenouns modify the meanings of the nouns that they follow (T F)

1 The prenouns are not subject to morphological variations (T F)2 Numbers are not prenouns (T F)3 Just like English Korean has two demonstratives (T F)4 Korean demonstratives cannot be used independently (T F)5 Certain question words are also prenouns in Korean (T F)

Exercise 222

Choose one of the prenouns from the list below to match the English translation

List 㡱SGSG䠢SGⰾSG➊SG㑲

Example ________ ldquoancient writingrdquo = 㡱

1 ___________ 㰧 ldquonew houserdquo 2 ___________ Ṗ ldquoused bagrdquo 3 ___________ ṗ ldquoanother ideardquo 4 ___________ ⋮㭧 ldquoat the very endrdquo 5 ___________ 䂲ῂ ldquoold friendrdquo 6 ___________ ộ ldquonew thingrdquo 7 ___________ 㺛 ldquoused bookrdquo 8 ___________ ⰱ ldquodifferent tasterdquo 9 ___________ 㣒㴓 ldquofar leftrdquo10 ___________ 㤎lfloor₆ ldquotrueborn Seouliterdquo

9780415774871_ 22indd 1819780415774871_22indd 181 742008 13928 PM742008 13928 PM

182 Unit 22 Prenouns

Exercise 223

Fill in the blank with the appropriate expression

Example _______ (this book) 㦖GῂGỆ㡞㣪f = 㧊G㺛

1 __________ (that house over there) 㧊G㤆ⰂG㰧㧊㠦㣪 2 __________ (this time) 㦚G₆⪎㠊㣪 3 __________ (that coffee shop over three) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪 4 __________ (this color) G㫡㞚䟊㣪 5 __________ (that professor) 㦖G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 6 __________ (this thing)G㦖Gⶊ㠝㧛₢ 7 __________ (that thing) 㦖G㔶ⶎ㧊㠦㣪 8 __________ (here) ⪲G㡺㣪 9 __________ (there) 㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪10 __________ (over there) 㠦GⰢ⋮㣪

Exercise 224

Fill in the blank with the appropriate question prenoun (eg choose from 㠊 or ⶊ㓾)

Example A _______ 㦢㞛㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B RampB G㫡㞚䠺㣪 = ⶊ㓾

1 A ____ 㡗䢪G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㞷G㡗䢪G㫡㞚䟊㣪2 A ____ ⋮⧒G㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B 㭧ῃG㦢㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪3 A ____ ᾦ䐋G㑮㦚G㧊㣿䞮㣪f B 㰖䞮㻶㦚G㧊㣿䟊㣪4 A ____ 㧒Gⶒ㧊G㫡㦚₢㣪f B 㔲ἚṖG㫡Ỷ㠊㣪5 A ____ 㦢㞛㦚G㧦㭒G㦒㣪f B 䋊⧮㔳㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪6 A ____ 䢪㩦㠦GṖ㣪f B zG㠦GṖ㣪7 A ____ ⋮⧒G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㦒㣪f B 㓺㥚㓺G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪8 A ____ 㤊㦚G㫡㞚䞮㣪f B ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪

9780415774871_ 22indd 1829780415774871_22indd 182 742008 13929 PM742008 13929 PM

UNIT 23Adverbs and adverbials

The primary function of adverbs is to modify verbs andor adjectives Consider the following examples

1 㧒㹣G㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) got up earlyrdquo2 㞚ⰞG㡺⓮G㠦G㹿䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoMaybe (he) will arrive tonightrdquo3 ⰺ㤆Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquo(It) is very deliciousrdquo4 ῃ㧊G㟓ṚG㰲㣪 ldquoThe soup is a little saltyrdquo

In 1 㧒㹣 ldquoearlyrdquo modifies the verb 㧒㠊㠊㣪 ldquogot uprdquo and 㞚Ⱎ ldquomayberdquo modifies the verb 㹿䞶G Ệ㡞㣪 ldquowill arriverdquo in 2 In 3 ⰺ㤆 ldquoveryrdquo modifies the adjective ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquodeliciousrdquo and 㟓Ṛ ldquolittlerdquo modifies the adjective 㰲㣪 ldquosaltyrdquo in 4

Three types of adverbs

Korean adverbs can be grouped into three types sentential adverbs con-junctional adverbs and componential adverbs Sentential adverbs modify a whole sentence Conjunctional adverbs are those that connect two different sentences Componential adverbs modify a specific part of the sentence such as verbs or adjectives Consider the following sentences

䞮㡂䔒G䄺䞒ṖG㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪UGⰂἶG㠊㣪ldquoAnyway the coffee was very hot And (it) was expensiverdquo

䞮㡂䔒 ldquoanywayrdquo is a sentential adverb since it modifies the entire sen-tence 䄺䞒Ṗ 㞚㭒G⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquothe coffee was very hotrdquo 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo is a componential adverb since it specifically modifies the adjective ⥾Ệ㤶㠊㣪 ldquowas hotrdquo Ⰲἶ ldquoandrdquo is a conjunctional adverb since it connects two sentences

Examples of sentential adverbs include the following

9780415774871_ 23indd 1839780415774871_23indd 183 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

184 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

Ṗ⪏ ifsupposing Ⱒ㧒 if⪏ even if Ⱎ surely (not)㞚Ⱎ perhaps 䞮㡂䔒 anyway㔲 certainly

Examples of conjunctional adverbs include

⩂⋮ but Ⰲἶ and⩂₢ therefore ⧮ so⩂⪲ since it is so ⩆ by the way⩝㰖Ⱒ however ⩒ if so also 䞲 moreover⓪ or 䢏㦖 or➆⧒ accordingly 㯟 in other wordsῆ⋮ besides 㤆₆ moreover

There are three groups of componential adverbs depending on what kind of relation they modify such as manner temporal relations and degree First manner adverbs express some relation of manner for example

ゾⰂ fastearlysoon 㻲㻲䧞 slowlyⲖⰂ far Ṗ₢㧊 shortlynearlyⰺ㤆 veryexceedingly 㩲㧒 the firstṖ㧻 most 㞚㭒 quitevery (much)ⶊ too much 㧮 welloften䢒㧦 alone 䞾 togetherⰤ㧊 much 㡊㕂䧞 diligently㞞⎫䧞 at peace

Time adverbs that concern temporal relations include the following

Ⱏ just at the moment right now㖾 long ago 㞚₢ some time ago㞚㰗 yetstill 㧊 already㣪㯞㦢 recently 㰖 now䡚㨂 present 㧊➆ laterlfloor㧒 tomorrow ⧮ the day after tomorrowṧ㧦₆ suddenly 䋒 immediatelyṚ for a while night and day㭚Ἵ all the time ❪㠊 finallyⰞ䂾lfloor at last Ⲓ㩖 ahead㠎㩲⋮ all the time 㧒㹣 early⓮ always 䟃 at all times䐋 usually Ṗ⊪ sometimes

9780415774871_ 23indd 1849780415774871_23indd 184 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 185

Degree adverbs include the following

㺎 really 㫆 a bit㭒⪲ mainly ⶊ so much㞚㭒 very

However when there is more than one componential adverb in a sentence the adverbs tend to occur in the following sequence time degree and manner as shown below

㓺䕆ぢṖG䟃G䄺䞒G㞚㭒GⰤ㧊GⰞ㣪 ldquoSteve always drinks coffee very muchrdquo

Notice that the first adverb is time adverb 䟃 ldquoalwaysrdquo followed by the degree adverb 㞚㭒 ldquoveryrdquo and the manner adverb Ⱔ㧊 ldquomuchrdquo

Adverbials

In Korean adverbs do not take any morphological variation Those adverbs that take morphological variations are called ldquoadverbialrdquo Consider the following examples

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⰱ㧞ỢGⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) ate lunch deliciouslyrdquo2 㧊G㞚ỢG䞒㠊㣪 ldquoFlowers blossom beautifullyrdquo

In 1 notice that ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo modifies the verb ⲏ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoaterdquo and 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo modifies 䞒㠊㣪 ldquoblossomrdquo in 2 However ⰱ㧞Ợ or 㞚Ợ are not adverbs but adverbials in Korean since they are the results of the morphological variations

ⰱ㧞 ldquodeliciousrdquo ⰱ㧞Ợ ldquodeliciouslyrdquo = ⰱ㧞 + Ợ㞚 ldquobeautifulrdquo 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo = 㞚 + Ợ

Notice above that the adverbial form -Ợ is attached to the adjective stems In Korean one can change an adjective into an adverbial form by attaching Ợ to an adjective stem Here are some more examples

Adjectives Adverbials㓓 easy 㓓Ợ easily㕎 cheap 㕎Ợ at a low price䋂 big 䋂Ợ hugely㧧 small 㧧Ợ tinily wide Ợ widely

9780415774871_ 23indd 1859780415774871_23indd 185 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

186 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

㕇ỗ mild (taste) 㕇ỗỢ insipidly䟟䞮 happy 䟟䞮Ợ happilyṚ䞮 simple Ṛ䞮Ợ simply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 23 exercises

Ṩ priceἓ䂮 sceneryὋ䞮 to studyῗ䞮 to be curiousrsaquo tangerine₎ roadlfloor㧒 tomorrowⰂ to be slowὖ library

Ⱔ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㠜 to be tastelessⱋ to be spicyⲎⰂ headⲏ to eat㤆 to learn㧷䞮 to be complex⩓ to be softto be tender㓓 to be easy㔲Ṛ time㔲㤦䞮 to be coolto be refreshing㔲䠮 test㕎 to be cheap㝿㝿䞮 to be manly

㞚 to be beautiful㞚䝚 to be painful㡆⧓ contact㡺⓮ today㣎⫃ to be lonely㤆㔋 to be funnyto be laughable㥚䠮䞮 to be dangerous㥶ⳛ䞮 to be famous㦢㔳 food㧦 to sleep

9780415774871_ 23indd 1869780415774871_23indd 186 742008 13948 PM742008 13948 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 187

㧧 to be small㩚䢪 telephone㰖䞮㻶 subway㭒 to give䌖 to ride䞒Ἲ䞮 to be tired

Exercise 231

Fill in the blank with an appropriate manner adverb from the list below

ゾⰂSG㻲㻲䧞SGṖ₢㧊SGⰺ㤆SGṖ㧻SGⶊSG㧮GSG䢒㧦SG䞾SGⰤ㧊SG㡊㕂䧞

Example ₆G㞚㩖㝾 _____ ṖG㭒㣪 ldquoDriver please go quicklyrdquo = ゾⰂ

1 _______ ⲏ㠊㣪U ldquoEat slowlyrdquo 2 㦢㔳㧊 ______ ⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is very deliciousrdquo 3 㧊GṖỢ㠦G㧊G㢍㧊 _____ 㕎㣪 ldquoThis dress is the most expensive

in this storerdquo 4 _______ Ⱔ㧊GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㣪 ldquoDonrsquot drink too muchrdquo 5 _______ Ὃ䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) studied diligentlyrdquo 6 㤆Ⰲ ______ Ṗ㣪 ldquoLet us go togetherrdquo 7 ______ 㣪 ldquoBuy muchrdquo 8 㩲䗒Ṗ _______ Ⱒ㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJennifer made (it) by herselfrdquo 9 㤊㦚 _______ 䟊㣪f ldquo(Do you) play sports wellrdquo10 㺓ⶎG㡜㠦 _______ 㞟㦒㣪 ldquoSit closely to the window siderdquo

Exercise 232

Fill in the blank with an appropriate time adverb from the list below

lfloor㧒SGⰟSG㖾SG㞚₢GSG㞚㰗SG㧊SG㣪㯞㦢SG㧊➆SGṧ㧦₆SGṚSGSG❪㠊SG䐋

Example _____ 䞒䎆GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet Peter tomorrowrdquo = lfloor㧒

1 㰖 _____ 㧷㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(We) just caught (it) just at the momentrdquo 2 ______ 㩖㦚G㰧㠦Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) usually eat dinner at homerdquo

9780415774871_ 23indd 1879780415774871_23indd 187 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

188 Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials

3 㫊㧊 ______ 㰧㦚G㠊㣪 ldquoJohn bought the house long agordquo 4 _____ 㡗䢪ṖG⊳㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie ended alreadyrdquo 5 ______ 㤎㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(We) finally arrived in Seoulrdquo 6 ______ 䅊䜾䎆G Ợ㧚ⰢG 䟊㣪 ldquo(I) play computer games night and

dayrdquo 7 ⩒ _____ Ⱒ⋮㣪 ldquoThen see (you) laterrdquo 8 _______ 㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will be home for a whilerdquo 9 _______ ṖG㢖㣪 ldquoThe rain falls suddenlyrdquo10 _______ 㠊ỢG㰖lfloor㣪 ldquoHow are (you) recentlyrdquo11 䘎㰖Ṗ ______ 㞞G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoThe letter did not come yetrdquo12 㺆㓺 ______ 䞯ᾦ㠦GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) met Charles some time ago at

schoolrdquo

Exercise 233

Choose an appropriate conjunctional adverb from the list below

⩂⋮SGⰂἶSG⧮SG⩂₢SG⩆SG⩝㰖ⰢSG⩒

Example ⋮⓪G㞚䂾㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(however) 㩦㕂㦚G㧒㹣GG ⲏ㠊㣪 = ⩝㰖Ⱒ

1 lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㧞㠊㣪 ______ (so) 㡺⓮㦖Gὖ㠦GὋ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 䞲ῃ㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ______ (however) 㔲Ṛ㧊G㠜㠊GⴑGṖ㣪 3 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㠊㣪 _______(by the way) 㠊❪Gⲏ㦚GỆ㡞㣪 4 㩚䢪⪲G㡆⧓G㭒㣪______ (then) 㞞⎫䧞GἚ㣪 5 ⲎⰂṖG㞚䕢㣪 _______ (so) 㞚㓺䞒Ⰶ㦚Gⲏ㠞㠊㣪 6 㠊㩲GⰤ㧊GⴑG㧺㠊㣪 _______ (however) 㞞G䞒Ἲ䟊㣪 7 㩲㭒⓪Gἓ䂮ṖG㞚㤢㣪_______ (and) rsaquo⪲G㥶ⳛ䟊㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊㣪_______ (so) 㤎㠦GṖ㣪 9 㦢㔳GṨ㧊G㕎㣪 ________ (but) ⰱ㠜㠊㣪10 ₎㧊G㧷䟊㣪________ (therefore) 㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖㣪

9780415774871_ 23indd 1889780415774871_23indd 188 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

Unit 23 Adverbs and adverbials 189

Exercise 234

Change the following adjectives into adverbials Then translate the adverbials

Example 㞚 = 㞚Ợ ldquobeautifullyrdquo

1 㣎⫃ 2 㥚䠮䞮 3 㤆㔋 4 㓓 5 㔲㤦䞮 6 㝿㝿䞮 7 ⩓ 8 Ⰲ 9 ῗ䞮10 ⱋ

9780415774871_ 23indd 1899780415774871_23indd 189 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

9780415774871_ 23indd 1909780415774871_23indd 190 742008 13949 PM742008 13949 PM

UNIT 24The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 -(0)l laeyo and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪G-(0)lgeyo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending ldquointentionrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos intention or immediate desire and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo or ldquointend tordquo in English The ending is used only with the verbs not with the adjectives and it is normally used in colloquial settings

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is a three-form ending -㦚⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚⧮㣪 -ඥ⧮㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṟ⧮㣪 -⧮㣪 is used for a ඥ-irregular as in Ⱒ⧮㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is only used for the first person and the second person subjects Consider the following conversation

A ⶦG㔲䌂⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) orderrdquoB 㓺䎢㧊䋂Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat steakrdquo

As seen above the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending is used in the second person ques-tion (for the first sentence) and the first person statement (in the second sentence) Here are some more examples

A ⶦGⰞ㔺⧮㣪f ldquoWhat will (you) drinkrdquoB 䄺䞒G㭒㣪 ldquoCoffee pleaserdquo

A 㠊❪⪲GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhere will (you) gordquoB ὖ㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will go to the libraryrdquo

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending cannot be used for the third person subject since one cannot speak for the third personrsquos intention Consequently a sentence like 㑮㧪㧊G䄺䞒GⰞ㔺⧮㣪 is ungrammatical in Korean

9780415774871_ 24indd 1919780415774871_24indd 191 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

192 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V㕌㠊䟊㣪

The difference between -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -ἶG㕌㠊㣪V-ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 is that while the former expresses an intention the latter expresses a wish or hope For instance consider the following sentences

㡺⓮G㓺㔲Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to eat Sushi todayrdquo㡺⓮G㓺㔲GⲏἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to eat Sushi todayrdquo

䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to travel Koreardquo䞲ῃ㦚G㡂䟟䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to travel Koreardquo

⩆㠦GṞ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend) to go to Londonrdquo⩆㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to Londonrdquo

As seen above the sentences with the -ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ending simply indicate the speakerrsquos wish However the sentences with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending indicate that the speaker has already made up hisher mind and will do so

-O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 vs -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪

In the previous unit the -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 ending that expresses the prob-able future as well as the first person speakerrsquos intention was introduced -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 and -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can both be used to indicate the intention of the first person speaker as shown below

ὖ㠦GⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquoὖ㠦GⰢ⋶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will meet (them) at the libraryrdquo

The meanings of both sentences are similar and they can be used interchange-ably However note that the usage of -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 is much wider than that of -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 in that -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 can be used for the third person subject as well When the speaker is not the first or second person -O㦒PඥGỆ㡞㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture (refer to Unit 21 for review)

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending ldquowillingnessrdquo

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending indicates the speakerrsquos promise or willingness to do something for the listenerrsquos interest The ending is used only for first person subject and only with the verbs not with the adjectives Consider the following sentences

A ⳝG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G㢂GỆ㡞㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you) come to the libraryrdquo

B 㡺㩚G`G㔲₢㰖GṞỢ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) go (there) by 9 amrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1929780415774871_24indd 192 742008 14228 PM742008 14228 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 193

Notice that speaker A asks what time B will come to the library Speaker Brsquos reply with O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise or reassuring of ldquoarriving at the library by 9 amrdquo for speaker Arsquos sake

The -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is a three form ending -㦚Ợ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a consonant as in ⲏ㦚Ợ㣪 -ඥỢ㣪 is used after a stem that ends in a vowel as in ṞỢ㣪 -Ợ㣪 is used for ඥ-irregular verbs as in Ợ㣪 or ⰢỢ㣪

The -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending and the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending seem to resemble each other since they can both be translated as ldquowillrdquo in English However there are two clear differences First while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 can be used for a second person in questions -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 cannot This is because the -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 ending is used only for the first person subject

The second difference is that while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 indicates the speakerrsquos intention -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 carries the speakerrsquos sense of promise Here are some examples for comparison

㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) study hardrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) study hardrdquo

ⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪f ldquoWhat time will (you intend to) go homerdquoⳝG㔲㠦G㰧㠦GṞỢ㣪f (X)

As -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 conveys a sense of promise it is often used when the speaker volunteers to do something For instance consider the following sentences

Ὃ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) go to the airportrdquoὋ䟃㠦G㩲ṖGṞỢ㣪 ldquoI will (volunteerpromise to) go to the airportrdquo

㩖㦖G㩲ṖG⧮㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (intend to) buy (it)rdquo㩖㦖G㩲ṖGỢ㣪 ldquoAs for dinner I will (volunteerpromise to) buy (it)rdquo

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 24 exercises

Ṗ to goἶ to chooseὋ䞮 to study₆Ⰲ to wait vaselfloor to pay⧮ song

9780415774871_ 24indd 1939780415774871_24indd 193 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

194 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

⋮ older sister to closeὖ library money to help

Ⱒ⋮ to meetⰢ to makeⲏ to eatⶎ doorⶒ waterῃ USA to believe䞯 vacation night to see to singto call out㠢 kitchen䂮 to mail out

to make friends to buy to live color hand㔲䋺 to order㞑 to wash㞚㰖 father㞚䂾 morning㡊 to open㡗䢪 movie㡺㩚 am㡺䤚 pm㧊㟒₆ story㧒 Japan㧒㠊⋮ to get up

㧦 to sleep㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㭒 to give㯦₆ to enjoy㰧 house㹾 car㺓ⶎ window䂲ῂ friend

9780415774871_ 24indd 1949780415774871_24indd 194 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 195

䕪 to sell䘎㰖 letter䞯ᾦ school䞲ῃ㠊 the Korean language

Exercise 241

Conjugate the verb with the -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ending Then translate the sentence

Example 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP = 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) eat lunchrdquo

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 2 㧒G㹾 OP 3 ῃ㠦 OP 4 ⋮㦮G㧊㟒₆ OP 5 䂲ῂ OP 6 㦚 O㞑P 7 䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚 O㭒P 9 䞯㦚 O㯦₆P10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂ OP

Exercise 242

Answer the questions below using the information provided in brackets

Example ldquoWhat time will you go home (9 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo = 㞚䂾 9 㔲㠦GṞ⧮㣪

1 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) go (home)rdquo 2 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) live (Boston)rdquo 3 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) go to bed (11 orsquoclock at night)rdquo 4 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) study (the library)rdquo 5 ldquoWhere will you (intend to) make kimchi (kitchen)rdquo 6 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) eat (pasta)rdquo 7 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) see (Korean movie)rdquo 8 ldquoWhat will you (intend to) learn (the Korean language)rdquo 9 ldquoWhat time will you (intend to) get up (6 orsquoclock in the morning)rdquo10 ldquoWho will you (intend to) meet (father)rdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1959780415774871_24indd 195 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

196 Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪

Exercise 243

Change the verb as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩲ṖG㡊㐶 O㺔P = 㩲ṖG㡊㐶G㺔㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) find the keyrdquo

1 㩲ṖG㹾 O䕪P 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚 O㡊P 3 㩲ṖG⧮ OP 4 㩲ṖG⩂ O㔲䋺P 5 㩲Ṗ OP 6 㩲ṖG㦚 OlfloorP 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 O㩚䢪䞮P 8 㩲ṖG㦚 OἶP 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖 O䂮P10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚 OP

Exercise 244

Underline which of the two English translations below is the correct ver-sion of the Korean in each case

Example 䞯ᾦ㠦GṞỢ㣪 = ldquo(I) will (intend to) go to schoolrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) go to schoolrdquo

1 㟧㦚G㧛㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) wear a suitrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㡆⧓䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) contact the friendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) contact

the friendrdquo 3 㩲ṖG䟚ỆGⰢ⧮㣪 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquoldquoI will (promise to) make ham-

burgersrdquo 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦G㧮GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make a phone call this weekendrdquoldquo(I) will (promise

to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰢ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) quit the workrdquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1969780415774871_24indd 196 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

Unit 24 The endings -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 and -O㦒PඥỢ㣪 197

7 lfloor㧒G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋶Ợ㣪 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquoldquo(I) will (probably) get

up early tomorrowrdquo 8 㞴G㧦Ⰲ㠦G㞟㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) sit in

the front seatrdquo 9 䞲䎢GⰦ䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquoldquo(I) will (promise to) talk to

the teacherrdquo10 䌲ῢG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquoldquo(I) will (promise to) learn

Taekwondordquo

9780415774871_ 24indd 1979780415774871_24indd 197 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

9780415774871_ 24indd 1989780415774871_24indd 198 742008 14229 PM742008 14229 PM

UNIT 25The suffixes -Ỷ -ket and -O㦒P㔲 -(0)si

Inferential and intentional suffix -Ỷ

The suffix Ỷ is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final-ending (eg speech level) as in 䞮Ỷ㔋 O䞮 + Ỷ + 㔋P ldquowill dordquo The suffix Ỷ is used to indicate two things

First when the subject of the predicate is the first andor second per-son the suffix Ỷ expresses the speakerrsquos intention or asks the listenerrsquos intention and it corresponds to ldquowillrdquo in English It is used for first person statements andor second person questions

㩲ṖGlfloor㧒GὋ䟃㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoI will go to the airport tomorrowrdquo㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will study hardrdquo㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will order steakrdquolfloor㧒G㡺䤚G㔲G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will come again tomorrow afternoonrdquo

㔶㣿G䃊⪲G㰖䞮㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWill (you) pay by a credit cardrdquo㠊❪⪲GṖ㔲Ỷ㔋₢ ldquoWhere will (you) gordquo

Notice that the meaning of the suffix ỶG is similar to -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 ldquowillrdquo However while -O㦒Pඥ⧮㣪 is normally used in colloquial usages the suffix Ỷ is used for more formal usages

Second when the subject of the predicate is not either the first or second person (eg the third person or entity) the suffix Ỷ indicates the speakerrsquos conjecture or asks the listenerrsquos idea regarding the topic in question It is corresponding to ldquoI guessthinkrdquo (for the first person statement) or ldquodo you think that rdquo (for the second person question) in English

lfloor㧒G㔲䠮㧊G㠊⪋Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos test will be difficultrdquo⧒ⰞṖG㨂㧞Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be interestingrdquoⰂṖG㞚䕶Ỷ㠊㣪 ldquo(I guess that your) legs were sorerdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 1999780415774871_25indd 199 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

200 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

䞯ᾦG㔳G䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the school cafeteria coffee is deliciousrdquo₆GṨ㧊G㕢Ỷ㠊㣪f ldquoDo you think that the price of oil was cheaprdquo

The suffix Ỷ is used in formal or broadcasting contexts such as weather forecasts and news reports Consider the following examples

㡺⓮G䎆G㧊G㡺Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) snow will fall (starting) from tonightrdquolfloor㧒㦖G㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) as for tomorrow (it) will be coldrdquo

The subject honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲

When Koreans wish to honor the subject of the sentence (eg who they are talking to or who they are talking about) they make a predicate form honorific by attaching the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 to the stem of the predicate The honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 is a pre-final ending that comes between the stem of the predicate and the final ending -㦒㔲 is added after the stem that ends in a consonant as in 㺔㦒㔲 O㺔 + 㦒㔲 + P ldquolook forrdquo and 㔲 is added after a stem that ends in a vowel as in Ṗ㔲 OṖ + 㔲 + P ldquogordquo

Dictionary form Polite speech level Deferential speech levelṖ ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 ṧṖ㔲 ldquogordquo Ṗ㣪 Ṗ㕃 OṖ + 㔲 + 㠊㣪P OṖ + 㔲 + ථP

㧛 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㠊㣪 㧛㔋㧛㦒㔲 ldquowearrdquo 㧛㦒㣪 㧛㦒㕃 O㧛 + 㦒㔲 + 㠊㣪P O㧛G+ 㦒㔲 + ථP

Notice that although the referential meanings of the verbs Ṗ and Ṗ㔲 Oor 㧛 and 㧛㦒㔲P are the same their social meanings are different The presence of the honorific suffix indicates the speakerrsquos attitude toward the subject of the sentence

Various social variables that are ascribed (eg age kinship relations) andor achieved (eg occupation seniority rank) determine the honorific suffix usage For instance Koreans use the honorific suffix when they talk to or talk about their older family members older people in general people of esteemed occupations (eg doctors lawyers teachers etc) senior-rank personnel and so forth

The subject being honored can be either an addressee (to whom the speaker is talking) or a referent (who the speaker is talking about) Consider the following examples

9780415774871_ 25indd 2009780415774871_25indd 200 742008 14213 PM742008 14213 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 201

1 ᾦ㑮SG㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) going Professorrdquo2 ₖGᾦ㑮㧊G㡺㣪 ldquoProfessor Kim is comingrdquo

Notice that in 1 the subject being honored is the addressee whereas the subject of 2 is the third-person referent

The use of different speech level endings is related to who you are talk-ing to rather than who you are talking about In other words the choice of appropriate speech levels depends on the addressee not on the referent However since the honorific suffix honors the subject of the sentence (eg either an addressee or referent) the suffix can be used with any other speech levels For instance one of the Korean speech levels used to address a child or childhood-friend is the intimate speech level -㠊V㞚 Consider the following sentence

㠊Ⲏ⓪G㠊❪㠦GṖ ldquoAs for (your) mother where does (she) gordquo

Notice that the speaker uses the intimate speech level but honors the mother by using the suffix Oeg Ṗ = Ṗ + 㔲 + 㠊P

The following Korean verbs that have the corresponding honorific forms do not take the suffix to their stems

ⲏ ldquoeatrdquo 㧷㑮㔲 ldquoeat (honorific)rdquo㧦 ldquosleeprdquo 㭒ⶊ㔲 ldquosleep (honorific)rdquo㧞 ldquoexiststayrdquo Ἒ㔲 ldquoexiststay (honorific)rdquo

However notice that the suffix 㔲 is already part of these euphemistic verbs

Meanwhile Koreans do not use the honorific suffix when the subject of the sentence is the speaker himself or herself In other words one does not show honor toward himherself Consider the following samples

A 㠊❪㠦GṖ㣪 ldquoWhere are (you) goingrdquoB 㰧㠦GṖ㣪 ldquo(I) am going homerdquo

Notice that speaker A uses the suffix when asking the question to B However speaker B does not use the suffix in the reply

Exercises

Key vocabulary for Unit 25 exercises

Ṗ䂮 to teachṨ price

9780415774871_ 25indd 2019780415774871_25indd 201 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

202 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Ệ㔺 living roomỊ to cross (the road bridge)ἶ䞯ᾦ high schoolὋ䞮 to studyᾦ䐋 traffic㣪㧒 Friday₆Ⰲ to wait₎ road₾⊭䞮 to be cleanↃ surely⊠ to quit⋶㝾 weatherlfloorⰂ to fallto droplfloor㧒 tomorrow

cigarette to be hot (weather)Ⰲ to knock (door)Ⱎ䂮 to finishⰟ䧞 to be held upⰤ㧊 mucha lotⰱ㧞 to be deliciousⰺ㧒 everydayⲏ to eatⶎ door⊚⩓ to be slippery to believe⧢ wind room to see to blow rain㕎 to be expensive teacher㓓 to be easy㔲䠮 test㟓 promise㠊⪋ to be difficult㠦㠊⪲゛ aerobics㡊㐶 key㡊㕂䧞 hardearnestly㡗䢪 movie㤊 sportexercise

9780415774871_ 25indd 2029780415774871_25indd 202 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 203

㦢㔳 food㧒 work

㧦 to sleep㨂㧞 to be interesting㩖 dinner㩚䢪䞮 to make a phone call㩦㕂 lunch㫆㣿䞮 to be quiet㫗 to be narrow㫡 to be good㭖䞮 to prepare㰖䋺 to keep㰖䞮㻶 subway㰧 house㺔 to find㿻 to be cold (weather)䂮 to playto hit䂲ῂ friend䌖 to ride䕪 to sell䛞㰞 quality䞮 to do䦦Ⰲ to be cloudy

Exercise 251

Add Ỷ to the predicate as in the example and translate the sentence

Example 㩖⓪G㰧㠦 OṖP = 㩖⓪G㰧㠦GṖỶ㔋 ldquoAs for me (I) will go homerdquo

1 㩲ṖG㣪㧒₢㰖G㧒㦚 OⰞ䂮P 2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒 O㤊䞮P 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚 O䌖P 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚 O㭖䞮P 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂ O₆ⰂP 6 㔲䠮㧊 O㓓P 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾Ṗ O㿻P 8 ⧒ⰞṖ O㨂㧞P 9 㰧GṨ㧊 O㕎P10 䛞㰞㧊 O㫡P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2039780415774871_25indd 203 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

204 Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲

Exercise 252

Translate the following into English

Example 㠮㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦GṪỶ㠊㣪 = ldquo(Do you think that) Daniel went to schoolrdquo

1 (the subject is the addressee) G⊠Ỷ㔋₢ 2 (the subject is the addressee) 㡊㕂䧞GὋ䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 3 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 4 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㧞Ỷ㔋₢ 5 ₎㧊G㫗Ỷ㔋₢ 6 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪GỶ㔋₢ 7 㧊G₾⊭䞮Ỷ㔋₢ 8 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG㓺G䌪Ỷ㔋₢ 9 㧊㧊G㩚䢪䟞Ỷ㔋₢10 㩲㔲䃊ṖG䂲ῂG₆⪎Ỷ㔋₢

Exercise 253

Translate the following into Korean

Example ldquo(I) will jog everydayrdquo = ⰺ㧒G㫆ₛG䞮Ỷ㔋

1 ldquo(I) will do aerobics everydayrdquo 2 ldquoSurely (I) will keep the promiserdquo 3 ldquoSurely (I) will find the keyrdquo 4 ldquoSurely (I) will quit smokingrdquo 5 ldquoSurely (I) will sell the homerdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) it will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) rain will fallrdquo 8 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess) wind will blow a lotrdquo 9 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the traffic will be held uprdquo10 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I guess that) the road will be slipperyrdquo

9780415774871_ 25indd 2049780415774871_25indd 204 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

Unit 25 The suffixes -Ỷ and -O㦒P㔲 205

Exercise 254

Change the following verb into the honorific form using the honorific suffix -O㦒P㔲 and translate the sentence

Example 㰧㠦 OṖP = 㰧㠦GṖ㕃 ldquo(He) goes homerdquo

1 ₎㦚 OỊP 2 Ἶ䝚 O䂮P 3 䞲ῃ㠊 OṖ䂮P 4 ⶎ㦚 OⰂP 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪 OP 6 G䂲ῂ OP 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG O㧊P 8 㩦㕂㦚 OⲏP 9 Ệ㔺㠦 O㧦P10 䞯ᾦ㠦 O㧞P

9780415774871_ 25indd 2059780415774871_25indd 205 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

9780415774871_ 25indd 2069780415774871_25indd 206 742008 14214 PM742008 14214 PM

KEY TO EXERCISES

Unit 1

Exercises 11

Exercise 12

Exercise 13

Exercise 14

Exercise 15

1 bus 2 coffee 3 coat 4 jazz 5 quiz 6 romance 7 taxi 8 Starbucks 9 hot dog10 sandwich11 hamburger12 camera

9780415774871_Z01indd 2079780415774871_Z01indd 207 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

208 Key to exercises

Exercise 16

1 Brazil 2 Spain 3 Norway 4 Finland 5 Philippines 6 Italy 7 France 8 England 9 Canada10 Mexico

Exercise 17

1 New York 2 Sydney 3 San Francisco 4 London 5 Paris 6 Seoul 7 Madrid 8 Las Vegas 9 New Delhi10 Lisbon

Exercise 18

1 ⩂㔲㞚 2 㧊㰧䔎 3 䙂䒂Ṟ 4 䠳ṖⰂ 5 㤆❪G㞚⧒㞚 6 㰞⧲ 7 㞚䠾䕆⋮ 8 㧎❪㞚 9 㡺㓺䔎⩞㧒Ⰲ㞚10 㧊㓺⧒㠮

Exercise 19

1 䞮㧊 2 䃊㧊⪲ 3 Ⰲ㡺G㧦㧊⪲

9780415774871_Z01indd 2089780415774871_Z01indd 208 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 209

4 䏶䈚 5 㓺䋂 6 䡂㕇䋺 7 ⪲Ⱎ 8 㡺㔂⪲ 9 䆫10 ⲫ㔲䆪㔲䕆

Exercise 110

1 Jimmy Carter 2 George Bush 3 Abraham Lincoln 4 George Washington 5 Winston Churchill 6 Thomas Edison 7 Bill Clinton 8 Leonardo da Vinci 9 Elvis Presley10 John Lennon

Exercise 111

1 䎆 2 䛎 3 䞒㧦 4 㓺䋺 5 䎪⩞㩚 6 䗲 7 䃊 8 䈶䋺 9 䕳10 ⋮㧊䝚11 ⋮⋮12 㡺⩢㰖

Unit 2

Exercise 21

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F6 T 7 T 8 T 9 T

9780415774871_Z01indd 2099780415774871_Z01indd 209 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

210 Key to exercises

Exercise 22

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊㧊G㤊㧻㠦G㫆ₛG䟊㣪 2 㫆㞺㧊 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪 3 䕆䕆ṖGῂ 䟊㣪 4 ぢ⬾㓺ṖG䎪⩞㩚㦚 㣪 5 Ⱎ䋂ṖG㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ㠊㣪 6 㧊㞺㧊G㰧㠦G㧦㣪U 7 䃦⪺㧊G䞚Ⱃ䞲䎢G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪 8 䎢❪ṖG䄺䞒GⰞ㣪 9 㺆㓺ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦 Ṗ㣪10 䏶Ṗ 䞒㞚G㼦㣪U

Exercise 23

1 2005 December 242 Kim Sumi3 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Jung District Hankuk

Street 712ndash194 Lee Daesung5 1977 May 186 Republic of Korea Kyonggi Province Seoul Kangnam District Taehan

Street 81ndash3

Unit 3

Exercise 31

1 bird 2 business 3 fan 4 wall 5 meat6 egg 7 needle 8 rubber 9 herbs 10 music

Exercise 32

1 ἶⶊ㔶 rubber shoes = ἶⶊ rubber + 㔶 shoes 2 ⋮ⶒ wild edible greens = mountain + ⋮ⶒ greens 3 brick = wall + stone 4 㞴ⶎ font door = 㞴 front + ⶎ door 5 䆪䞒 blood from the nose = 䆪 nose + 䞒 blood 6 Ṗ the seaside = sea + Ṗ side 7 ニ㰧 bakery = ニ bread + 㰧 house 8 㺛 bookstore = 㺛 book + room 9 ⶒṲ seal = ⶒ water + Ṳ dog10 㻶 migratory bird = 㻶 season + bird

9780415774871_Z01indd 2109780415774871_Z01indd 210 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 211

Exercise 33

1 Prefix 㔶 Meaning new2 Prefix ἶ Meaning high3 Prefix Meaning not

Exercise 34

1 Suffix 㔳 Meaning style2 Suffix 㰞 Meaning (the act of) doing3 Suffix 㰗 Meaning job

Unit 4

Exercise 41

1 Adjective Ṗ 2 Verb Ṗ㰖 3 Verb 䕪 4 Verb 5 Adjective Ⱔ 6 Verb Ⱒ㰖 7 Verb 䌖 8 Verb 㞟 9 Adjective 㔲10 Adjective

Exercise 42

The blunt and familiar speech levels

Exercise 43

The deferential speech level

Exercise 44

1 Deferential ⶌ㔋2 Polite ⶌ㠊㣪3 Intimate ⶌ㠊4 Plain ⶌ⓪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2119780415774871_Z01indd 211 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

212 Key to exercises

Exercise 45

1 Deferential 㔋₢2 Polite 㠊㣪3 Intimate 㠊4 Plain

Exercise 46

1 Deferential 㤗㔲2 Polite 㤢㣪3 Intimate 㤢4 Plain 㤆㧦

Exercise 47

1 Deferential 㧓㦒㕃㔲㡺2 Polite 㧓㠊㣪3 Intimate 㧓㠊4 Plain 㧓㠊⧒

Unit 5

Exercise 51

1 㩦㕂㦚Gⲏ㔋 ldquo(I) eat lunchrdquo 2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂿 ldquo(I) teach Koreanrdquo 3 䂲ῂG₆Ⱃ ldquo(I) wait for the friendrdquo 4 䄺䞒GⰞ㕃 ldquo(I) drink coffeerdquo 5 䘎㰖G㔋 ldquo(I) receive a letterrdquo 6 㡗㠊G㤗 ldquo(I) learn Englishrdquo 7 㧊G₾⊭䞿 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo 8 ₆㹾ṖGⰓ ldquoThe train is slowrdquo 9 ⶒ㧊G⥾ỗ㔋 ldquoThe water is hotrdquo10 ⰺ㧒G㊿ ldquo(I) am busy everydayrdquo

Exercise 52

1 㠎㩲GṖỢGⶎ㦚G㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) close the store doorrdquo 2 㠊❪G㦚G㞑㔋₢f ldquoWhere (do you) wash your handrdquo 3 㠎㩲G㞟㔋₢f ldquoWhen (do you) sitrdquo 4 㠊❪G㧷₢f ldquoWhere (do you) sleeprdquo 5 G䞒㤗₢f ldquo(Do you) smokerdquo 6 㰖ṧ㦚G㺔㔋₢f ldquo(Do you) look for a walletrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2129780415774871_Z01indd 212 742008 14155 PM742008 14155 PM

Key to exercises 213

7 ⋶㝾ṖG㿻㔋₢f ldquoIs the weather coldrdquo 8 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋₢f ldquoIs the test easyrdquo 9 ₆㧊G㫡㔋₢f ldquoIs your feeling goodrdquo10 㰧㧊G㔲⊚⩓㔋₢f ldquoIs the house noisyrdquo

Exercise 53

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoCross the streetrdquo 2 㦒⪲Glfloor⩺Ṗ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoGo down to the bottomrdquo 3 Ὃ㦚G㰖㕃㔲㡺 ldquoThrow the ballrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoKnock on the doorrdquo 5 㦚G➆㕃㔲㡺 ldquoFollow the teacherrdquo 6 䂲ῂG㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoBelieve the friendrdquo 7 ῂG㔶㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the shoesrdquo 8 䆪䔎G㧛㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoWear the coatrdquo 9 㦚G㧷㦒㕃㔲㡺 ldquoHold handsrdquo10 䋂ỢG㣎䂮㕃㔲㡺 ldquoShout aloudrdquo

Exercise 54

1 䘎㰖G㔲H ldquo(Let us) send the letterrdquo 2 Ⱂ㦚GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) draw a paintingrdquo 3 ⶒἶ₆G㧷㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) catch fishrsquo 4 㺛㦚G㧓㦣㔲H ldquo(Let us) read the bookrdquo 5 㧒㦚GⰞ䂿㔲H ldquo(Let us) finish the workrdquo 6 㓺G䌧㔲H ldquo(Let us) take a busrdquo 7 㡂₆G䠺㠊㰧㔲H ldquo(Let us) depart hererdquo 8 䆪❪G㡗䢪G㔲H ldquo(Let us) see a comedy movierdquo 9 ₆䣢G㭣㔲H ldquo(Let us) give (them) a chancerdquo10 㝆⩞₆GⰓ㔲H ldquo(Let us) throw away the garbagerdquo

Exercise 55

1 ldquoRead page 5rdquo 2 ldquo(Let us) wash handsrdquo 3 ldquoClose the windowrdquo 4 ldquo(Let us) borrow the bookrdquo 5 ldquoGo out from the libraryrdquo 6 ldquoDrink waterrdquo 7 ldquo(Let us) give (them) foodrdquo 8 ldquo(Let us) wear the uniformrdquo 9 ldquoLearn the Korean languagerdquo10 ldquo(Let us) leave for Seoulrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2139780415774871_Z01indd 213 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

214 Key to exercises

Exercise 56

1 ₎㦚GỊ㣪 ldquo(I) cross the streetrdquo 2 ⶎ㦚G㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) open the doorrdquo 3 㺛㦚G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell the bookrdquo 4 㝆⩞₆G⩺㣪 ldquo(I) throw away the garbagerdquo 5 ⶎ㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) close the doorrdquo 6 㧒㦚GⰞ㼦㣪 ldquo(I) finish the workrdquo 7 㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) borrow a bookrdquo 8 㦚G㞑㠊㣪 ldquo(I) wash handsrdquo 9 㞚䂾㠦G㧒㹣G㧒㠊⋮㣪 ldquo(I) get up early in the morningrdquo10 䌳㔲G䌖㣪 ldquo(I) ride a taxirdquo11 㰧㧊G㫡㞚㣪 ldquoThe house is goodrdquo12 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo13 䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am a Koreanrdquo14 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo15 䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪 ldquo(I) am not a college studentrdquo16 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪 ldquoThe school is farrdquo17 䄺䞒ṖG㞚㣪 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo18 ṖG㞚䕢㣪 ldquoMy stomach hurtsrdquo19 䞮⓮㧊G䦦⩺㣪 ldquoThe sky is cloudyrdquo20 㟒㺚ṖG㕇㕇䟊㣪 ldquoThe vegetables are freshrdquo

Unit 6

Exercise 61

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Thomasrdquo 2 㑮㧪GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Susanrdquo 3 ⧒GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Barbarardquo 4 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Andrewrdquo 5 䙊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Paulrdquo 6 㫊GO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Johnrdquo 7 㠦GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Abbyrdquo 8 㞺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Anthonyrdquo 9 䃦ⰆGO㧊PG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Catherinerdquo10 㺆㓺GOṖPG㧞㠊㣪U ldquoThere is Charlesrdquo

Exercise 62

1 㡗䢪ṖG㨂㧞㔋U ldquoThe movie is interestingrdquo2 䞲ῃG⧢㧊GⰤ㔋U ldquoThere are many Koreansrdquo3 㦢㔳㧊Gⰱ㠜㔋U ldquoThe food is tastelessrdquo4 ὖ㧊G㫆㣿䞿U ldquoThe library is quietrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2149780415774871_Z01indd 214 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 215

5 㧦㹾ṖG㕟U ldquoThe car is expensiverdquo6 䞯ᾦṖGṖ₳㔋U ldquoThe school is nearrdquo7 ỿ㧊G㫡㔋U ldquoThe personality is goodrdquo8 㦢㔳㧊G㱃U ldquoThe food is saltyrdquo

Exercise 63

1 ldquoThe school is farrdquo2 ldquoThe room is cleanrdquo3 ldquoThe coffee is sweetrdquo4 ldquoThe Korean food is deliciousrdquo5 ldquoThe price is cheaprdquo

Exercise 64

1 ldquoThe house is bigrdquo2 ldquoThe puppy is cuterdquo3 ldquoThe weather is hotrdquo4 ldquoThe test is difficultrdquo5 ldquoThe head is dizzyrdquo

Exercise 65

1 㓺䅖㭚㧊G㰽㞚㣪U2 䗲㧊G㕎㣪U3 㰧㧊G㠊㣪U4 㽞䆲Ⱅ㧊G㞚㣪U5 䅊䜾䎆ṖG㕎㣪U

Exercise 66

1 ⋶㝾ṖG䦦ⰓU2 ₎㧊G㥚䠮䞿U3 㔲䠮㧊G㓓㔋U4 㧊G⩓㔋U5 䃶䗒㓺ṖG㞚㔋U

Exercise 67

1 㧒⩞㧎㦖GṖ㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 㺆㓺⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 3 Ⰲ❪㞚⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㩲㧊㓾㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 㠪㰖⓪G㟓ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2159780415774871_Z01indd 215 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

216 Key to exercises

6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㦖G䣢㤦㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㭚Ⰲ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖G㑮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㧊㦖G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U10 䐆㦖G㡗䢪G㤆ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 68

1 㽞䆲Ⱅ 2 䌫 3 㟓 4 ῃ 5 㦢㔳 6 ₖ䂮 7 䄺䞒 8 ⶒ 9 ⩞ⴂ10 㹾

Unit 7

Exercise 71

1 㥶ↂ⓪G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Yumiko (she) is a Japaneserdquo 2 䃦Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Katherine (she) is a Canadianrdquo 3 㢲㧊⓪G㭧ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Wei (she) is a Chineserdquo 4 䡲㰚㧊⓪G䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Haejin (she) is a Koreanrdquo 5 㫊㦖G㡗ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for John (he) is a Britishrdquo 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G䢎㭒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Steve (he) is an Australianrdquo 7 ⬾㧊㓺⓪G䝚⧧㓺G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Luis (he) is a Frenchrdquo 8 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Mario (he) is a Mexicanrdquo 9 㧊㦖G⩂㔲㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Ivan (he) is a Russianrdquo10 㞢䝚⩞⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚G⧢㧊㠦㣪U ldquoAs for Alfredo (he) is an Italianrdquo

Exercise 72

1 㦢㞛㦖G㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for music (I) like jazzrdquo 2 㡗䢪⓪G䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for movie (I) like comedyrdquo 3 㤊㦖G㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for sport (I) like baseballrdquo 4 㺛㦖G䞲ῃG㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for book (I) like Korean novelsrdquo 5 㦖G㧻G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for flower (I) like rosesrdquo 6 ὒ㦖G㡃G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for subject (I) like historyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2169780415774871_Z01indd 216 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

Key to exercises 217

7 Ἒ㩞㦖G㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for season (I) like springrdquo 8 㦖G䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for color (I) like bluerdquo 9 䅊䜾䎆⓪Gⰻ䅚䏶㝾G㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for computer (I) like Macintoshrdquo10 㧦㹾⓪Git~GG㫡㞚䟊㣪U ldquoAs for car (I) like BMWrdquo

Exercise 73

1 㞶Ⰶ㦖G䃦⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧦㓞㞚⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䝢⪲⩢㓺⓪Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⪲⋶⓪G䞚Ⰲ䞖㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 䝚⧲㔲㓺⓪G㰞⧲㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖G⩂㔲㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊㦖G䝚⧧㓺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㺆㓺⓪G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 ⧒⓪G㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 Ⱎ㧊䋊㦖G㧒㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 74

1 ṖG㩲㧚㓺㡞㣪f2 㦖G䧆㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 㡺⓮G⋶㝾⓪G㤢㣪U4 䌳㔲ṖG㕎㣪U5 䞯ᾦṖGⲖ㠊㣪U6 䄺䞒⓪G䟊㧊㯦㧊Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 75

1 䎢⩢㓺ṖGZG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 2 㓺䕆て㦖GXG䞯㧊㠦㣪U 3 㠊❪ṖG㦖䟟㧊㠦㣪f 4 㤆ṖG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 5 䅚㦖G㧒G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 6 ⰞⰂ㡺⓪Gⲫ㔲䆪G⧢㧊㠦㣪U 7 ṖG㧊㠦㣪f 8 㧦㹾⓪G䡚ṖG㫡㞚㣪U 9 㩲G㧊㦖G㞺㡞㣪U10 㩲Gἶ䟻㦖G㤎㧊㠦㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2179780415774871_Z01indd 217 742008 14156 PM742008 14156 PM

218 Key to exercises

Unit 8

Exercise 81

1 ⋮ 2 㩖 3 㩖 4 㩖䧂 5 㤆Ⰲ6 㩖䧂 7 ⋮ 8 ⋮ 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 82

1 㩲G㩚Ὃ 2 lfloorG䅊䜾䎆 3 㩖䧂GṖ㫇 4 㤆ⰂG⋮5 lfloorG㰖ṧG G 6 lfloorG㔶 7 㩲Gⶊ㔺 8 㩲GṖ9 㤆ⰂG㞚㰖 10 㩖䧂G䣢

Exercise 83

1 㩖₆㣪 2 3 㞚㰖 4 ⋮5 䞶㞚㰖 6 㡂 7 䡫 8

Exercise 84

1 䡫 2 䞶㞚㰖 3 㠊Ⲏ 4 㡂5 㞚㰖 6 7 G⧢ 8 䋆㞚㰖

Exercise 85

1 M 2 F 3 F 4 M5 M 6 F 7 F 8 F

Exercise 86

1 ldquoMyour grandfather was a government employeerdquo2 ldquoMyour father is an office workerrdquo3 ldquoMyour mother is an elementary school teacherrdquo4 ldquoMyour uncle is an engineerrdquo5 ldquoMyour maternal grandfather is in Seoulrdquo6 ldquoMyour maternal uncle is in New Yorkrdquo7 ldquoMyour older brother is a graduate studentrdquo8 ldquoMyour grandson is in Koreardquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2189780415774871_Z01indd 218 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 219

Unit 9

Exercise 91

1 18 6 17 11 242 9 7 63 12 923 41 8 75 13 2304 81 9 56 14 675 1459 10 102 15 18746

Exercise 92

1 7 6 23 11 902 18 7 33 12 723 25 8 11 13 484 17 9 64 14 565 87 10 49 15 22

Exercise 93

1 6 㡊㡂 11 G2 㡊㡂 7 㓺ⶒ 12 㡂G㧒3 Ⱎ䦪G 8 㓆 13 㡊㞚䢟4 㞚䦪G 9 14 㓺ⶒG5 㡊䞮⋮ 10 㡞㑲G 15 㧒䦪G

Exercise 94

1 㥷 6 㕃㡺 11 㧊㕃ῂ2 㕃㧒 7 㡺㕃 12 㕃䕪3 㕃䂶 8 㥷㕃㧒 13 䂶㕃㧊4 㕃㧊 9 䂶㕃 14 ῂ㕃ῂ5 㡺㕃䂶 10 㻲㧊㕃㧒 15 㡺ⰢG㻲㧊䂶㕃㥷

Exercise 95

1 㩲G䕪VG㡂G㱎 6 㩲G㕃㡺VG㡊G㱎2 㩲G㧊㕃䂶VG㓺ⶒG㧒G㱎 7 㩲G䕪㕃㥷VG㡂G㡂G㱎3 㩲G㧊VGG㱎 8 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶊG㱎4 㩲G㕃VG㡊G㱎G 9 㩲G㧊㕃VG㓺ⶒGG㱎5 㩲G㕃VGⰞ䦪G㱎 10 㩲G㕃㥷VG㡊㡂G㱎

9780415774871_Z01indd 2199780415774871_Z01indd 219 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

220 Key to exercises

Exercise 96

1 9 students 6 3 students2 24 students 7 15 students3 8 Koreans 8 16 Koreans4 32 Koreans 9 158 Koreans5 1452 Koreans 10 89 Koreans

Unit 10

Exercise 101

1 3 animals 6 5 pieces 11 10 times2 4 hours 7 6 bottles 12 76 miles3 1 kind 8 20 years (old) 13 359 dollars4 13 items 9 24 books 14 18 months (duration)5 36 couples 10 98 people 15 120 minutes

Exercise 102

1 㧒G 6 Gῆ 11 G㕣2 㞚䢟G㫆ṗ 7 㡊G㧦 12 䞲G㰖3 㡊䞲G 8 㡂G㧪 13 ῂG㤪4 G䂋 9 㕃GṲ㤪 14 㥷㕃G㽞5 㕃㥷G 10 㡂GṲ 15 G㔲Ṛ

Exercise 103

1 1045 am 6 0932 am2 0750 pm 7 0618 pm3 0800 in the morning 8 1009 in the morning4 0627 in the evening 9 0730 in the evening5 0446 am 10 0534 pm

Exercise 104

1 㡺䤚G㡊䞲G㔲G㕃㡺G 6 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㥷G2 㡺䤚G㡊G㔲G㕃G㧊G 7 㡺㩚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃G3 㡺㩚G㡊䞲G㔲G㧊㕃㡺G 8 㡺䤚G㡂G㔲G㧊㕃䕪G4 㡺䤚GG㔲G㕃GGOGP 9 㡺䤚GG㔲GῂG5 㡺㩚GG㔲G㕃䕪G 10 㡺㩚GG㔲G㡺㕃㧒G

9780415774871_Z01indd 2209780415774871_Z01indd 220 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 221

Exercise 105

1 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃GGG㤪G㕃㥷G㧒 2 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃㧊GG㧒G㤪G㕃䕪G㧒 3 O㧒P㻲ῂG㥷㕃㡺GG㕃㧊G㤪G㧊㕃㡺G㧒 4 O㧒P㻲ῂG㡺㕃ῂGG㧊G㤪G㕃G㧒 5 O㧒P㻲ῂG䂶㕃GG㡺G㤪G䂶G㧒 6 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃GGῂG㤪G㕃㧒G㧒 7 㧊㻲㧒GG䂶G㤪GG㧒 8 㧊㻲㥷GG㕃㧒G㤪G㡺G㧒 9 O㧒P㻲ῂG㕃㥷GGG㤪G㕃G㧒10 O㧒P㻲ῂGῂ㕃䕪GG䕪G㤪G㕃㧊G㧒

Exercise 106

1 4 Chinese people 6 6 tigers2 5 cups of water 7 11 bikes3 8 houses 8 9 volumes of novel4 2 pairs of sneakers 9 6 roses5 10 slices of a pizza 10 12 bottles of wine

Exercise 107

1 ῃ㧎G㧒GⳛG 6 G㔶GG䅺⩞2 㧻GG㧊 7 G䄺䞒G㡂G㧪3 䞲ῃ㠊G㺛G㡊Gῢ 8 Gⰻ㭒G㞚䢟G4 㧦㹾GG 9 G㧒㧎GGⳛ5 ⋮ⶊG㡂G⬾ 10 ṲG㓺ⶊGⰞⰂ

Unit 11

Exercise 111

1 㤎㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Seoulrdquo 2 䏶䈚㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Tokyordquo 3 㧊㰫㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Beijingrdquo 4 ⪲Ⱎ㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Romerdquo 5 䃊㧊⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Cairordquo 6 ⩆㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Londonrdquo 7 㢖㕇䎊㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Washingtonrdquo 8 䈶㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Vancouverrdquo 9 䕢㤎⪲㡞㣪 ldquo(It) is Sao Paulordquo10 Ⰶ㧊㠦㣪 ldquo(It) is Berlinrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2219780415774871_Z01indd 221 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

222 Key to exercises

Exercise 112

1 ⧒⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 2 Ⰲ㻮⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 㠦Ⰳ㦖G❪㧦㧊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 4 㞂❪⓪Gἓ㺆㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 5 㧊㦖G₆㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 6 㠮㦖G㣎ᾦὖ㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 7 㫆㰖⓪G䣢ἚṖG㞚㠦㣪U 8 㧊ⴂ㦖Gὒ䞯㧦ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㠦Ợ㧒㦖G㠛ṖṖG㞚㠦㣪U10 㧊㠦⋮⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 113

1 㫊㦖G㧊㠦㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㧊G㞚㠦㣪U 3 䞒䎆⓪G㦮㡞㣪U 4 ⲪⰂ⓪G㦮ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 5 Ⰲ⓪G㠪㰖㠊㡞㣪U 6 㓺䕆ぢ⓪G㠪㰖㠊ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 7 㦖GṚ䢎㡞㣪U 8 Ⰶ⓪GṚ䢎ṖG㞚㠦㣪U 9 㔲⓪G䞯㧊㠦㣪U10 㺆㓺⓪G䞯㧊G㞚㠦㣪U

Exercise 114

1 㹾㧊⋮䌖㤊㧊G䝚⧖㔲㓺䆪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 䕆䃎㧊G㧊䌞Ⰲ㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䞮㧊ṖG㭧ῃ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 ❪㰖㤪ṖG䝢⪲Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㞚Ⱎ㫊㧊Gぢ⧒㰞㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 㠦⩞㓺䔎㧊G䕪㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 115

1 ldquoAs for Maria (she) has a classical guitarrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) has a keyboardrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) has a bass guitarrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2229780415774871_Z01indd 222 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

Key to exercises 223

4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) has a drumrdquo 5 ldquoAs for Elisha (she) has a violinrdquo 6 ldquoAs for Eric (he) has a saxophonerdquo 7 ldquoAs for Robert (he) has a clarinetrdquo 8 ldquoAs for Kevin (he) has a trumpetrdquo 9 ldquoAs for Lisa (she) has a pianordquo10 ldquoAs for Joanne (she) has a cellordquo

Exercise 116

1 㩲Ⰲ⓪G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 2 ⧒⓪G㡊㐶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 3 㩖㓺䕊㦖GⰒ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 ṖぢⰂ㠮㦖G㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㞚㦖G㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 Ⰲ⓪Gニ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㥢Ⰲ㠚㦖Gἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䟊Ⰲ⓪G㤆㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䦊⓪G㔶ⶎ㧊G㧞㠊㣪U10 㧊㠪㦖G㧦㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U11 㫆㰖⓪G㧦㩚ỆṖG㧞㠊㣪U12 ⋮㡺⓪GṲṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 117

1 㥚 2 3 4 㡜5 㞴 6 㞞 7 㣒㴓 8 㡺㴓

Unit 12

Exercise 121

1 ゾ⧮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do laundryrdquo 2 㣎㔳㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) dine outrdquo 3 Ệ㰖G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash dishesrdquo 4 㣪ⰂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cookrdquo 5 㑮G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) wash (my) facesrdquo 6 㧊㟒₆G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) talkrdquo 7 㺛㦚G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) take a walkrdquo 8 㼃G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cleanrdquo 9 㩚䢪G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) make phone callsrdquo10 㑯㩲G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do homeworkrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2239780415774871_Z01indd 223 742008 14157 PM742008 14157 PM

224 Key to exercises

Exercise 122

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䟊㣪U2 ⰺ㧒G㤢G䟊㣪U3 ⰺ㧒G㑯㩲G䟊㣪U4 ⰺ㧒G㑒䞧㦚G䟊㣪U5 ⰺ㧒G㣪ṖG䟊㣪U6 ⰺ㧒G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U

Exercise 123

1 㨂㯞G㫡㞚䟊㣪U2 㫆ₛ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U3 䆪❪G㫡㞚䟊㣪U4 㡺⩢㰖G㫡㞚䟊㣪U5 䕢⧧㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U6 䓺Ⱃ㦚G㫡㞚䟊㣪U7 z|G㫡㞚䟊㣪U

Exercise 124

1 ldquo(I) memorize namesrdquo 2 ldquo(I) win a gamerdquo 3 ldquo(I) read a bookrdquo 4 ldquo(I) keep a promiserdquo 5 ldquo(I) give water to the flowerrdquo 6 ldquo(I) take a picturerdquo 7 ldquo(I) look for a keyrdquo 8 ldquo(I) sell a bicyclerdquo 9 ldquo(I) smoke a cigaretterdquo10 ldquo(I) wave handsrdquo

Exercise 125

1 䞒䎆ṖGὖ㠦G㺛㦚G㧓㠊㣪U 2 㫊㧊G㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㠊㣪U 3 㞺㰖ṖG㓺䌖㓺㠦G䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 4 ⰺ䓲ṖG₆㑯㠦G䎪⩞㩚㦚G㣪U 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚㧊Gニ㦚Gⲏ㠊㣪U 6 䧦⧒ⰂṖG䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U 7 㫆㰖ṖG㦚G㣪U 8 䋂Ⰲ㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤢㣪U 9 䃦Ⰶ㧊G㧊Ⲫ㧒㦚G㖾㣪U10 㧊㧊G䞲ῃⶎ䢪GὋ䟊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2249780415774871_Z01indd 224 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 225

Exercise 126

1 㦒⪲ 2 ⪲G 3 ⪲G 4 ⪲G 5 ⪲ 6 ⪲G 7 㦒⪲8 ⪲ 9 ⪲G 10 㦒⪲ 11 ⪲G 12 㦒⪲G 13 ⪲G 14 㦒⪲

Exercise 127

1 ldquo(I) open the door with a keyrdquo 2 ldquo(I) go to New York by airplanerdquo 3 ldquo(I) will drink black coffeerdquo 4 ldquo(I) bought a white uniformrdquo 5 ldquo(I) go to Boston on Saturdayrdquo 6 ldquoPlease sit to the right siderdquo 7 ldquoPlease change (this) with a blue ball-point penrdquo 8 ldquo(I) bought a bigger carrdquo 9 ldquoAs for noodles (I) eat (them) using chopsticksrdquo10 ldquoAs for honeymoon (we) will go to Las Vegasrdquo

Unit 13

Exercise 131

1 Scottrsquos car 2 Gracersquos ring 3 Tedrsquos credit card 4 Lindarsquos camera 5 Julietrsquos clothes 6 Edwardrsquos father 7 Robertrsquos wallet 8 Jaclynrsquos money 9 Nataliersquos10 Janersquos

Exercise 132

1 䏶Ⱎ㓺㦮G䅊䜾䎆 2 㞶㦮G㡊㐶 3 㫆㞺㦮G䗲 4 㞺㦮Gⶒ 5 ⪲㡺㦮G㰚 6 䅚㦮G 7 㧊㠮㦮G㔲Ἒ 8 Ⱒ㦮G㧦 9 䃦⩢㦮Gὒ10 㧊㞶⋮㦮G㧦㩚Ệ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2259780415774871_Z01indd 225 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

226 Key to exercises

Exercise 133

1 㺛㧊Gᾦ㔺㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 2 㰖ṧ㧊G㹾㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 3 䃊Ⲫ⧒ṖG㰧㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㺛㧊G䞯ᾦ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 5 㑮㧪㧊G㤎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 6 䏶Ⱎ㓺ṖG⩆㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 7 㠦䗶䌖㤢ṖG䕢Ⰲ㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 8 ⧲䃦㧊G㞚Ⰲ㫆⋮㠦G㧞㠊㣪U 9 䞶Ⰲ㤆ṖG䃮Ⰲ䙂㞚㠦G㧞㠊㣪U10 䞒⧒ṖG㧊㰧䔎㠦G㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 134

1 ὖ㠦GṖ㣪 2 ᾦ㔺㠦GṖ㣪 3 Ὃ䟃㠦GṖ㣪 4 䂲ῂG㰧㠦GṖ㣪 5 ᾦ䣢㠦GṖ㣪 6 㩦㠦GṖ㣪 7 㤦㠦GṖ㣪 8 䃪❪GṖỢ㠦GṖ㣪 9 㟓ῃ㠦GṖ㣪10 䢎䎪㠦GṖ㣪

Exercise 135

1 䂲ῂ⧧G㧊㟒₆䟊㣪U 2 ⶊ㠮㧊⧧G㤊G䟊㣪U 3 㩲䗒⧧G㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪U 4 㠮㧊⧧G㣪Ⰲ䟊㣪U 5 㧊㧊⧧G㑒䞧G䟊㣪U 6 㩲㧚㓺⧧GὋ䟊㣪U 7 䃦Ⰶ㧊⧧G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U 8 Ṗ㫇㧊⧧G㣎㔳G䟊㣪U 9 䞒䎆⧧G㼃䟊㣪U10 㧊⧧G⧮䟊㣪U

Exercise 136

1 䄺䞒䞮ἶG㹾ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 2 䞲ῃG⧢䞮ἶG㭧ῃG⧢㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 3 ₆䌖䞮ἶG⩒㧊G㧞㠊㣪U 4 㞛㠊䞮ἶG䞮ⰞṖG㧞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2269780415774871_Z01indd 226 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 227

5 Ṳ䞮ἶGἶ㟧㧊ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 6 ὒ䞮ἶG㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 7 ニ䞮ἶG㤆㥶ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 8 䅊䜾䎆䞮ἶG䝚Ⰶ䎆ṖG㧞㠊㣪U 9 㺛䞮ἶG㦮㧦ṖG㧞㠊㣪U10 䡫䞮ἶG⋮ṖG㧞㠊㣪U

Exercise 137

1 㭧ῃὒG㧒 ldquoChina and Japanrdquo 2 ὒGṖ㦚 ldquoSpring and Autumnrdquo 3 䝚⧒㢖G㞢䏶 ldquosoprano and altordquo 4 㧦㢖G䞮㧊㠦⋮ ldquolions and hyenasrdquo 5 㩚㨗ὒG䘟䢪 ldquowar and peacerdquo 6 䞮⓮ὒG ldquosky and earthrdquo 7 ὒG ldquomountain and seardquo 8 ⋾㧦㢖G㡂㧦 ldquoman and womanrdquo 9 ὒGⶒGldquofire and waterrdquo10 ⶒὒG₆ ldquowater and oilrdquo

Unit 14

Exercise 141

1 㠦 2 㠦 3 㠦 4 㠦 5 㠦6 㠦G 7 㠦 8 㠦 9 㠦 10 㠦

Exercise 142

1 㠦 2 䞲䎢 3 4 㠦 5 䞲䎢6 䞲䎢 7 䞲䎢 8 㠦 9 㠦Ợ 10 㠦Ợ

Exercise 143

1 Ⱎ㧊䋊䞲䎢G㽞G㞮㠊㣪U 2 䢎䎪㠦GⳝG㔲㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪f 3 G㧊㟒₆G⧒❪㡺㠦G㠞㠊㣪U 4 㠊㩲G㞺䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟞㠊㣪U 5 㰖⋲G㭒㠦Gₖ㔺㧻GⲲ㦚G㔋U 6 㝆Ⰲ₆䐋㠦G㝆⩞₆GⰂ㕃㔲㡺U 7 㞺䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⩺㣪U 8 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㔳㦚G㠊㣪U 9 㰧㠦G㩚䢪䟞㠊㣪U10 䞲ῃG⧢䞲䎢G㹾G䕪㞚㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2279780415774871_Z01indd 227 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

228 Key to exercises

Exercise 144

1 䞲ῃ㠦G䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U2 䞯ᾦG㔳㠦G䂲ῂGⰢ⋮㣪U3 䞶㞚㰖G㩚䢪䞮㣪U4 㧊G㩖䞲䎢G㺛㦚G㭒㠊㣪U5 㩖㓺䕊㧊G䆲䞲䎢G㦚G㭒㠞㠊㣪U6 㩖㠦ỢGOG䞲䎢PG㡆⧓䞮㣪U7 䞯G䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG❪㡺G㡂G㭒㣪U8 䞲䎢GOG㠦ỢPG䘎㰖ṖG㢪㠊㣪U

Exercise 145

1 㦖 2 㠦S 㧊 3 㧊SG㦮 4 㦮 5 㠦 6 䞲䎢7 䞲䎢 8 㠦S 㠦 9 ⓪SG㠦 10 㠦 11 㠦 12 㠦

Exercise 146

1 䘎㰖ṖG䞲ῃ㠦G㹿䟞㠊㣪U2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䟊㣪U3 㫊䞲䎢G㺛㦚Gア⪎㠊㣪U4 ῃG䞯䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊GṖ㼺㠊㣪U5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮㣪f

Unit 15

Exercise 151

1 䞒㞚G㼦㣪 ldquo(I) also play pianordquo 2 㿫ῂG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also play soccerrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) also do aerobicsrdquo 4 Ṗ⋲䞲G⧢G㢖㣪 ldquo(I) also help poor peoplerdquo 5 ⧮G⩂㣪 ldquo(I) also sing a songrdquo 6 㿺G䀆㣪 ldquo(I) also dancerdquo 7 GⰤ㞚㣪 ldquoThere are many customers as wellrdquo 8 㦢㔳Gⰱ㧞㠊㣪 ldquoThe food is delicious toordquo 9 G㫆㣿䟊㣪 ldquoThe room is also quietrdquo10 㰖G㕎㣪 ldquoThe pants are also expensiverdquo

Exercise 152

1 㹾ⰢGⰞ㣪U ldquo(I) only drink green teardquo 2 㟒㺚ⰢGⲏ㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only eat vegetablesrdquo 3 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛ⰢG㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only listen to classical musicrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2289780415774871_Z01indd 228 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

Key to exercises 229

4 䆪❪G㡗䢪ⰢG㣪U ldquo(I) only see comedy moviesrdquo 5 㼃㰖ⰢG㧛㠊㣪U ldquo(I) only wear jeansrdquo 6 㭒ⰦⰢG㓂㠊㣪U ldquo(I) rest only at the weekendrdquo 7 ⰢG₾⊭䟊㣪U ldquoOnly the room is cleanrdquo 8 䞲ῃG㦢㔳ⰢGⰱ㧞㠊㣪U ldquoOnly Korean food is deliciousrdquo 9 䢪㧻㔺ⰢG㧧㞚㣪U ldquoOnly the restroom is smallrdquo10 㕎ỢⰢG䕪㞚㣪U ldquo(They) sell (it) only at a cheap pricerdquo

Exercise 153

1 ldquoAs for Andrew (he) likes only meatrdquo 2 ldquoAs for Annie (she) also has a Japanese carrdquo 3 ldquoAs for James (he) also bought a bass guitarrdquo 4 ldquoAs for Paul (he) also plays a drumrdquo 5 ldquoOnly Elisha has the passportrdquo 6 ldquoOnly Eric skisrdquo 7 ldquoOnly Caroline uses a notebookrdquo 8 ldquoOnly Richard went to schoolrdquo 9 ldquoOnly Laurence is a studentrdquo10 ldquoOnly Glen likes red winesrdquo

Exercise 154

1 䞲ῃG⧢ⰢG㧞㠊㣪U 2 㧊G㺛G㑮㧪GỆ㡞㣪f 3 㔲ἚⰢG㠊㣪U 4 㺛G㫡㞚䟊㣪U 5 䙂㧻㰖G㡞ㄦ㣪U 6 XWGⰢGG₆Ⰲ㕃㔲㡺U 7 ṖỿG㕎㣪U 8 㩖G⧢ⰢG䞲ῃG⧢㧊㠦㣪U 9 䆲⧒ⰢG㭒㣪U10 㫊㦖G㞚䂾㠦ⰢG㫆ₛ㦚G䟊㣪U

Exercise 155

1 䄺䞒GⰞ㣪U 2 ⰺ䓲⓪G㧊㓺G₆䌖ⰢG㼦㣪U 3 ὖG㰧㠦GṖ₢㤢㣪U 4 䋂Ⰲ㓺䕊ⰢGⰢ⋶GỆ㡞㣪U 5 㔶㯳G㰖ṧ㠦Gℒ㠊㣪U 6 䌖㧊㠊ⰢGGộ㦒⪲GṞ㞮㠊㣪U 7 䦊㰖ⰢG㝆⩞₆䐋㠦GⰂ㣪U 8 㢍GG㡞ㄦ㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2299780415774871_Z01indd 229 742008 14158 PM742008 14158 PM

230 Key to exercises

9 ṖỿG㕎㣪U10 㓺G㫡㞮㠊㣪U

Unit 16

Exercise 161

1 㧊⋮ 2 㧊⋮ 3 ⋮ 4 ⋮ 5 ⋮6 ⋮ 7 㧊⋮ 8 㧊 9 ⋮ 10 ⋮

Exercise 162

1 G㔲Ṛ㧊⋮ 㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪2 䞯ᾦ㠦 ⳝ ⧢㧊⋮ 㢂₢㣪3 㰧㠦G㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮GⰢ⧮㣪U4 䃦⋮⋮G㡗ῃ㦒⪲GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪U5 䞲ῃ㦢㔳㦖Gⶊ㠝㧊⋮G㧮Gⲏ㠊㣪U

Exercise 163

1 ⋾㧦⋮G㡂㧦 ldquoa man or a womanrdquo 2 㣫㧊⋮G⩆ ldquoNew York or Londonrdquo 3 㡗䢪⋮G⧒Ⱎ ldquomovie or dramardquo 4 䞶Ⲏ⋮G䞶㞚㰖 ldquoa grandmother or a grandfatherrdquo 5 ➎㧊⋮G㞚 ldquoa daughter or a sonrdquo 6 ⋮G䛎 ldquosoap or shampoordquo 7 㩩Ṗ⧓㧊⋮G㑵Ṗ⧓ ldquochopsticks or spoonsrdquo 8 㓺䕢Ợ䕆⋮G䕢㓺䌖 ldquospaghetti or pastardquo 9 䌳㔲⋮G㓺 ldquotaxi or busrdquo10 䕢⋮G㦮㧦 ldquosofa or chairrdquo

Exercise 164

1 Ṗ㧊⋮G㰖ṧ 2 Ὃ䟃㧊⋮G₆㹾㡃 3 㧊⋮G䃊 4 ⰻ㭒⋮G㢖㧎 5 ⶒ㧊⋮G㓞㓺 6 䢪㩦㧊⋮G㓞䗒Ⱎ䅩 7 ニ㧊⋮G䅖㧊䋂 8 㧊⋮Gṫ 9 㡆䞚㧊⋮G䗲10 Ṗ㫇㧊⋮G䂲ῂ

9780415774871_Z01indd 2309780415774871_Z01indd 230 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 231

Exercise 165

1 ldquoFrom the hospital to schoolrdquo 2 ldquoFrom evening till morningrdquo 3 ldquoFrom the airport to the hotelrdquo 4 ldquoFrom morning till nightrdquo 5 ldquoFrom London to Parisrdquo 6 ldquoFrom the church to homerdquo 7 ldquoFrom the bank to the police stationrdquo 8 ldquoFrom the post office to the coffee shoprdquo 9 ldquoFrom 10 am till 2 pmrdquo10 ldquoFrom the pharmacy to the restaurantrdquo

Exercise 166

1 䄺䞒₢㰖GⰞ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even drank coffeerdquo 2 Ệ㰖₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did dishwashingrdquo 3 㠦㠊⪲゛₢㰖G䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even did aerobicsrdquo 4 㓺䏺₢㰖G㤊㩚䟞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) drive as far as (up to) Bostonrdquo 5 㥢Ⰲ㠚₢㰖G䕢䕆㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquoEven William came to the partyrdquo 6 䌖㧊㠊₢㰖G∾㠊㣪U ldquo(I) even changed tiresrdquo 7 㩚䢪₢㰖Gἶ㧻㧊㠦㣪 ldquoEven the telephone is out of orderrdquo 8 㔶₢㰖GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even want to buy shoesrdquo 9 ⋮₢㰖GⰢ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) even met the older sisterrdquo10 ⋶㝾₢㰖G㤶㠊㣪 ldquoEven the weather was hotrdquo

Unit 17

Exercise 171

1 㔳䌗㠦G 㑮㧊G 㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were watermelons on the dining tablerdquo

2 㧻ἶ㠦G㡺⩢㰖ṖG㧞㠞㠊㣪 ldquoThere were oranges in the refrigeratorrdquo 3 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㡖㠊㣪 ldquoAngie was a pharmacistrdquo 4 㭚ⰂṖG䠺㠊G❪㧦㧊㡖㠊㣪 ldquoJulie was a hair designerrdquo 5 㡺䤚GG㔲㠦Gὖ㠦G⋮Ṫ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) went out from the library at

5 pmrdquo 6 㞚䂾GXWG㔲㠦G㓺G䌪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) took the bus at 10 orsquoclock in the

morningrdquo 7 㡺䤚G`G㔲㠦GṖỢG㞮㠊㣪 ldquo(I) closed the store at 9 pmrdquo 8 㧒㦚G㡺䤚 ] 㔲㠦GⰞ㼺㠊㣪 ldquo(I) finished the work at 6 pmrdquo 9 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G 㧦㩚ỆG ア⪎㠊㣪 ldquo(I) borrowed a bicycle from the

friendrdquo10 䢪㧻㔺㠦G㦚G㞑㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) washed (my) hands at the restroomrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2319780415774871_Z01indd 231 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

232 Key to exercises

11 㧦G㗒㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a caprdquo12 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am homerdquo13 䟊ṖG㠊㣪U ldquoThe sun is uprdquo14 䌖㧊Gⱎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing a tierdquo

Exercise 172

1 㥶䙒㦚G㧛㠞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to wear a uniformrdquo 2 㩦㠦G䞲ῃ㠊G㺛㦚G䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to sell Korean books at

the bookstorerdquo 3 㠦G㝆⩞₆G⪎㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to throw away garbage at nightrdquo 4 㧊G㢍㦖G㕢㠞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for this dress (it) used to be expensiverdquo 5 㩲䗒㦮G㰧㧊G㫡㞮㠞㠊㣪 ldquoJenniferrsquos house was good (long before)rdquo 6 䞲ῃG⧮G㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to like Korean songsrdquo 7 㧊G㠪㰖㠊㡖㠞㠊㣪 ldquoSam was an engineer (long before)rdquo 8 㧊G㰧㠦G㣪ⰂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to cook in this houserdquo 9 㟒ῂG䟞㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) used to play baseballrdquo10 䞲ῃ㠊G㤶㠞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) learned Korean (long before)rdquo

Exercise 173

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG䙂㭒GⰞ㣪U 2 㧊G⩂㤢㣪U 3 ⋶㝾ṖGⰧ㞚㣪U 4 ἶⰞ㤢㣪U 5 䂲ῂ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪U 6 ₆㹾⪲G[ 㔲ṚGỎ⩺㣪U 7 㧎䎆㦒⪲G㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪䟊㣪U 8 䄺䞒㑣㠦GⰢ⋮㣪U 9 ⧮G㧮G䟊㣪U10 㞞ἓ㦚G㖾㣪U

Exercise 174

1 㤆Ⰲ⓪G㹾GⰞ㠞㠊㣪U 2 䋊⧮㔳G㦢㞛㦚G㠞㠊㣪U 3 㟧㦚G㧛㠞㠊㣪U 4 㧊G㫆㣿䟞㠊㣪U 5 䢎䎪㧊G㕢㠞㠊㣪U 6 㕎ỢG䕪㞮㠞㠊㣪U 7 㰧㠦G㢪㠊㣪U 8 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㧞㠞㠊㣪U 9 㟒ῂG㫡㞚䟞㠞㠊㣪U10 㓺䃒Ⱅ㧊G㡗㠊G㧊㠞㠞㠊㣪U

9780415774871_Z01indd 2329780415774871_Z01indd 232 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 233

Unit 18

Exercise 181

1 ₖ䂮G㞞G㣪 ldquo(I) do not buy kimchirdquo 2 㩖㦚G㞞Gⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not eat dinnerrdquo 3 ⶒ㦚G㞞GⰞ㣪 ldquo(I) do not drink waterrdquo 4 㦚G㼃G㞞G䟊㣪 ldquo(I) do not clean the roomrdquo 5 ῂG㞞G㔶㠊㣪 ldquo(I) do not wear shoesrdquo 6 㭒Ⱖ㠦G㞞Gザ㣪 ldquo(I) am not busy on the weekendrdquo 7 㡺⓮㦖G㞞G㿪㤢㣪 ldquoAs for today (it) is not coldrdquo 8 㧊G㞞G䄺㣪 ldquoThe room is not bigrdquo 9 㦢㔳㧊G㞞G㰲㣪 ldquoThe food is not saltyrdquo10 㟒㺚ṖG㞞G㕎㣪 ldquoThe vegetable is not expensiverdquo

Exercise 182

1 lfloor㧒G䕢䕆㠦GⴑGṖ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot go to the party tomorrowrdquo 2 ὖ㠦G㺛㦚GⴑGア⩺㣪 ldquo(I) cannot borrow the book from the

libraryrdquo 3 ₖ䂮GⴑGⲏ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot eat kimchirdquo 4 㞚㰖䞲䎢G㩚䢪GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot make a phone call to fatherrdquo 5 㞞ἓ㦚GⴑG㖾㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear glassesrdquo 6 䌖㧊GⴑGⰺ㣪 ldquo(I) cannot wear a necktierdquo 7 䟟₆GⴑG䌖㣪 ldquo(I) cannot take an airplanerdquo 8 㤊㦚GⴑG䟊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot do sportsrdquo 9 㭒Ⱖ㠦GⴑG㓂㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot rest on the weekendrdquo10 ⶎ㦚GⴑG㡊㠊㣪 ldquo(I) cannot open the doorrdquo

Exercise 183

1 㞚㡺SG㤆㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not learn (it)rdquo 2 㞚㡺SG㠊⪋㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not difficultrdquo 3 㞚㡺SG㧒䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not workrdquo 4 㞚㡺SG➆⦑䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (it) is not warmrdquo 5 㞚㡺SGἶ䝚㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not hungryrdquo 6 㞚㡺SG䞒Ἲ䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) am not tiredrdquo 7 㞚㡺SG㫡㞚䞮㰖G㞠㞚㣪 ldquoNo (I) do not like (it)rdquo 8 㞚㡺SGⰞ㔲㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not drink (it)rdquo 9 㞚㡺SGⰢ⋮㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not meet (himher)rdquo10 㞚㡺SG㰖G㞠㞮㠊㣪 ldquoNo (I) did not see (it)rdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2339780415774871_Z01indd 233 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

234 Key to exercises

Exercise 184

1 㝆⩞₆GⰂ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot throw away the garbagerdquo 2 G䞒㤆㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot smoke cigarettesrdquo 3 㑶㦚GⰞ㔲㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot drink liquorrdquo 4 ₎㦚GỊ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot cross the roadrdquo 5 㤊㩚㦚G䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot driverdquo 6 㧶㦚G㧦㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take a naprdquo 7 ⧮G㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot sing a songrdquo 8 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot wash (your) facerdquo 9 㟓㦚Gⲏ㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot take the medicinerdquo10 䋂ỢGⰦ䞮㰖GⰞ㕃㔲㡺 ldquoDonrsquot speak aloudrdquo

Exercise 185

1 ⓼ỢG㧒㠊⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not get up laterdquo 2 lfloor㧒GⰢ⋮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not meet tomorrowrdquo 3 䄺䞒GⰞ㔲㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not drink coffeerdquo 4 䘎㰖Glfloor㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not mail out the letterrdquo 5 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not sell the carrdquo 6 㢍㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not buy the dressrdquo 7 㩚㦚G㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not insert the coinrdquo 8 㤦㠦GṖ㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not go to the hospitalrdquo 9 㣪ṖG䞮㰖G㔲 ldquo(Let us) not do yogardquo10 䞯ᾦG 㔳G 㦢㔳㦚G ⲏ㰖G 㔲 ldquo(Let us) not eat school cafeteria

foodrdquo

Exercise 186

1 㧊㦚Gⴆ⧒㣪2 䄺䞒ṖGⰱ㠜㠊㣪3 㺛㧊G㠜㠊㣪4 㞚㰖G㞞GⰢ㠊㣪5 ⋶㝾ṖG㞞G㿪㤢㣪6 㹾G䕪㰖G㔲

Exercise 187

1 㞞GὋ䟊㣪2 ⋶㝾ṖGⴑG㿪㤢㣪3 㡗䢪G㰖G㞠㞚㣪4 㠊㩲G㑮㡗GⴑG䟞㠊㣪5 㧊G₾⊭䟊㣪6 㰧㠦GṪ㠊㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2349780415774871_Z01indd 234 742008 14159 PM742008 14159 PM

Key to exercises 235

Unit 19

Exercise 191

1 䞲䎢Gⶑ㔋 ldquo(I) ask the teacherrdquo 2 ἶ₆Gΐ㔋 ldquo(I) roast the meatrdquo 3 㺛㧊Gⶊỗ㔋 ldquoThe book is heavyrdquo 4 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㔋 ldquo(I) pour water into a flower vaserdquo 5 䞮⓮㧊G䕢⧭㔋 ldquoThe sky is bluerdquo 6 ṫ㞚㰖G₆ ldquo(I) raise a puppyrdquo 7 㓺䕢Ợ䕆GⰢ ldquo(I) make spaghettirdquo 8 㤎㠦G ldquo(I) live in Seoulrdquo 9 Ὃ㧊Gⶒ㠦G⦏ ldquoThe ball floats on the waterrdquo10 ṖGἶ䝫 ldquo(I) am hungry (lit the stomach is empty)rdquo

Exercise 192

1 䂲ῂ䞮ἶG₎㦚GỎ㠊㣪 ldquo(I) walk the road with friendsrdquo 2 㠊Ⲏ䞲䎢G㦚G㞚㣪 ldquo(I) receive money from motherrdquo 3 Ṗ㧊GṖ㤢㣪 ldquoThe bag is lightrdquo 4 trade㦚G㞏㠊㣪U ldquo(I) chew a gumrdquo 5 Ịⶒ㦚G㰖㠊㣪 ldquo(I) construct a buildingrdquo 6 䆪䔎G㠊㣪 ldquo(I) take off a coatrdquo 7 㠒Ὴ㧊G₢ⰺ㣪 ldquoThe face is jet-blackrdquo 8 㰦㦚G⋶⧒㣪 ldquo(I) carry luggagerdquo 9 䄺䞒G䕪㞚㣪 ldquo(I) sell coffeerdquo10 㑮㧪㧊Gザ㣪 ldquoSusan is busyrdquo

Exercise 193

1 2 3 㹾ṧ 4 㞚 5 6 䞮㟭 7 8 9 㡞10 㞚䝚

9780415774871_Z01indd 2359780415774871_Z01indd 235 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

236 Key to exercises

Exercise 194

1 䔎⩗䋂㠦GṖ㦚G㔺㠊㣪 2 ⲎⰂṖG㠊㰖⩂㤢㣪 3 ₖ䂮ṖGⰺ㤢㣪 4 㧊G㠊㤢㣪 5 㧊G⋮㞚㣪 6 㧦G㧊G⧮㣪 7 ⧮G⩂㣪 8 Ὃ䟃㧊G㰧㠦Gⲟ 9 䆪䔎⓪G㠦Gỗ10 㣪㯮Gザ㣪

Unit 20

Exercise 201

1 㧒㦚G⊳lfloorἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to finish the workrdquo 2 㠦G⋮ṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go out to the outsiderdquo 3 㡗㠊GṖ䂮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to teach Englishrdquo 4 㦚GⰤ㧊GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to earn a lot of moneyrdquo 5 㤦㠦GṖἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to go to the hospitalrdquo 6 lsquoArsquo GἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to receive lsquoArsquordquo 7 䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to make friendsrdquo 8 㰧㠦G㓂ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to rest at homerdquo 9 㤊㦚G䞮ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to exerciserdquo10 㓺G䌖ἶG㕌㠊㣪 ldquo(I) want to ride the busrdquo

Exercise 202

1 ⰞⰂ㞚ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoMaria wants to attend the collegerdquo 2 㓺䕆て㧊G㦮ṖGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoSteven wants to become a medical

doctorrdquo 3 㞢⩟㓺ṖG䞶ⲎGⰢ⋮ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoAlex wants to meet the grand-

motherrdquo 4 ⰂṖG㡺⩢㰖G㭒㓺GⰞ㔲ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLisa wants to drink orange

juicerdquo 5 ⪲⧒ṖG䆪䔎GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLaura wants to take off (her) coatrdquo 6 㧊キ㧊G㧦㹾GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoDavid wants to buy a carrdquo 7 䆲⧒㓺ṖG㦚G㦒ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoNicolas wants to save moneyrdquo 8 ⩞㧊㼒㧊G䂲ῂGἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoRachel wants to help friendsrdquo 9 㫆㧊G䂲ῂGⰦ㦚GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoJoseph wants to believe the friendrsquos

wordrdquo10 ⬾㧊㓺ṖG䞲ῃ㠊G㤆ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 ldquoLuis wants to learn Koreanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2369780415774871_Z01indd 236 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 237

Exercise 203

1 㦚G㞑ἶG㕌㠊㣪 2 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊㣪 3 㤎㠦GἶG㕌㠊㣪 4 A GἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 5 䞲ῃ㠊⪲GⰦ䞮ἶG㕌㠞㠊㣪 6 䌳㔲G䌖ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 7 㺛㦚GアⰂἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪 8 㓂ἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪 9 㓺䎢㧊䋂G㭒ⶎ䞮ἶG㕌㠊䟞㠊㣪10 䞲ῃG⧮GἶG㕌㠊䟊㣪

Exercise 204

1 ⰺ䓲⓪G 㰧㠦G 㧦ἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquoAs for Matthew (he) is sleeping at homerdquo

2 㤆㼊ῃ㠦G䘎㰖G䂮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am sending the letter at the post officerdquo

3 䂲ῂ㦮G㧦㹾G㤊㩚䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am driving the friendrsquos carrdquo 4 㠢㠦G 㦢㔳㦚G ⰢἶG 㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am making food in the

kitchenrdquo 5 ⶒ㦚G⊩㧊ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am boiling the waterrdquo 6 㞚㰖G₆ⰂἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am waiting for fatherrdquo 7 ⧢㦮G㦮ἂ㦚G㦒ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am gathering peoplersquos opinionsrdquo 8 㠦GἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am playing outsiderdquo 9 㠒Ὴ㦚G㞑ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am washing (my) facerdquo10 㰖G㧛ἶG㧞㠊㣪 ldquo(I) am wearing pantsrdquo

Exercise 205

1 㠦Ⰲ䃊ṖG㫊㦚Gὖ㠦GⰢ⋮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 2 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊Gᾦ㑮䞲䎢G㩚䢪G䞮ἶG㧞㠊㣪 3 ⲪỊ㧊G䢪㩦㠦G㢍㦚GἶἶG㧞㠊㣪 4 㞚⪶㧊G䌊Ⰲ䞮ἶG㡗䢪GἶG㧞㠊㣪 5 㠮G㰧㠦G䞒㧦GⲏἶG㧞㠊㣪 6 䡫䞮ἶG䄺䞒GⰞ㔲ἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 7 㤆ⰂG䕖㧊G㧊₆ἶG㧞㠊㣪 8 Ṗ⧒㡺䅖㠦G⧮GἶG㧞㠞㠊㣪 9 䞶㞚㰖ṖG㫆ₛ㦚G䞮ἶGἚ㣪10 㞚㰖ṖG䣢㠦G㧒䞮ἶGἚ㣪

9780415774871_Z01indd 2379780415774871_Z01indd 237 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

238 Key to exercises

Unit 21

Exercise 211

1 㩖⓪G㟒ῂG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 2 㩖⓪G䞒㞚G䂶GỆ㡞㣪 3 㤆Ⰲ⓪G䌲ῢG㤎GỆ㡞㣪 4 㭚Ⰲ⓪G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞶GỆ㡞㣪 5 Ⰲ⓪G㧒㦚G⊳GỆ㡞㣪 6 䌊Ⰲ⓪G䞯ᾦG㤊㧻㠦G⥎GỆ㡞㣪 7 ⧒⓪G㰧㠦G㧞㦚GỆ㡞㣪 8 㧊キ㦖G䂲ῂG₆ⰊGỆ㡞㣪 9 ⪲⩢㦖Gⶒ㦚G⊩㧒GỆ㡞㣪10 䙊㦖G㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪

Exercise 212

1 Ὃ䟃㠦G䌳㔲G䌞GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) ride the taxi at the airportrdquo

2 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂶GỆ㠦㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) teach Koreanrdquo 3 㦢G㭒㠦G㧒㦚GⰢGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) quit (my) job next

weekrdquo 4 䂲ῂ㧊⧧G㰧㠦GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) play at home with

friendsrdquo 5 䡫㦮GⰦ㦚G㦚GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) believe the older brotherrsquos

wordsrdquo 6 䂲ῂ㦮G㧒G䕢䕆㠦GṞGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) go to the friendrsquos

birthday partyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾⓪G㿪㤎GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (it) will (prob-

ably) be coldrdquo 8 㞚䂾㠦G㫆ₛG䞶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) jog in the morningrdquo 9 㩲㧊㓾㦖G㊶GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAs for Jason (he) will (probably) be busyrdquo10 䢪㧻䛞㦚GGỆ㡞㣪 ldquo(I) will (probably) buy the cosmeticsrdquo

Exercise 213

1 2 3 ⱋ 4 5 6 䕢⧭ 7 8 㞢 9 10 ἶ䝚

Exercise 214

1 㧒⩞㧎㧊GṖ㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoElaine is probably a singerrdquo 2 㺆㓺ṖG㠪㰖㠊㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoCharles is probably an engineerrdquo 3 Ⰲ❪㞚ṖG㦮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoLydia is probably a medical doctorrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2389780415774871_Z01indd 238 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 239

4 㩲㧊㓾㧊G₆㧦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJason is probably a journalistrdquo 5 㠪㰖ṖG㟓㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoAngie is probably a pharmacistrdquo 6 ぢ⧒㧊㠎㧊G䣢㤦㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoBrian is probably an office workerrdquo 7 㭚ⰂṖGṚ䢎㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoJulie is probably a nurserdquo 8 㧊ⴂ㧊G㑮㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoSimon is probably a carpenterrdquo 9 㧊㧊G㟋䄺㤆Ⲓ㧒GỆ㡞㣪 ldquoIsabel is probably an anchor womanrdquo10 䐆㧊G㤆㧒GỆ㡞㣪U ldquoTom is probably an actorrdquo

Exercise 215

1 ldquoShall I buy the breadrdquo 2 ldquoShall I sleep in this roomrdquo 3 ldquoShall I cookrdquo 4 ldquoShall we take a taxirdquo 5 ldquoShall we help that friendrdquo 6 ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be cloudyrdquo 7 ldquoDo (you) think that the food will be deliciousrdquo 8 ldquoDo (you) think that the dress will be expensiverdquo 9 ldquoDo (you) think that Eric will learn Taekwondordquo10 ldquoDo (you) think that Jessica will come to New Yorkrdquo

Exercise 216

1 㧊G 㨂㯞G 㦚₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the teacher will listen to jazzrdquo

2 㞶ṖG㧒G㹾G㫡㞚䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Annie will like Japanese carsrdquo

3 㩲㧚㓺ṖG 㿫ῂG 䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that James will play soccerrdquo

4 㞾Ⰲ㓺ṖG㩚䢪䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Alice will make a phone callrdquo

5 ⪲⩢㓺ṖG₆㹾G䌞₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Laurence will ride a trainrdquo

6 ⩢㧊G 㢖㧎㦚G Ⱎ㔺₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that Glen will drink winerdquo

7 㰧㧊G㫆㣿䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the house will be quietrdquo 8 䢪㩦㧊Gア₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the department store will

be crowdedrdquo 9 ⋶㝾ṖG㤎₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the weather will be hotrdquo10 ỆⰂṖG₾⊭䞶₢㣪f ldquoDo (you) think that the street will be cleanrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2399780415774871_Z01indd 239 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

240 Key to exercises

Unit 22

Exercise 221

1 T 2 F 3 F 4 T 5 T

Exercise 222

1 2 䠢 3 ➊ 4 ⰾ 5 㡱6 7 䠢 8 ➊ 9 ⰾ 10 㑲

Exercise 223

1 㩖G㰧 2 㧊G㔲Ṛ 3 㩖G䄺䞒㑣 4 㧊G5 Gᾦ㑮 6 㧊Gộ 7 Gộ 8 㡂₆V㧊GὉ 9 Ệ₆VGὉ 10 㩖₆V㩖GὉ

Exercise 224

1 ⶊ㓾 2 㠊 3 ⶊ㓾 4 ⶊ㓾5 ⶊ㓾 6 㠊 7 㠊 8 ⶊ㓾

Unit 23

Exercise 231

1 㻲㻲䧞 2 ⰺ㤆 3 Ṗ㧻 4 ⶊ 5 㡊㕂䧞6 䞾 7 Ⱔ㧊 8 䢒㧦 9 㧮 10 Ṗ₢㧊

Exercise 232

1 Ⱏ 2 䐋 3 㖾 4 㧊5 ❪㠊 6 7 㧊➆ 8 Ṛ9 ṧ㧦₆ 10 㣪㯞㦢 11 㞚㰗 12 㞚₢

Exercise 233

1 ⧮ 2 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 3 ⩆ 4 ⩒ 5 ⧮6 ⩝㰖Ⱒ 7 Ⰲἶ 8 ⧮ 9 ⩂⋮ 10 ⩂₢

Exercise 234

1 㣎⫃Ợ ldquolonesomelyrdquo 2 㥚䠮䞮Ợ ldquodangerouslyrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2409780415774871_Z01indd 240 742008 14200 PM742008 14200 PM

Key to exercises 241

3 㤆㔋Ợ ldquolaughablyrdquo 4 㓓Ợ ldquoeasilyrdquo 5 㔲㤦䞮Ợ ldquorefreshinglyrdquo 6 㝿㝿䞮Ợ ldquomanlyrdquo 7 ⩓Ợ ldquosoftlyrdquo 8 ⰂỢ ldquoslowlyrdquo 9 ῗ䞮Ợ ldquocuriouslyrdquo10 ⱋỢ ldquospicilyrdquo

Unit 24

Exercise 241

1 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) see a Korean movierdquo 2 㧒G㹾G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) buy a Japanese carrdquo 3 ῃ㠦G⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) live in Americardquo 4 ⋮㦮G 㧊㟒₆G 㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) believe the older

sisterrsquos storyrdquo 5 䂲ῂG㤎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) help the friendrdquo 6 㦚G㞑㦚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wash (my) handsrdquo 7 䂲ῂG₆Ⰺ⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) wait for the friendrdquo 8 㠦Gⶒ㦚G㭚⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) give water to the vaserdquo 9 䞯㦚G㯦₎⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) enjoy the vacationrdquo10 䞲ῃ㧎G䂲ῂGbdquo⧮㣪 ldquo(I) will (intend to) make Korean friendsrdquo

Exercise 242

1 㰧㠦GṞ⧮㣪 2 㓺䏺㠦G⧮㣪 3 11 㔲㠦G㧮⧮㣪 4 ὖ㠦GὋ䞶⧮㣪 5 㠢㠦GⰢ⧮㣪 6 䕢㓺䌖OPGⲏ㦚⧮㣪 7 䞲ῃG㡗䢪OPG⧮㣪 8 䞲ῃ㠊OPG㤎⧮㣪 9 㞚䂾 ] 㔲㠦G㧒㠊⋶⧮㣪10 㞚㰖GⰢ⋶⧮㣪

Exercise 243

1 㩲ṖG㹾G䕪Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sell the carrdquo 2 㩲ṖG㺓ⶎ㦚G㡊Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) open the windowrdquo 3 㩲ṖG⧮GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) sing a songrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2419780415774871_Z01indd 241 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

242 Key to exercises

4 㩲ṖG⩂G㔲䌂Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) order the saladrdquo 5 㩲ṖG㤎Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) helprdquo 6 㩲ṖG㦚GỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) pay the moneyrdquo 7 㩲ṖG䞯ᾦ㠦G㩚䢪䞶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) make a phone call to

schoolrdquo 8 㩲ṖG㦚GἶỢ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) choose the colorrdquo 9 㩲ṖG䘎㰖G䂶Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) mail out the letterrdquo10 㩲ṖGṖỢGⶎ㦚G㦚Ợ㣪 ldquoI will (promise to) close the store doorrdquo

Exercise 244

1 ldquo(I) will (probably) wear a suitrdquo 2 ldquo(I) will (promise to) contact the friendrdquo 3 ldquoI will (intend to) make hamburgersrdquo 4 ldquo(I) will (probably) sleep over the friendrsquos houserdquo 5 ldquo(I) will (promise to) make a phone call this weekendrdquo 6 ldquo(I) will (intend to) quit the workrdquo 7 ldquo(I) will (promise to) get up early tomorrowrdquo 8 ldquo(I) will (intend to) sit in the front seatrdquo 9 ldquo(I) will (probably) talk to the teacherrdquo10 ldquo(I) will (intend to) learn Taekwondordquo

Unit 25

Exercise 251

1 㩲ṖG 㧒㦚G 㣪㧒₢㰖G Ⱎ䂮Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I) will finish the work by Fridayrdquo

2 㩲ṖGⰺ㧒G㤊䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will exercise everydayrdquo 3 lfloor㧒㦖G㩲ṖG㰖䞮㻶㦚G䌖Ỷ㔋 ldquoAs for tomorrow (I) will take a

subwayrdquo 4 㩲ṖG㩖㦚G㭖䞮Ỷ㔋 ldquoI will prepare the dinnerrdquo 5 㩲ṖG䂲ῂG₆ⰂỶ㔋 ldquoI will wait for the friendrdquo 6 㔲䠮㧊G㓓Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the test will be easyrdquo 7 lfloor㧒G⋶㝾ṖG㿻Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) tomorrowrsquos weather will be

coldrdquo 8 ⧒ⰞṖG 㨂㧞Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the drama will be

interestingrdquo 9 㰧G Ṩ㧊G 㕎Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the housing price will be

expensiverdquo10 䛞㰞㧊G㫡Ỷ㔋 ldquo(I guess that) the quality will be goodrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2429780415774871_Z01indd 242 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Key to exercises 243

Exercise 252

1 ldquoWill (you) quit smokingrdquo 2 ldquoWill (you) study hardrdquo 3 ldquo(Do you think that) the house will be quietrdquo 4 ldquo(Do you think that) the food will be deliciousrdquo 5 ldquo(Do you think that) the road will be narrowrdquo 6 ldquoAs for tomorrowrsquos weather (do you think that) it will be hotrdquo 7 ldquo(Do you think that) the room will be cleanrdquo 8 ldquo(Do you think that) Thomas took the busrdquo 9 ldquo(Do you think that) Isabel made a phone callrdquo10 ldquo(Do you think that) Jessica waited for (her) friendrdquo

Exercise 253

1 ⰺ㧒G㠦㠊⪲゛㦚G䞮Ỷ㔋 2 ↃG㟓㦚G㰖䋺Ỷ㔋 3 ↃG㡊㐶G㺔Ỷ㔋 4 ↃGG⊠Ỷ㔋 5 ↃG㰧㦚G䕪Ỷ㔋 6 lfloor㧒㦖G䦦ⰂỶ㔋 7 lfloor㧒㦖GṖGlfloorⰂỶ㔋 8 lfloor㧒㦖G⧢㧊GⰤ㧊GỶ㔋 9 lfloor㧒㦖Gᾦ䐋㧊GⰟ䧞Ỷ㔋10 lfloor㧒㦖G₎㧊G⊚⩓Ỷ㔋

Exercise 254

1 ₎㦚GỊ㕃 ldquo(He) crosses the streetrdquo 2 Ἶ䝚G䂮㕃 ldquo(He) plays golfrdquo 3 䞲ῃ㠊GṖ䂮㕃 ldquo(He) teaches Koreanrdquo 4 ⶎ㦚GⰂ㕃 ldquo(He) knocks on the doorrdquo 5 䞲ῃG㡗䢪G㕃 ldquo(He) sees a Korean movierdquo 6 G䂲ῂG㦒㕃 ldquo(He) believes that friendrdquo 7 ἶ䞯ᾦG㧊㕃 ldquo(He) is a high-school teacherrdquo 8 㩦㕂㦚G㧷㑮㕃 ldquo(He) eats lunchrdquo 9 Ệ㔺㠦G㭒ⶊ㕃 ldquo(He) sleeps in the living roomrdquo10 䞯ᾦ㠦GἚ㕃 ldquo(He) is in schoolrdquo

9780415774871_Z01indd 2439780415774871_Z01indd 243 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

9780415774871_Z01indd 2449780415774871_Z01indd 244 742008 14201 PM742008 14201 PM

Index

address terms 11 56 ndash 7 59 111adjectives 9 10 15 ndash 16 23 ndash 4 29 31

49 141 ndash 2 144 154 161 177 185adverbials 185 ndash 6adverbs 9 15 ndash 16 118 ndash 20 169 183 ndash 5 componential adverbs 183 ndash 5 conjunctional adverbs 183 ndash 4 degree adverbs 185 manner adverbs 184 ndash 5 sentential adverbs 183 ndash 4 time adverbs 169 184 ndash 5affixes 15 ndash 16

case particles 39 ndash 40 117 ndash 118 case particle 110 ndash 11 case particle 㠦 82 89 91 100 ndash 1

109 118 ndash 19 127 case particle 㠦Ợ 101 110 case particle 㠦Ợ 109 111 case particle 㠦 9 109 118 ndash 19

127 case particle 㢖ὒ 101ndash2 case particle (㦒)⪲ 90 ndash2 case particle 㦮 99 ndash 100 case particle (㧊)⧧ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞮ἶ 101 ndash 2 case particle 䞲䎢 101 110 case particle 䞲䎢 109 111clausal conjunctives 26 collocation 18 ndash 19 55 111consonants 2 ndash 4copula 15 18 32 81 ndash 3 162 170 counters 15 67 73 ndash 7 178

demonstratives 9 57 154 179 derivation derivational prefixes 16 derivational suffixes 16

endings 23 ndash 7 dictionary form ending 23 ndash 4 31

81 ending -(㦒)ඥ Ệ㡞㣪 169 ndash 70 192 ending -(㦒)ඥỢ㣪 192 ndash 3 ending -(㦒)ඥ₢㣪 171 ndash 2 ending -(㦒)ඥ⧮㣪 191 ndash 3 199 non-sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 pre-final endings 25 133 199 ndash200 sentence-final endings 25 ndash 6 133euphemistic words 11 55 111 201

Hangul 1 ndash 4honorifics 11 ndash 12 110 ndash 11honorific suffix (㦒)㔲 11 ndash 12 25 111

133 162 200 ndash 1 indirect object particles 110 ndash 11inflection 15 ndash 16 23 25 177irregular predicates 151 ndash 7 ඣ- irregular 151 ndash 2 - irregular 154 ndash 5 ඥ- irregular 145 155 ndash 6 169 171

191 193 ථ- irregular 152 ndash 3 න- irregular 153 ය- irregular 154 㦒- irregular 156 ndash 7

Page numbers in bold refer to those sections in the book where the relevant grammar point is discussed in detail

9780415774871_Z02indd 2459780415774871_Z02indd 245 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

246 Index

kinship terms 58 ndash 9 200

location nouns 82 ndash 3

modifiers 9 177 179morphemes 16 ndash 17

negation 40 82 141 ndash 5 163nouns 9 15 ndash 19 81 90 bound nouns 17 99 169 179 compound nouns 17

numbers 9 15 ndash 16 65 ndash 9 178 native Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 73 ndash 7 Sino-Korean numbers 65 ndash 7 74 ndash 7

object case particle 㦚 9 39 84 89 ndash 90 117 ndash 19

ordinals 68

particles 9 15 18 39plurality 18 69predicates 16 18 23 ndash 7 47 151 ndash 7prefixes 16prenouns 15 ndash 17 177 ndash 80 question prenouns 179 ndash 80prepositions 9 83progressive 163pronouns 10 ndash 12 15 ndash 16 55 ndash 7 69 99 indefinite pronouns 59 ndash 60

question words 50 83 75 99 125

reference terms 11 59 111

sentence types declarative 26 29 ndash 30 142 144 imperative 26 30 142 144 ndash 5 interrogative 26 30 142 144 propositive 26 30 ndash 1 142 144 ndash 5special particles 10 39 47 117 ndash 18 special particle ₢㰖G127 special particle 39 119 ndash 20 special particle Ⱒ 39 118 ndash 19

special particle 䎆 126 ndash 7 special particle (㧊)⋮ 125 ndash 6speech levels 11 23 26 29 133 201 blunt speech level 26 deferential speech level 12 26

29 ndash 32 81 133 familiar speech level 26 intimate speech level 11 26 201 plain speech level 26 polite speech level 18 26 31ndash2 81

133stems 23 ndash 7 29 151 consonant-based stems 24 ndash 5 vowel-based stems 24 ndash 5subject case particle 㧊Ṗ 9 18

39 ndash 41 49 ndash 50 82 84 117 ndash 19suffixes 16 99 151 ndash 6 suffix Ỷ 199 ndash 200 suffix 18syllables 3 ndash 4 81

tenses 15 23 25 double past tense 134 ndash 6 future tense 169 ndash 70 past tense 25 133 ndash 4 162 ndash 3 172 present tense 169topic particle 㦖⓪ 10 39 47 ndash 50 117

verbs 9 10 15 ndash 16 18 23 ndash 4 29 31 49 90 141 ndash 2

compound verbs 90 142vowels 1 ndash 4 bright vowels 2 133 dark vowels 2 neutral vowels 2vowel contraction 31vowel harmony 2

word order 9 ndash 10 40 50words loan words 16 74 native Korean words 16 ndash 17 Sino-Korean words 16 ndash 17

9780415774871_Z02indd 2469780415774871_Z02indd 246 742008 14141 PM742008 14141 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Colloquial Korean

Kim In-Seok

Colloquial Korean is easy to use and completely up-to-date

Specially written by an experience teacher for self-study or class use the course offers you a step-by-step approach to written and spoken Korean No prior knowledge of the language is required

What makes Colloquial Korean your best choice in personal language learning

Interactive ndash lots of exercises for regular practice

Clear ndash Concise grammar notes

Practical ndash useful vocabulary and pronunciation guide

Complete ndash including answer key and reference section

By the end of this rewarding course you will be able to communicate confidently and effectively in Korean in a broad range of everyday situations

Two 60-minute CDs are available to complement the book Recorded by native speakers this material will help develop your listening and pronunciation skills

Pbk 978-0-415-10804-1CDs 978-0-415-28691-6

Book and CDs course 978-0-415-42700-5Mp3 978-0-415-47079-7

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2479780415774871_Z03indd 247 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

Related titles from Routledge

Korean An Essential Grammar(forthcoming)

Young-Key Kim-Renaud

Korean An Essential Grammar is a concise and convenient guide to the basic grammatical structure of standard Korean Presenting a fresh and accessible description of the language this engaging Grammar uses clear jargon-free explanations and sets out the complexities of Korean in short readable sections

Key features includebull clear explanations of grammatical terms bull frequent use of authentic examples bull Korean alphabet used alongside McCune-Reischauer

romanization system bull full glossary of explanations

Hb 978-0-415-38513-8Pb 978-0-415-38388-2

Available at all good bookshopsFor ordering and further information please visit

wwwroutledgecom

9780415774871_Z03indd 2489780415774871_Z03indd 248 742008 14128 PM742008 14128 PM

  • Book Cover
  • Title
  • Copyright
  • Contents
  • Preface
  • UNIT 1 Reading Hangul (the Korean alphabet)
  • UNIT 2 Characteristics of the Korean language
  • UNIT 3 Nouns
  • UNIT 4 Predicates and endings
  • UNIT 5 The deferential speech level and the polite speech level
  • UNIT 6 The subject case particlehellip
  • UNIT 7 The special particlehellip
  • UNIT 8 Pronouns
  • UNIT 9 Numbers ordinals and plural markerhellip
  • UNIT 10 Counters question wordhellip and some time expressions
  • UNIT 11 The copulahellip and the verb of existence and locationhellip
  • UNIT 12 Case particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 13 Case particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 14 Case particles 3hellip
  • UNIT 15 Special particles 1hellip
  • UNIT 16 Special particles 2hellip
  • UNIT 17 Past tense and double past tense marker
  • UNIT 18 Negation
  • UNIT 19 Irregular verbs
  • UNIT 20 Expressing desirehellip-ko siprsquota and progressive form -hellip
  • UNIT 21 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 22 Prenouns
  • UNIT 23 Adverbs and adverbials
  • UNIT 24 The endingshellip
  • UNIT 25 The suffixeshellip
  • Key To Exercises
  • Index
  • Colloquial Korean
  • Korean An Essential Grammar
Page 7: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 8: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 9: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 10: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 11: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 12: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 13: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 14: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 15: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 16: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 17: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 18: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 19: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 20: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 21: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 22: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 23: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 24: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 25: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 26: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 27: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 28: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 29: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 30: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 31: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 32: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 33: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 34: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 35: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 36: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 37: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 38: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 39: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 40: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 41: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 42: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 43: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 44: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 45: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 46: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 47: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 48: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 49: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 50: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 51: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 52: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 53: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 54: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 55: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 56: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 57: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 58: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 59: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 60: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 61: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 62: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 63: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 64: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 65: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 66: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 67: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 68: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 69: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 70: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 71: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 72: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 73: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 74: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 75: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 76: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 77: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 78: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 79: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 80: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 81: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 82: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 83: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 84: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 85: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 86: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 87: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 88: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 89: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 90: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 91: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 92: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 93: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 94: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 95: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 96: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 97: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 98: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 99: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 100: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 101: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 102: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 103: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 104: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 105: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 106: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 107: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 108: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 109: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 110: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 111: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 112: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 113: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 114: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 115: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 116: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 117: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 118: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 119: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 120: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 121: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 122: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 123: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 124: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 125: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 126: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 127: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 128: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 129: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 130: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 131: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 132: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 133: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 134: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 135: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 136: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 137: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 138: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 139: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 140: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 141: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 142: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 143: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 144: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 145: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 146: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 147: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 148: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 149: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 150: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 151: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 152: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 153: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 154: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 155: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 156: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 157: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 158: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 159: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 160: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 161: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 162: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 163: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 164: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 165: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 166: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 167: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 168: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 169: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 170: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 171: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 172: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 173: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 174: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 175: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 176: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 177: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 178: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 179: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 180: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 181: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 182: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 183: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 184: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 185: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 186: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 187: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 188: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 189: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 190: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 191: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 192: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 193: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 194: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 195: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 196: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 197: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 198: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 199: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 200: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 201: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 202: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 203: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 204: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 205: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 206: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 207: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 208: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 209: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 210: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 211: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 212: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 213: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 214: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 215: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 216: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 217: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 218: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 219: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 220: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 221: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 222: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 223: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 224: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 225: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 226: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 227: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 228: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 229: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 230: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 231: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 232: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 233: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 234: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 235: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 236: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 237: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 238: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 239: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 240: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 241: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 242: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 243: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 244: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 245: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 246: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 247: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 248: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 249: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 250: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 251: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 252: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 253: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 254: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean
Page 255: BASIC KOREAN: A GRAMMAR AND WORKBOOK · 2007. 7. 18. · Andrew Sangpil Byon is Associate Professor at the State University of New York at Albany, where he teaches courses in Korean